Report 186 ISSN: 0889-3144

Coatings and Inks for

Food Contact Materials

Martin J. Forrest

Volume 16, Number 6, 2005

Expert overviews covering the

science and technology of rubber
and plastics
 RAPRA REVIEW REPORTS
A Rapra Review Report comprises three sections, as follows:

1. A commissioned expert review, discussing a key topic of current interest, and referring to the References and
Abstracts section. Reference numbers in brackets refer to item numbers from the References and Abstracts
section. Where it has been necessary for completeness to cite sources outside the scope of the Rapra Abstracts
database, these are listed at the end of the review, and cited in the text as a.1, a.2, etc.

2. A comprehensive References and Abstracts section, resulting from a search of the Rapra Polymer Library
database. The format of the abstracts is outlined in the sample record below.

3. An index to the References and Abstracts section, derived from the indexing terms which are added to the
abstracts records on the database to aid retrieval.

Item 1
Source of
Macromolecules
original article
33, No.6, 21st March 2000, p.2171-83
Title EFFECT OF THERMAL HISTORY ON THE RHEOLOGICAL
BEHAVIOR OF THERMOPLASTIC POLYURETHANES
Authors and
Pil Joong Yoon; Chang Dae Han affiliation
Akron,University
The effect of thermal history on the rheological behaviour of ester- and ether-
based commercial thermoplastic PUs (Estane 5701, 5707 and 5714 from
B.F.Goodrich) was investigated. It was found that the injection moulding
temp. used for specimen preparation had a marked effect on the variations
of dynamic storage and loss moduli of specimens with time observed
during isothermal annealing. Analysis of FTIR spectra indicated that
variations in hydrogen bonding with time during isothermal annealing very Abstract
much resembled variations of dynamic storage modulus with time during
isothermal annealing. Isochronal dynamic temp. sweep experiments indicated
that the thermoplastic PUs exhibited a hysteresis effect in the heating and
cooling processes. It was concluded that the microphase separation transition
or order-disorder transition in thermoplastic PUs could not be determined
from the isochronal dynamic temp. sweep experiment. The plots of log
dynamic storage modulus versus log loss modulus varied with temp. over
the entire range of temps. (110-190C) investigated. 57 refs. Companies or
GOODRICH B.F. organisations
Location USA mentioned
Accession no.771897

DOCUMENT DELIVERY SERVICE

Almost all of the documents which are listed in the References and Abstracts section are available in full text form, as
photocopies or pdf files from Smithers Rapra Technologys Document Delivery Service. Documents can be delivered
by a variety of methods, including email, post or fax. Customers may pay for individual copies at the time of ordering
by credit card or alternatively open up a deposit account. See the back of this report for further information.

Please contact the Document Delivery Department for availability, current prices and delivery methods.

Document Delivery Department

Smithers Rapra Technology, Shawbury, Shrewsbury, Shropshire SY4 4NR, United Kingdom
Telephone: +44 (0)1939 250383 Fax: +44 (0)1939 251118 Email: documents@rapra.net
 RAPRA REVIEW REPORTS VOLUME 16
Series Editor Mrs. F. Gardiner, Smithers Rapra Technology
Rapra Review Reports comprise a unique source of polymer-related information with useful overviews accompanied by abstracts from
hundreds of relevant documents. A Rapra Review Report is an excellent starting point to improve subject knowledge in key areas.
Subscribers to this series build up a bank of information over each year, forming a small library at a very reasonable price. This series
would be an asset to corporate libraries, academic institutions and research associations with an interest in polymer science.
Twelve reports are published in each volume and these can be purchased individually or on a subscription basis.
Format: Soft-backed, 297 x 210 mm, ISSN: 0889-3144
Order individual published Rapra Review Reports (see the following pages for a list of available titles), or purchase a
subscription to Volume 16 (12 issues).

ORDER FORM
Title of Publication Price /$/

I would like to order the following Rapra Review Report(s) at 85 / US$136 / 136 each
Report Number(s) ....................................................................................................(please state quantity if more than one)

Please add postage at the following rates: UK 5 total, Overseas 7 / US$11 / 10 per item

Subtotal:

I would like to order ................. subscription(s) to Volume 16 of the Rapra Review Report Series at
650 / US$975 / 1105 each
Please add postage at the following rates: UK 35 total, Overseas 65 / US$110 / 110 per subscription

All prices are subject to change and orders will be charged at the price Total Order Value:
indicated on www.polymer-books.com on the date of processing

Remittance enclosed (Please make cheques payable to Rapra Technology in

Sterling drawn on a UK bank or in US$ / Euros - Unesco coupons are also accepted.)
Please invoice my company
Please charge my credit card American Express/Visa/Mastercard (delete as appropriate)
For credit card orders we require all of the following details to be
completed prior to processing your order.
Card Number:
IMPORTANT - Value Added Tax (VAT)
The above prices do not include VAT. Customers in EU member
countries may be liable to pay VAT if their Registration Number is
not supplied. Please enter your EU Registration Number
(VAT - BTW - IVA - TVA - MWST - MOMS - FPA) below:
VAT Number:

Full Name: ________________________________________________

Please enter the cards security code below, or provide us with your telephone number or email address.
(Visa/Mastercard - the last 3 digits from the number on the signature strip on the back of the card, Company: _________________________________________________
Amex - 4 digit code from the front of the card.)

3 or 4 Digit Security Code: ____________

Job Function:_______________________________________________

Signature: ______________________ Exp. date:__________________ Delivery Address (if different from Cardholder's Address): ___________
Issuing Bank: ______________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Cardholder's Name (as on card): ________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Cardholder's Address: ________________________________________
Postcode: _______________________ Country:___________________
__________________________________________________________
Telephone: ______________________ Fax: ______________________
__________________________________________________________
Postcode: _______________________ Country:___________________ If you would like to receive regular electronic updates informing you of
new titles and offers please enter your E-mail address below.
Telephone: ______________________ Fax: ______________________
Company PO#: _____________________________________________ E-mail:____________________________________________________

Please Publications Sales, Smithers Rapra Technology Tel. +44 (0)1939 250383
Return to: Shawbury, Shrewsbury, Shropshire Fax: +44 (0)1939 251118 www.rapra.net
SY4 4NR, United Kingdom E-mail: publications@rapra.net
 Previous Titles Still Available
Volume 1 Report 35 Polymers in Household Electrical Goods, D.Alvey,
Hotpoint Ltd.
Report 1 Conductive Polymers, W.J. Feast
Report 36 Developments in Additives to Meet Health and
Report 2 Medical, Surgical and Pharmaceutical Applications of Environmental Concerns, M.J. Forrest, Rapra
Polymers, D.F. Williams Technology Ltd.
Report 3 Advanced Composites, D.K. Thomas, RAE, Farnborough.
Report 4 Liquid Crystal Polymers, M.K. Cox, ICI, Wilton. Volume 4
Report 5 CAD/CAM in the Polymer Industry, N.W. Sandland and Report 37 Polymers in Aerospace Applications, W.W. Wright,
M.J. Sebborn, Cambridge Applied Technology. University of Surrey.
Report 8 Engineering Thermoplastics, I.T. Barrie, Consultant.
Report 38 Epoxy Resins, K.A. Hodd
Report 10 Reinforced Reaction Injection Moulding,
P.D. Armitage, P.D. Coates and A.F. Johnson Report 39 Polymers in Chemically Resistant Applications,
D. Cattell, Cattell Consultancy Services.
Report 11 Communications Applications of Polymers,
R. Spratling, British Telecom. Report 40 Internal Mixing of Rubber, J.C. Lupton
Report 12 Process Control in the Plastics Industry, Report 41 Failure of Plastics, S. Turner, Queen Mary College.
R.F. Evans, Engelmann & Buckham Ancillaries. Report 42 Polycarbonates, R. Pakull, U. Grigo, D. Freitag, Bayer AG.
Report 43 Polymeric Materials from Renewable Resources,
Volume 2 J.M. Methven, UMIST.
Report 13 Injection Moulding of Engineering Thermoplastics, Report 44 Flammability and Flame Retardants in Plastics,
A.F. Whelan, London School of Polymer Technology. J. Green, FMC Corp.
Report 14 Polymers and Their Uses in the Sports and Leisure Report 45 Composites - Tooling and Component Processing, N.G.
Industries, A.L. Cox and R.P. Brown, Rapra Technology Brain, Tooltex.
Ltd.
Report 46 Quality Today in Polymer Processing, S.H. Coulson,
Report 15 Polyurethane, Materials, Processing and Applications, J.A. Cousans, Exxon Chemical International Marketing.
G. Woods, Consultant.
Report 47 Chemical Analysis of Polymers, G. Lawson, Leicester
Report 16 Polyetheretherketone, D.J. Kemmish, ICI, Wilton. Polytechnic.
Report 17 Extrusion, G.M. Gale, Rapra Technology Ltd. Report 48 Plastics in Building, C.M.A. Johansson
Report 18 Agricultural and Horticultural Applications of
Polymers, J.C. Garnaud, International Committee for
Plastics in Agriculture. Volume 5
Report 19 Recycling and Disposal of Plastics Packaging, Report 49 Blends and Alloys of Engineering Thermoplastics, H.T.
R.C. Fox, Plas/Tech Ltd. van de Grampel, General Electric Plastics BV.
Report 20 Pultrusion, L. Hollaway, University of Surrey. Report 50 Automotive Applications of Polymers II,
Report 21 Materials Handling in the Polymer Industry, A.N.A. Elliott, Consultant.
H. Hardy, Chronos Richardson Ltd. Report 51 Biomedical Applications of Polymers, C.G. Gebelein,
Report 22 Electronics Applications of Polymers, M.T.Goosey, Youngstown State University / Florida Atlantic University.
Plessey Research (Caswell) Ltd. Report 52 Polymer Supported Chemical Reactions, P. Hodge,
Report 23 Offshore Applications of Polymers, J.W.Brockbank, University of Manchester.
Avon Industrial Polymers Ltd. Report 53 Weathering of Polymers, S.M. Halliwell, Building
Report 24 Recent Developments in Materials for Food Packaging, Research Establishment.
R.A. Roberts, Pira Packaging Division.
Report 54 Health and Safety in the Rubber Industry, A.R. Nutt,
Arnold Nutt & Co. and J. Wade.
Volume 3 Report 55 Computer Modelling of Polymer Processing,
Report 25 Foams and Blowing Agents, J.M. Methven, Cellcom E. Andreassen, . Larsen and E.L. Hinrichsen, Senter for
Technology Associates. Industriforskning, Norway.
Report 26 Polymers and Structural Composites in Civil Report 56 Plastics in High Temperature Applications,
Engineering, L. Hollaway, University of Surrey. J. Maxwell, Consultant.
Report 27 Injection Moulding of Rubber, M.A. Wheelans, Report 57 Joining of Plastics, K.W. Allen, City University.
Consultant.
Report 58 Physical Testing of Rubber, R.P. Brown, Rapra
Report 28 Adhesives for Structural and Engineering Technology Ltd.
Applications, C. OReilly, Loctite (Ireland) Ltd.
Report 59 Polyimides - Materials, Processing and Applications,
Report 29 Polymers in Marine Applications, C.F.Britton, Corrosion A.J. Kirby, Du Pont (U.K.) Ltd.
Monitoring Consultancy.
Report 60 Physical Testing of Thermoplastics, S.W. Hawley, Rapra
Report 30 Non-destructive Testing of Polymers, W.N. Reynolds, Technology Ltd.
National NDT Centre, Harwell.
Report 31 Silicone Rubbers, B.R. Trego and H.W.Winnan,
Dow Corning Ltd.
Volume 6
Report 32 Fluoroelastomers - Properties and Applications, Report 61 Food Contact Polymeric Materials, J.A. Sidwell,
D. Cook and M. Lynn, 3M United Kingdom Plc and Rapra Technology Ltd.
3M Belgium SA. Report 62 Coextrusion, D. Djordjevic, Klckner ER-WE-PA GmbH.
Report 33 Polyamides, R.S. Williams and T. Daniels, Report 63 Conductive Polymers II, R.H. Friend, University of
T & N Technology Ltd. and BIP Chemicals Ltd. Cambridge, Cavendish Laboratory.
Report 34 Extrusion of Rubber, J.G.A. Lovegrove, Nova
Report 64 Designing with Plastics, P.R. Lewis, The Open University.
Petrochemicals Inc.
Report 65 Decorating and Coating of Plastics, P.J. Robinson, Report 90 Rubber Mixing, P.R. Wood.
International Automotive Design.
Report 91 Recent Developments in Epoxy Resins, I. Hamerton,
Report 66 Reinforced Thermoplastics - Composition, Processing University of Surrey.
and Applications, P.G. Kelleher, New Jersey Polymer
Extension Center at Stevens Institute of Technology. Report 92 Continuous Vulcanisation of Elastomer Profiles,
A. Hill, Meteor Gummiwerke.
Report 67 Plastics in Thermal and Acoustic Building Insulation,
V.L. Kefford, MRM Engineering Consultancy. Report 93 Advances in Thermoforming, J.L. Throne, Sherwood
Report 68 Cure Assessment by Physical and Chemical Technologies Inc.
Techniques, B.G. Willoughby, Rapra Technology Ltd. Report 94 Compressive Behaviour of Composites, C. Soutis,
Report 69 Toxicity of Plastics and Rubber in Fire, P.J. Fardell, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine.
Building Research Establishment, Fire Research Station.
Report 95 Thermal Analysis of Polymers, M. P. Sepe, Dickten &
Report 70 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Polymers, Masch Manufacturing Co.
M.E. Adams, D.J. Buckley, R.E. Colborn, W.P. England Report 96 Polymeric Seals and Sealing Technology, J.A. Hickman,
and D.N. Schissel, General Electric Corporate Research
St Clair (Polymers) Ltd.
and Development Center.
Report 71 Rotational Moulding, R.J. Crawford, The Queens
University of Belfast. Volume 9
Report 72 Advances in Injection Moulding, C.A. Maier, Report 97 Rubber Compounding Ingredients - Need, Theory
Econology Ltd. and Innovation, Part II: Processing, Bonding, Fire
Retardants, C. Hepburn, University of Ulster.

Volume 7 Report 98 Advances in Biodegradable Polymers, G.F. Moore &

S.M. Saunders, Rapra Technology Ltd.
Report 73 Reactive Processing of Polymers, M.W.R. Brown,
Report 99 Recycling of Rubber, H.J. Manuel and W. Dierkes,
P.D. Coates and A.F. Johnson, IRC in Polymer Science
Vredestein Rubber Recycling B.V.
and Technology, University of Bradford.
Report 100 Photoinitiated Polymerisation - Theory and
Report 74 Speciality Rubbers, J.A. Brydson. Applications, J.P. Fouassier, Ecole Nationale Suprieure
Report 75 Plastics and the Environment, I. Boustead, Boustead de Chimie, Mulhouse.
Consulting Ltd. Report 101 Solvent-Free Adhesives, T.E. Rolando, H.B. Fuller
Report 76 Polymeric Precursors for Ceramic Materials, Company.
R.C.P. Cubbon. Report 102 Plastics in Pressure Pipes, T. Stafford, Rapra
Technology Ltd.
Report 77 Advances in Tyre Mechanics, R.A. Ridha, M. Theves,
Goodyear Technical Center. Report 103 Gas Assisted Moulding, T.C. Pearson, Gas Injection Ltd.
Report 78 PVC - Compounds, Processing and Applications, Report 104 Plastics Profile Extrusion, R.J. Kent, Tangram
J.Leadbitter, J.A. Day, J.L. Ryan, Hydro Polymers Ltd. Technology Ltd.

Report 79 Rubber Compounding Ingredients - Need, Theory Report 105 Rubber Extrusion Theory and Development,
and Innovation, Part I: Vulcanising Systems, B.G. Crowther.
Antidegradants and Particulate Fillers for General Report 106 Properties and Applications of Elastomeric
Purpose Rubbers, C. Hepburn, University of Ulster. Polysulfides, T.C.P. Lee, Oxford Brookes University.
Report 80 Anti-Corrosion Polymers: PEEK, PEKK and Other Report 107 High Performance Polymer Fibres, P.R. Lewis,
Polyaryls, G. Pritchard, Kingston University. The Open University.
Report 81 Thermoplastic Elastomers - Properties and Report 108 Chemical Characterisation of Polyurethanes,
Applications, J.A. Brydson. M.J. Forrest, Rapra Technology Ltd.
Report 82 Advances in Blow Moulding Process Optimization,
Andres Garcia-Rejon,Industrial Materials Institute,
National Research Council Canada. Volume 10
Report 83 Molecular Weight Characterisation of Synthetic Report 109 Rubber Injection Moulding - A Practical Guide,
Polymers, S.R. Holding and E. Meehan, Rapra J.A. Lindsay.
Technology Ltd. and Polymer Laboratories Ltd. Report 110 Long-Term and Accelerated Ageing Tests on Rubbers,
Report 84 Rheology and its Role in Plastics Processing, R.P. Brown, M.J. Forrest and G. Soulagnet,
P. Prentice, The Nottingham Trent University. Rapra Technology Ltd.
Report 111 Polymer Product Failure, P.R. Lewis,
The Open University.
Volume 8 Report 112 Polystyrene - Synthesis, Production and Applications,
Report 85 Ring Opening Polymerisation, N. Spassky, Universit J.R. Wnsch, BASF AG.
Pierre et Marie Curie. Report 113 Rubber-Modified Thermoplastics, H. Keskkula,
Report 86 High Performance Engineering Plastics, University of Texas at Austin.
D.J. Kemmish, Victrex Ltd. Report 114 Developments in Polyacetylene - Nanopolyacetylene,
Report 87 Rubber to Metal Bonding, B.G. Crowther, Rapra V.M. Kobryanskii, Russian Academy of Sciences.
Technology Ltd. Report 115 Metallocene-Catalysed Polymerisation, W. Kaminsky,
Report 88 Plasticisers - Selection, Applications and Implications, University of Hamburg.
A.S. Wilson. Report 116 Compounding in Co-rotating Twin-Screw Extruders,
Y. Wang, Tunghai University.
Report 89 Polymer Membranes - Materials, Structures and
Separation Performance, T. deV. Naylor, The Smart Report 117 Rapid Prototyping, Tooling and Manufacturing, R.J.M.
Chemical Company. Hague and P.E. Reeves, Edward Mackenzie Consulting.
Report 118 Liquid Crystal Polymers - Synthesis, Properties and Volume 13
Applications, D. Coates, CRL Ltd.
Report 145 Multi-Material Injection Moulding, V. Goodship and
Report 119 Rubbers in Contact with Food, M.J. Forrest and
J.C. Love, The University of Warwick.
J.A. Sidwell, Rapra Technology Ltd.
Report 120 Electronics Applications of Polymers II, M.T. Goosey, Report 146 In-Mould Decoration of Plastics, J.C. Love and
Shipley Ronal. V. Goodship, The University of Warwick.
Report 147 Rubber Product Failure, Roger P. Brown.
Report 148 Plastics Waste Feedstock Recycling, Chemical
Volume 11 Recycling and Incineration, A. Tukker, TNO.

Report 121 Polyamides as Engineering Thermoplastic Materials, Report 149 Analysis of Plastics, Martin J. Forrest, Rapra Technology
I.B. Page, BIP Ltd. Ltd.
Report 150 Mould Sticking, Fouling and Cleaning, D.E. Packham,
Report 122 Flexible Packaging - Adhesives, Coatings and
Materials Research Centre, University of Bath.
Processes, T.E. Rolando, H.B. Fuller Company.
Report 151 Rigid Plastics Packaging - Materials, Processes and
Report 123 Polymer Blends, L.A. Utracki, National Research Council
Applications, F. Hannay, Nampak Group Research &
Canada.
Development.
Report 124 Sorting of Waste Plastics for Recycling, R.D. Pascoe, Report 152 Natural and Wood Fibre Reinforcement in Polymers,
University of Exeter. A.K. Bledzki, V.E. Sperber and O. Faruk, University of
Report 125 Structural Studies of Polymers by Solution NMR, Kassel.
H.N. Cheng, Hercules Incorporated. Report 153 Polymers in Telecommunication Devices, G.H. Cross,
University of Durham.
Report 126 Composites for Automotive Applications, C.D. Rudd,
Report 154 Polymers in Building and Construction, S.M. Halliwell,
University of Nottingham.
BRE.
Report 127 Polymers in Medical Applications, B.J. Lambert and Report 155 Styrenic Copolymers, Andreas Chrisochoou and
F.-W. Tang, Guidant Corp., and W.J. Rogers, Consultant. Daniel Dufour, Bayer AG.

Report 128 Solid State NMR of Polymers, P.A. Mirau, Report 156 Life Cycle Assessment and Environmental Impact
Lucent Technologies. of Polymeric Products, T.J. ONeill, Polymeron
Consultancy Network.
Report 129 Failure of Polymer Products Due to Photo-oxidation,
D.C. Wright.

Report 130 Failure of Polymer Products Due to Chemical Attack,

Volume 14
D.C. Wright. Report 157 Developments in Colorants for Plastics,
Ian N. Christensen.
Report 131 Failure of Polymer Products Due to Thermo-oxidation,
D.C. Wright. Report 158 Geosynthetics, David I. Cook.
Report 159 Biopolymers, R.M. Johnson, L.Y. Mwaikambo and
Report 132 Stabilisers for Polyolefins, C. Krhnke and F. Werner, N. Tucker, Warwick Manufacturing Group.
Clariant Huningue SA.
Report 160 Emulsion Polymerisation and Applications of Latex,
Christopher D. Anderson and Eric S. Daniels, Emulsion
Polymers Institute.
Volume 12 Report 161 Emissions from Plastics, C. Henneuse-Boxus and
T. Pacary, Certech.
Report 133 Advances in Automation for Plastics Injection
Moulding, J. Mallon, Yushin Inc. Report 162 Analysis of Thermoset Materials, Precursors and
Products, Martin J. Forrest, Rapra Technology Ltd.
Report 134 Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy of Polymers, Report 163 Polymer/Layered Silicate Nanocomposites, Masami
J.L. Koenig, Case Western Reserve University. Okamoto, Toyota Technological Institute.
Report 135 Polymers in Sport and Leisure, R.P. Brown. Report 164 Cure Monitoring for Composites and Adhesives, David
R. Mulligan, NPL.
Report 136 Radiation Curing, R.S. Davidson, DavRad Services.
Report 165 Polymer Enhancement of Technical Textiles,
Report 137 Silicone Elastomers, P. Jerschow, Wacker-Chemie GmbH. Roy W. Buckley.

Report 138 Health and Safety in the Rubber Industry, N. Chaiear, Report 166 Developments in Thermoplastic Elastomers,
K.E. Kear
Khon Kaen University.
Report 167 Polyolefin Foams, N.J. Mills, Metallurgy and Materials,
Report 139 Rubber Analysis - Polymers, Compounds and University of Birmingham.
Products, M.J. Forrest, Rapra Technology Ltd.
Report 168 Plastic Flame Retardants: Technology and Current
Report 140 Tyre Compounding for Improved Performance, Developments, J. Innes and A. Innes, Flame Retardants
M.S. Evans, Kumho European Technical Centre. Associates Inc.

Report 141 Particulate Fillers for Polymers, Professor R.N. Rothon,

Rothon Consultants and Manchester Metropolitan Volume 15
University.
Report 169 Engineering and Structural Adhesives, David J. Dunn,
Report 142 Blowing Agents for Polyurethane Foams, S.N. Singh,
FLD Enterprises Inc.
Huntsman Polyurethanes.
Report 170 Polymers in Agriculture and Horticulture,
Report 143 Adhesion and Bonding to Polyolefins, D.M. Brewis and Roger P. Brown.
I. Mathieson, Institute of Surface Science & Technology, Report 171 PVC Compounds and Processing, Stuart Patrick.
Loughborough University.
Report 172 Troubleshooting Injection Moulding, Vanessa Goodship,
Report 144 Rubber Curing Systems, R.N. Datta, Flexsys BV. Warwick Manufacturing Group.
Report 173 Regulation of Food Packaging in Europe and the USA,
Derek J. Knight and Lesley A. Creighton, Safepharm
Laboratories Ltd.
Report 174 Pharmaceutical Applications of Polymers for Drug
Delivery, David Jones, Queen's University, Belfast.
Report 175 Tyre Recycling, Valerie L. Shulman, European Tyre
Recycling Association (ETRA).
Report 176 Polymer Processing with Supercritical Fluids,
V. Goodship and E.O. Ogur.
Report 177 Bonding Elastomers: A Review of Adhesives &
Processes, G. Polaski, J. Means, B. Stull, P. Warren, K.
Allen, D. Mowrey and B. Carney.
Report 178 Mixing of Vulcanisable Rubbers and Thermoplastic
Elastomers, P.R. Wood.
Report 179 Polymers in Asphalt, H.L. Robinson, Tarmac Ltd, UK.
Report 180 Biocides in Plastics, D. Nichols, Thor Overseas Limited.

Volume 16
Report 181 New EU Regulation of Chemicals: REACH,
D.J. Knight, SafePharm Laboratories Ltd.
Report 182 Food Contact Rubbers 2 - Products, Migration and
Regulation, M.J. Forrest.
Report 183 Adhesion to Fluoropolymers, D.M. Brewis and R.H.
Dahm, IPTME, Loughborough University.
Report 184 Fluoroplastics, J.G. Drobny.
Report 185 Epoxy Composites: Impact Resistance and Flame
Retardancy, Debdatta Ratna.
Coatings and Inks for Food
Contact Materials

Martin Forrest

ISBN: 978-1-84735-079-4
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Contents
1. Introduction ...............................................................................................................................................5

2. Coating and Ink Products for Food Contact Materials ..............................................................................5

2.1 Polymers for Coatings and Inks ......................................................................................................5
2.1.1 Acrylic ................................................................................................................................6
2.1.2 Alkyd resins .......................................................................................................................6
2.1.3 Amino Resins (e.g., urea-formaldehyde resins) .................................................................7
2.1.4 Epoxy Resins ......................................................................................................................8
2.1.5 Cellulosics ..........................................................................................................................9
2.1.6 Polyesters Saturated and Unsaturated ...........................................................................10
2.1.7 Polyurethanes ...................................................................................................................12
2.1.8 Rosin ................................................................................................................................13
2.1.9 Silicone Resins .................................................................................................................13
2.1.10 Vinyl Polymers .................................................................................................................14
2.1.11 Other Polymers (e.g., hydrocarbons) ...............................................................................15
2.2 Constituents of Coatings ...............................................................................................................15
2.2.1 Crosslinking Agents ........................................................................................................15
2.2.2 Other Additives ................................................................................................................15
2.2.3 Solvents ............................................................................................................................15
2.3 Constituents of Inks ......................................................................................................................16
2.3.1 Solvents ............................................................................................................................16
2.3.2 Plasticisers ........................................................................................................................16
2.3.3 Driers ................................................................................................................................16
2.3.4 Photoinitiators ..................................................................................................................16
2.3.5 Colorants ..........................................................................................................................17
2.3.6 Other Additives ...............................................................................................................18

3. Coatings and Inks used in the Food Chain ..............................................................................................18

3.1 Food Packaging .............................................................................................................................18
3.1.1 Packaging Types ...............................................................................................................18
3.1.2 Coatings Used in Metal Packaging (Tables 5 to 9) ..........................................................19
3.1.3 Coatings and Adhesives for Flexible Packaging (Tables 10 and 11) ...............................22
3.1.4 Inks for Metal Packaging (Table 12) ................................................................................24
3.1.5 Inks for Paper and Board Packaging (Table 13) ..............................................................27
3.1.6 Inks for Flexible Packaging (Table 14) ............................................................................28
3.2 Harvesting and Processing of Food ..............................................................................................28
3.3 Storage and Transportation ...........................................................................................................30
3.4 Presentation, Dispensing and Cooking .........................................................................................30

1
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

4. Application Techniques for Inks .............................................................................................................31

4.1 Lithography ...................................................................................................................................31
4.2 Flexography ..................................................................................................................................31
4.3 Gravure .........................................................................................................................................32
4.4 Inkjet .............................................................................................................................................32
4.5 Influence of Substrate Type ...........................................................................................................32
4.5.1 Inks for Metal Packaging ................................................................................................32
4.5.2 Inks for Paper and Board .................................................................................................33
4.5.3 Inks for Flexible Plastic Packaging ..................................................................................34
4.5.4 Set Off ..............................................................................................................................34

5. Regulations Covering the Use of Inks and Coatings with Food .............................................................34
5.1 Regulation in the European Union ................................................................................................34
5.2 Council of Europe (CoE) Regulations ..........................................................................................35
5.2.1 Coatings ...........................................................................................................................35
5.2.2 Inks ...................................................................................................................................36
5.3 National Regulations within the EU .............................................................................................37
5.4 FDA Regulations ...........................................................................................................................38
5.5 Other Considerations for Industrial Use .......................................................................................38

6. Assessing the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Applications .........................................................40
6.1 Global Migration Tests ..................................................................................................................40
6.2 Specific Migration Tests ................................................................................................................41
6.3 Fingerprinting of Potential Migrants from Coatings and Inks ......................................................41
6.4 Determination of Specific Target Species in Coatings and Ink Products and in
Food Simulants and Foods ............................................................................................................41
6.4.1 Monomers, Solvents and Low Molecular Weight Additives and Breakdown Products ...42
6.4.2 Oligomers .........................................................................................................................42
6.4.3 Plasticisers and Oil-type Additives ..................................................................................42
6.4.4 Polar Additives and Metal Containing Compounds .........................................................42
6.4.5 Cure System Species, Initiators, Catalysts and Their Reaction Products ........................42
6.4.6 Antidegradants, Stabilisers and Their Reaction Products ................................................43
6.5 Sensory Testing .............................................................................................................................43
6.6 Toxicological assessment of migrants ..........................................................................................43

7. Potential Migrants and Published Migration Data ..................................................................................44

7.1 Acrylates .......................................................................................................................................44
7.2 Amines ..........................................................................................................................................44
7.3 Aromatics from Unsaturated Polyesters .......................................................................................45

2
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

7.4 Aromatics from Photoinitiation Reactions and Photoinitiator additives ......................................45

7.5 BPA and BADGE and Derivatives ................................................................................................46
7.6 Epichlorohydrin ............................................................................................................................47
7.7 Bisphenol A ...................................................................................................................................47
7.8 Solvents .........................................................................................................................................47
7.9 Plasticisers ....................................................................................................................................47
7.10 Extractables from UV-Cured Coating for Cardboard ...................................................................47
7.11 Potential Migrants .........................................................................................................................48

8. Improving the Safety of Inks and Coatings for Food Use ......................................................................52
8.1 New Food Approved Pigments .....................................................................................................52
8.2 Water-Based Systems ....................................................................................................................52
8.3 UV/EB Curable Systems ..............................................................................................................53
8.4 New Initiators for UV Curable Inks ..............................................................................................53

9. Future Trends ..........................................................................................................................................53

9.1 Improvements in Recycling Systems ............................................................................................53
9.2 Biodegradability ............................................................................................................................53
9.3 Use of Coatings to Improve Barrier Properties of Food Packaging .............................................54
9.4 Antimicrobial Systems ..................................................................................................................54
9.5 Laser Marking to replace Conventional Inks ................................................................................54
9.6 Intelligent and Active Packaging ..................................................................................................54
9.7 Applications of Nanotechnology ..................................................................................................55
9.8 Developments in Analytical Techniques .......................................................................................55

10. Conclusion ...............................................................................................................................................55

Additional References .....................................................................................................................................56

Sources of Further Information and Advice ....................................................................................................57

Reference Books .....................................................................................................................................57
Reports ....................................................................................................................................................58
Professional, Research, Trade and Governmental Organisations ...........................................................58
Commercial Abstract Databases .............................................................................................................58

Acknowledgements .........................................................................................................................................59

Abbreviations ..................................................................................................................................................59

References from the Polymer Library Database .............................................................................................61

Subject Index ................................................................................................................................................109

Company Index .............................................................................................................................................125

3
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

The views and opinions expressed by authors in Rapra Review Reports do not necessarily reflect those
of Smithers Rapra Technology or the editor. The series is published on the basis that no responsibility
or liability of any nature shall attach to Smithers Rapra Technology arising out of or in connection with
any utilisation in any form of any material contained therein.

4
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
1 Introduction
For many years, Rapra Technology has carried out
research projects for the UK Food Standards Agency
(FSA). These have covered a wide range of polymer
products (e.g., rubbers, silicone-based materials, ion-
exchange resins, laminate materials) and have provided
the FSA with important information on the materials
and manufacturing practices that are used in industry,
as well as making an important contribution to the
data, via extensive experiments, that is available with
respect to the migratory behaviour of these products
when they are in contact with food simulants and
foodstuffs. This Review Report has, as its origin, an
FSA project on Coatings and Inks that was carried out
at Rapra from 2005 until 2007. The objective of this
project was to assess the potential for the migration of
substances from coatings and inks that were used in
food packaging applications. As a significant amount
of work had already been carried out on coatings that
were in direct contact with food (e.g., can coatings), a
boundary was set that only coatings and inks in non-
direct food contact situations would be considered. As
the scope of this review report is greater than the Rapra
project (see below) and, due to the limitations of this
particular format, it has only been possible to include
some of the information that was acquired during the
course of the FSA project. If the reader has a particular
interest in coatings and inks used in these types of
applications, they are therefore recommended to apply
to the FSA for a full version of the final project report,
which was published in March 2007.
Coatings and inks for use with food have been a very
topical subject over the last couple of years, mainly due
to the culmination of the work that has been carried
out by the Council of Europe (CoE). As a result of its
efforts, we have seen the adoption of both a Resolution
for Coatings, and a Resolution for Inks used on non-
food contact surfaces. The Inks Resolution has been
controversial with industry bodies throughout Europe,
who have claimed that its inventory list is incomplete
and not representative of current industry practice
(see Section 5.2). In addition to these regulatory
developments, this is an active area for research, with
a number of innovative and sophisticated products
finding commercial applications, e.g., in active
and intelligent packaging, and antimicrobials see
(Section 9).
This report has attempted to cover all of the coatings
and inks products used in food contact scenarios.
Hence, direct and non-direct contact situations are
included throughout the food chain, e.g., harvesting,
processing, transportation, packaging and cooking. In
practice, this encompasses an extremely wide range of
polymer systems and formulations, and an emphasis
has been placed on coatings and inks used in food
packaging, as this is usually regarded as representing
the most important application category with respect
to the potential for migration to occur. With respect to
food packaging, all three of the major material classes
are covered, i.e., metal, paper and board, and plastic.
In addition to a thorough introduction of the polymers
and additives that are used to produce coatings and inks,
there are also chapters covering the regulation of these
materials, the migration and analytical tests that are
performed on them to assess their suitability for food
contact applications, the migration data that have been
published, and the areas in the field that are receiving
the most attention for research and development.
This report is one of a series of three. A report
summarising the current situation of the use of rubber
products for food contact applications was published in
2006 (84), and a report reviewing the use of silicone-
based materials (including rubbers, resins and liquids)
with food be published by Rapra shortly.
2 Coating and Ink Products for
Food Contact Materials
2.1 Polymers for Coatings and Inks
Coatings and inks are polymer-based products, with the
polymer being the primary component in the former,
and the binder for the pigment system in the latter. In
both cases, the two main types of systems are:
1) Those where high molecular weight (mw) polymer
is present from the outset the solvation of the
polymer by a solvent, or water, is critical in these
cases.
2) Those where the polymer is formed in situ from
the monomer(s), i.e., the curing types a number
of mechanisms can be responsible for the curing
reaction.
Some of the principal types of polymers that are
used in coatings and inks products are discussed
next. In addition, because there are occasions where
conventional rubbers and thermoplastic polymers can
be used as protective coatings (e.g., food storage),
these are mentioned in Section 2.1.11.
5
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
2.1.1 Acrylic
Polyacrylate coatings and binders are based on acrylic
or methacrylic esters. These polymers are created by
addition type polymerisations of various combinations
of monomers, including:
Methyl esters of acrylic and methacrylic acids
Ethyl and higher esters of acrylic and
methacrylic acids
Hydroxyethyl esters of acrylic and
methacrylic acids
Diol monoarylates or methacrylates, and
Acid monomers (i.e., acrylic acid and
methacrylic acid).
Addition polymerisation is usually achieved by free-
radical initiation (e.g., by photochemical processes),
and other unsaturated monomers (e.g., styrenics) may
sometimes be incorporated for process or product
optimisation. In addition, acrylic polymers can be blended
with acrylic monomers for viscosity control, which can
remove the need for solvents, and polyfunctional acrylic
monomers enable crosslinking polymerisation reactions
to occur, i.e., curing reactions.
Polyfunctional acrylic monomers can be obtained by
reactions of acrylic acid with:
Polyhydric alcohols
Hydroxyl-terminated polyesters
Bis(epoxides) such as bisphenol A diglycidyl ether
(BADGE) (see epoxy resins)
The reaction of acrylic acid with polyhydroxy
alcohols is a prolific source of polyfunctional acrylic
monomers. Examples of di-, tri- and tetra-functional
products are:
dipropylene glycol diacrylate (DPGDA)
CH2=CHCO2(CHMeCH2O)2OCOCH=CH2
propoxylated glyceryl triacrylate (GPTA)
(CH2=CHCO2CHMeCH2OCH2)2CHOCH2-
CHMeOCOCH=CH2
pentaerythritol tetra-acrylate (PETA)
(CH2=CHCO2CH2)4C
6
Other curing mechanisms exploit the polyfunctionality
in hydroxyl groups that may be obtained by
copolymerisation with hydroxyalkyl acrylates and
methacrylates. Examples of cure via reaction of these
side groups include:
Etherification with melamine- or benzoguanamine-
formaldehyde resins
polyacrylicOH + HOCH2N<
polyacrylicOCH2N< + H2O
Urethane formation with isocyanates
polyacrylicOH + O=C=N~
polyacrylicOC(=O)N~
Isocyanate-hydroxyl reactions are particularly active,
allowing scope for ambient temperature cures, whilst
etherification requires heat and forms the basis of
stoving enamels.
Hydroxyl groups are also effective for the ring-opening
of epoxides, and therefore epoxy resins can be used for
the cure of suitably functional acrylics. The activity of
the (amine catalysed) ring opening by hydroxyl groups
decreases in the series, ROH > ArOH > RCO2H, and
therefore epoxy cures offer useful versatility and control
for acrylics containing either hydroxyl or carboxylic
acid groups.
2.1.2 Alkyd resins
Alkyd resins are polyesters derived from polyhydric
alcohols and mixed acids including dibasic and
monobasic types. The polyhydric alcohols include:
glycerol (a commonly used compound), pentaerythritol,
trimethyolpropane and sorbitol. The dibasic acids (or
anhydrides) include phthalic (again commonly used),
maleic, isophthalic, adipic and sebacic. The monobasic
acids include fatty types with different levels of
unsaturation for air-drying performance. These have their
origins in natural oils, which themselves usually form
the starting material for the production of alkyds. The
first stage in production, at an elevated temperature (>
200 C) is the hydrolysis or alcoholysis (with glycerol),
and the second stage is the addition of the dibasic acid
component with further heating up to 250 C.
The most commonly used types of oil include:
a) tung
b) linseed
c) dehydrated castor
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 1. Types of Alkyd

Type Oil content (%) Phthalic anhydride (%)
Short oil resins 35-45 >35
Medium oil resins 46-55 30-35
Long oil resins 56-70 20-30
Very long oil resins >71 <20

d) sunflower A well established procedure reacts urea with a two-

e) soya
f) cottonseed
g) olive
h) coconut
Fatty acids which may be incorporated directly include
tall-oil fatty acids and C8 to C10 synthetic types.
A wide range of different products are possible from
these reactions. For convenience, alkyds are grouped
into four different types, as shown in Table 1.
The durability of the cured products decreases with
increasing oil content, whereas the long and very long
oil alkyds have better brushing properties. Very long
oil alkyds form the basis of ink binders. Mineral spirit
is commonly used as a solvent for such binder resins,
although the presence of alcohols or glycol ethers can
also lower viscosity.
fold molar excess of formaldehyde under alkaline
conditions to yield an intermediate product mix of
mono- di-, and tri-methyolureas, together with some
residual urea and formaldehyde. The condensation
takes place under acid catalysis, and may be achieved
in two stages, the first to create a linear polymer, and
the second to achieve a more complete condensation
that creates a crosslinked network. Acid compounds
such a phthalic anhydride are incorporated into the
final curable formulation, the curing being achieved
by heating. These, so-called unmodified resins are
used for ink binders but are generally regarded as
unsuitable for coatings owing to their limited solubility
in common solvents.
The solubility limitations can be overcome by
modification with alcohols where some of the methylol
groups are alkylated, for example:
>NHCH2OH + ROH >NHCH2OR + H2O

n-Butanol is commonly used for modification in this

2.1.3 Amino Resins way, i.e., for butylated urea-formaldehyde resins.
(e.g., urea-formaldehyde resins)
Another variation is the use of melamine (triamino-
1,3,5-triazine, C 3 H 6 N 6 ) instead of urea. The
Amino resins are obtained from a complex sequence of
manufacturing sequence is essentially the same as for
reactions (e.g., addition, condensation and eliminations
urea-formaldehyde resins, with addition under alkaline
reactions) for example:
conditions and chain extension and crosslinking under
acid conditions. The acid-catalysed etherification is
H2NCONH2 + CH2O H2NCONHCH2OH
also employed for modification, so that both methylated
and butylated melamine-formaldehyde resins find
H2NCONHCH2OH + CH2O commercial uses. As with the urea-formaldehyde resins,
HOCH2NHCONHCH2OH alkylation is used to enhance solubility in common
solvents and the alkylated resins are preferred for
>NCONHCH2OH + H2NCONH~ coating formulations.
>NCONHCH2NHCONH~ + H2O
Yet another variation is the use of a guanamine instead
~NHCH2OH + HOCH2NH~ of melamine a molecule where one amino group of
~NHCH2OCH2NH~ + H2O the melamine is replaced by an alkyl aryl group. One
such example is benzoguanamine (2,4-diamino-6-1,3,5-
~NHCH2OCH2NH~ ~NHCH2NH~ + CH2O triazine) (Figure 1).

7
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Figure 1
Structure of benzoguanamine
Benzoguanamine closely mirrors melamine in its
addition and subsequent condensation reactions with
formaldehyde. Benzoguanamine-formaldehyde resins
and butylated benzoguanamine-formaldehyde are used
in surface coatings.
Any of these amino resins may be used alone, or in
combination with other resins, such as epoxies or
alkyds.
2.1.4 Epoxy Resins
Epoxy curing reactions exploit the reactivity of the
epoxide group. Epoxy resins contain at least two such
groups per molecule: the BADGE provides the basis
of many epoxy resins. BADGE and its homologues
are obtained by the base catalysed reaction of
epichlorohydrin with bisphenol A (BPA). BADGE
(MW 340) is the lowest molecular weight bis-epoxide
obtainable from this reaction, i.e., 2,2-bis[4-(glycidylo
xy)phenyl]propane.
The phenolic group is also capable of reacting
with the epoxy groups present and so this is
potentially a polymerising reaction, requiring a
significant excess of epichlorohydrin to avoid
high molecular weight products. These can be
regarded as higher homologues of 2,2-bis[4-glyc
idyloxy)phenyl]propane with the inclusion of the
- O - C 6H 4- C M e 2- C 6H 4- O - C H 2- C H ( O H ) - C H 2-
repeat unit.
Some polymerisation is helpful, as BADGE itself is a
solid, having a melting point of 40-44 C. The inclusion
of a small amount of polymer allows for liquid (at
ambient temperature) products.
8
Epoxies are cured by ring-opening of the oxirane group
either by reaction with active hydrogen compounds or
by catalysed homopolymerisation. For coatings, these
cures generally fall into two types: ambient temperature
cures with polyfunctional amine or thiol co-agents or
with polymerisation catalysts; and elevated temperature
cures with polyfunctional hydroxyl co-agents (or a
combination of epoxide and hydroxyl functionality,
such as with anhydrides).
The reactions with active hydrogen compounds are
sequential in that the epoxide ring opening generates
a hydroxyl group, which, in turn, may initiate further
ring opening. This is illustrated in Figure 2, for the
reaction of a primary amine with epoxy, where both
NH bonds may react with epoxy, as may the hydroxyl
groups formed from each addition.
The third reaction shown, i.e., that of the hydroxyl
addition, is the form of the reaction where alcohols, or
phenols, are used as co-agents.
The use of polyfunctional co-agents (i.e., curing
agents) is important for network development.
Polyalkylene amines such as diethylenetriamine
(DTA) and ethylene diamine (EDA), aromatic
diamines such as 4,4 iaminodiphenyl-methane
(DDM) and aminoamides and their derivatives such as
dicyandiamide [H2NC(=NCN)NH2, called DICY),
provide low temperature curing and must usually be
applied within a short time (e.g., within 1-2 days)
of mixing. A slower reaction affords better control,
and hydroxyl-functional curatives form the basis of
stoving enamels. Polyfunctionality is obtained with
phenol-formaldehyde (PF) resins, where the primary
reactions are thought to be those of the phenolic (ArOH)
or methylol (ArCH2OH) hydroxyls (depending on the
PF resin type used), although other hydroxyl species
(including the secondary alcohol formed by ring
opening) will also be involved.
Phenol formaldehyde resins offer some of the highest
functionalities of epoxy curing agents, and careful
selection of resin (PF and epoxy) grades is important if
brittle products are to be avoided. In typical phenolic-
epoxy stoving enamels, a relatively long-chain bis-
epoxide molecule (e.g., higher homologue of BADGE)
would be preferred.
The condensation products of this with formaldehyde
will contain both amino (>NH) and aminomethylol
(>NHCH2OH) groups, depending on the extent of
reaction. The inclusion of two, or more, different
resins as co-agents in epoxy stoving formulations
is not unusual. One benefit may lie in film forming
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Figure 2
Examples of the reactions that are involved in the curing of epoxy resins

behaviour where the delay of skinning will enhance Nitrocellulose

solvent evaporation to provide for better properties and
improved surface gloss.
2.1.5 Cellulosics
Cellulose is a naturally occurring high mw carbohydrate
polymer of formula (C6H 10O 5) n. It is extensively
hydrogen bonded and possesses remarkable strength/
weight characteristics. However, its extensive hydrogen
bonding means that it cannot be melted, e.g., for melt
processing, without thermal decomposition. Nor can
it be dissolved in any solvent in its unmodified form.
Given its availability, much effort has been devoted to
the development of modified forms.
Nitrocellulose is a cellulose ester. It is a highly polar
polymer which is easy to dissolve in polar solvents
(esters, alcohols) and has good film-forming character
on drying. Nitrocellulose (Figure 3) is obtained by
steeping cellulose (e.g., cotton linters, paper pulp) in
a mixture of concentrated nitric and sulfuric acids, at
20-40 C. The composition of the acid mix determines
the resultant mw. Compositions rich in sulfuric acid
provide the lowest mw products, but grades for inks and
lacquers (typical molecular weight of 50,000 or lower)
are subject to mw reduction by heating with water under
pressure at 130 160 C.

The hydroxyl functionality in cellulose allows for a

number of modifications, notably esterification and
etherification. Examples of products produced in this
way include:

cellulose acetate butyrate

ethyl cellulose
hydroxyethylcellulose
methyl cellulose Figure 3
nitrocellulose Nitrocellulose (cellulose nitrate) - typical repeat unit

9
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

The reactions of production are nitration (esterification)
and hydrolysis (of formal OCH2O) groups, i.e.,:
~OH + HNO3 ~ONO2 + H2O
>CHOCH< + H2O 2>CHOH
By reducing H-bonding associations, the esterification
reduces crystallinity. Hydrolysis reduces the mw .
Typical degrees of esterification for binder polymers
are around two nitrate groups per glucose residue,
with higher levels being reserved for propellants and
explosives.
Further refinements in synthesis may be achieved
by mixed esterification. Cellulose acetate butyrate
(CAB) polymers generally offer better mechanical
properties than the acetates, and better compatibility
with other resins and organic solvents. They can be
obtained esterified with a mixture of acetic and butyric
anhydrides. Commercial grades for lacquers may have
similar numbers of acetate butyrate groups with a very
small level of hydroxyl groups (< 0.5) per glucose
residue) introduced by a second stage hydrolysis.
Cellulose Ethers

Dried nitrocellulose has a glass transition temperature
(Tg) of around 53 C (depending on the degree of
esterification) and therefore requires plasticisation for
use in inks and lacquers. Plasticisers for nitrocellulose
include the common types (e.g., phthalates, phosphates,
etc.) together with natural products such as camphor
and castor oil.
Nitrocellulose is relatively water resistant although
prone to oxidation. It is not readily amenable to
crosslinking, and chemically active drying systems can
only be created by blending with other resins. Alkyd,
ketone, urea, maleate and acrylic resins are available
for formulating with nitrocellulose binders.
Other Cellulose Esters
Cellulose ethers such as methyl or ethylcellulose are
obtained by treating alkali cellulose with the appropriate
alkyl chloride (e.g., ROH RONa ROMe). The
first step is to treat cellulose with 50% aqueous sodium
hydroxide at about 60 C to create the alkali cellulose.
The subsequent treatment with the alkyl chloride is
accomplished with heat under pressure, the reaction
conditions controlling the degree of substitution.
Only a small amount of substitution is needed to disrupt
the cellulose structure and generate useful solubility.
The solubility characteristics depend on the level
of substitution: intermediate levels of substitution
by methyl or ethyl groups (e.g., 1.3-2.4 groups per
glucose residue) provide solubility in water, whereas
higher levels give solubility in less polar solvents (even
hydrocarbons at the highest levels of substitution).

Cellulose acetate is prepared by the acetylation of
cellulose (e.g., by first steeping cellulose in acetic
acid followed by treatment with acetic anhydride
in the presence of sulfuric acid), a process which
invariably esterifies all three hydroxyls per repeat unit.
The product is cellulose triacetate. The acetate esters
have better oxidation resistance than the nitrate esters,
but cellulose triacetate is softer and more difficult to
plasticise. Acetate levels can be reduced by partial
hydrolysis, and the re-introduction of hydroxyl groups
can benefit both strength and hardness. Cellulose
acetates therefore represent a range of polymers with
different degrees of esterification. They are used in
films, fibres and lacquers.
Lacquer grade polymers typically have around 2.3-
2.4 acetate groups per glucose residue. The degree
of substitution is also measured in terms of acetyl
content (as a weight percentage) or as the equivalent
yield of acetic acid. In the latter description, lacquer
grades have 54-56% acetic acid yield (61-62.5% for
the triacetate).
Commercial grades of methylcellulose have substitution
in the 0.3-1.8 range and are generally exploited for their
water solubility. However, higher substitution levels
encountered in commercial grades of ethylcellulose
where solubility in other solvents is exploited.
Ethylcellulose at around 2.5 ethyl groups per glucose
residue is compatible with a range of plasticisers and
other resins.
For any polymer, solubility depends on molecular
weight and, for cellulose polymers, all these treatments
are accompanied by a useful degree of molecular weight
reduction (of the original cellulose). The treatment
which usually delivers the highest levels of water
solubility is hydroxyethylation.
2.1.6 Polyesters Saturated and Unsaturated
Polyesters for hard coatings are commonly based
on aromatic diacids e.g., phthalic, isophthalic or
terephthalic. MW control (for ease of flow, etc.)

10
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
can be achieved by reaction with diols in excess.
Common examples include low mw glycols such as
ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol,
and 1,4-butanediol. Additional monomers can also
be incorporated to provide the functionality that is
necessary for curing. What these are depends on the
cure mechanism used.
Water is a by-product of polyesterification and the
extent of reaction is controlled by its removal. This
can be hindered by high viscosity mixes, although
modifications in reactor design can help. The chemistry
of the reaction can also be altered to produce less water,
or a different by-product. An example of the latter is the
use of the methyl ester of the diacid, and the former by
using the anhydride instead of the diacid. With phthalic
anhydride, only one mole of water is produced for two
moles of ester formed. For example:
~COOCO~ + ROH ~COOR + HOCO~
ROH + HOCO~ ROCO~ + H2O
Saturated Polyesters
Having a stoichiometric excess of alcohol in the original
polyesterification results in a polyester with hydroxyl
terminals. The cure of saturated polyesters utilises the
reactivity of these end groups. The subsequent cure can
be achieved by reactions such as:
Etherification with melamine-formaldehyde, or
benzoguanamine-formaldehyde resins:
polyesterOH + HOCH2N<
polyesterOCH2N< + H2O
Urethane formation with isocyanates:
polyesterOH + O=C=N~
polyesterOC(=O)HN~ acrylates are also used, and the final stage of the resin
Melamine-formaldehyde, or benzoguanamine-
formaldehyde resins, are usually polyfunctional in
methylol groups, and therefore crosslinking occurs
even with difunctional polyesters. The thermal
activation necessary for etherification allows for useful
control of this cure which is commonly exploited in
stoving enamels.
Crosslinking can also be provided via polyfunctionality
in the polyester, as is possible when a triol (or polyol),
is incorporated into the original polyesterification mix.
Examples include glycerol and trimethylolpropane.
This allows for crosslinking even with difunctional
isocyanates. The hydroxyl/isocyanate reaction is
sufficiently active to preclude storage-stable one-
component mixes, although these are possible if a
blocked isocyanate is used. A blocked isocyanate is
a thermally-labile urethane, so that un-blocking is
achieved by suitable heating. Phenol is a common
blocking reagent, and it is released in the thermal
unblocking, for example:
RNCO + HOC6H5 RNHCOOC6H5
RNCO + HOC6H5
One mole of phenol is released for each equivalent
of isocyanate. In effect, the alcohol on the polyester
competes with the phenol for the available isocyanate,
and the (monofunctional) phenol has the potential to
interfere with network formation. However, in thin
coatings at elevated temperature, the phenol can be
lost by volatilisation: hence phenol blocking is usually
reserved for stoving enamels.
Unsaturated Polyesters
Unsaturated polyesters have C=C bonds in the backbone,
most commonly introduced via maleic anhydride or
fumaric acid in the original polyesterification mix.
A typical unsaturated polyester can be obtained
by heating maleic and phthalic anhydrides with a
stoichometric excess (e.g., 20%) of propylene glycol.
The mixture is heated at 150-200 C for up to 16 hours
whilst water is continually distilled off. A catalyst, e.g.,
p-toluene sulfonic acid, is sometimes used, and some
xylene may be incorporated to assist removal of water
by azeotropic distillation.
The cure of an unsaturated polyester is by a free-radical
polymerisation, and suitable mobility and reactivity
is introduced into the resin by the incorporation of a
co-monomer. Styrene is the common choice, although
formation is the incorporation of this monomer together
with an inhibitor such as hydroquinone.
The free radical cure of the resin is essentially a
copolymerisation of the unsaturated polymer backbone
with the unsaturated monomer. It is possible for oxygen to
interfere with the reaction in the curing of thin films and
steps to exclude it must be taken. Paraffin wax, which has
relatively low solubility in the resin, and hence migrates
to the surface, is usually used to create a physical barrier.
Its addition, at around the 0.1% level, is accomplished
using a small amount of solvent (e.g., toluene) as a carrier.
11
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Table 2. Breakdown Products of Diacyl Peroxides
Peroxide
Hydrogen Abstraction
Dibenzoyl
4-Chlorodibenzoyl
2,4-Dichlorodibenzoyl m-dichlorobenzene
Initiator systems may also be added in solution, these
solvents for blending are usually the only solvents used in
unsaturated polyester coatings, in which the free monomer
provides the major viscosity reduction for application.
Unsaturated polyesters can be cured at room temperature
by the use of either two-part initiation systems, or by
photoinitiation. The two-part initiation can use either
of two approaches to promote peroxide breakdown.
One utilises drier chemistry to cause the catalytic
breakdown of hydroperoxides. The catalyst used is a
metal soap, typically of cobalt, but its action in this case
is on intentionally added hydroperoxides, as distinct
from the hydroperoxides, formed as a product of air
oxidation, that are used in traditional drier chemistry.
The hydroperoxides that are added include methyl
ethyl ketone peroxide or cyclohexanone peroxide, their
breakdown products include methyl ether ketone and
cyclohexanone, respectively.
The other approach uses tertiary aromatic amines with
acyl peroxides. This involves an electron-transfer
process to promote diacyl peroxide breakdown, e.g.,
with N,N-dimethylaniline:
ArCOOOCOAr + C6H5NMe2
ArCOO [C6H5NMe2]+ + ArCOO
but the generation of acyloxy radicals has the potential
to produce unwelcome aromatics (e.g., benzene
from dibenzoyl peroxide) which may preclude this
approach from resins where food contact application
is anticipated.
For reference, the anticipated breakdown products
of commercial diacyl peroxides are listed in Table 2
(195).
2.1.7 Polyurethanes
Polyurethanes (PU) are formed as a result of addition
reactions of isocyanates, usually with active hydrogen
12
Breakdown Products
Radical Coupling
Benzene Biphenyl 4,4-dichlorobiphenyl
Chlorobenzene 2,2 ,4,4 -Tetrachlorobiphenyl
compounds. The chemistry can be illustrated with
respect to hydroxyl addition. The initially-formed
adduct itself contains active hydrogens, so that a
sequential addition is possible:
XNCO + HOR XNHCOOR
urethane formation
XNCO + XNHCOOR XNHCON(X)COOR
allophanate formation
This second addition binds two molecules of isocyanate
per starting hydroxyl group, so that this sequence
makes for a crosslinking reaction. The active hydrogen
remains, and the sequence can continue. Hence,
depending on the availability of isocyanate, the reaction
with allophanate can be represented in a generic sense
as an addition polymerisation of the form:
nXNCO + XNHCOOR XNHCO[N(X)CO]nOR
Polyurethane curing chemistry is critically dependent on
the nature of the co-reagents, their relative proportions,
the presence and type of catalysts and the thermal
history of the system.
Both aliphatic and aromatic isocyanates may be
employed- the former offering better resistance to solar
radiation and the latter providing higher reactivities
in cure.
For the hydroxyl component of the cure, its activity
with respect to isocyanate is governed by both polar and
steric effects (219). Model compound studies show that
the reactivity with isocyanate decreases as:
CH3CH2OH > CH3OH > (CH3)2CHOH >
(CH3)3OH ~ C6H5OH
So, in hydroxyl-isocyanate cures, aliphatic hydroxyls
provide the co-agents for cure, whilst aromatic
(phenolic) hydroxyls provide potential blocking agents.
In the latter case the isocyanate is introduced into the
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
cure formulation as is a phenol adduct (phenyl urethane).
This adduct dissociates on heating: if the dissociation
is in the presence of a more aliphatic hydroxyl then an
aliphatic urethane will be formed:
XNHCOOPh XNCO + HOPh
XNCO + HOR XNHCOOR
The aliphatic hydroxyl co-agents in polyurethane
cures are usually low mw polymers. Examples include
hydroxyl-terminated polyesters and polyethers and
hydroxyl-containing acrylics. Even without catalysis,
the hydroxyl-isocyanate reaction is sufficiently rapid
to compromise storage stability prior to cure and
polyurethanes are commonly two-pack systems.
Catalysts include tertiary amines, metal soaps and
organometallics.
One pack formulations are possible by using blocked-
isocyanates (as described above), moisture-curing
systems and those incorporating fully reacted, unreacted
polyurethanes which cure by alternative chemistry (such
as air-drying) or undergo physical drying by solvent
evaporation.
Moisture-curing polyurethanes are formulations
containing a substantial excess of isocyanate in which
the cure proceeds via an initial isocyanate hydrolysis:
XNCO + H2O XNH2 + CO2
This hydrolysis reaction generates active hydrogen,
which undergoes sequential reactions (i.e., by urea and
biuret formation) in the same manner as for the hydroxyl
addition described earlier.
2.1.8 Rosin
Rosin is a natural resin obtained from pine trees. It is
a thermoplastic acidic product containing about 90%
of so-called resin acids composed mainly of cyclic
isoprenoid acids. The predominant resin acid is abietic
acid which has an empirical formula of C20H30O2.
Resins acids are unsaturated and therefore unstable
with respect to oxidation. Stability can be improved by
hydrogenation or by dehydrogenation (aromatisation)
to yield so-called modified rosins. Rosins and
modified rosins can be changed further by reactions
such as salt formation (e.g., with sodium, potassium
or calcium hydroxides) or esterification. Esterification
with polyhydroxy alcohols, such as glycerol or
pentaerythritol, provides a useful increase in mw.
Rosin esters, rosin salts, modified rosins and modified
rosin esters, ranging in physical state from viscous
liquids to hard friable solids, are used as binders in a
variety of ink formulations. The method of incorporation
into the ink depends on the rosin type, notably its
acidity. For example, rosin resins may be incorporated
as dispersions in linseed oil, as solutions in alcohol or
hydrocarbons, or as solutions or dispersions in aqueous
ammonia or other alkalies.
Rosin resins are also components of coating formulations,
for example or as modifiers for alkyds, or epoxies, or
for cellulose nitrate lacquers.
2.1.9 Silicone Resins
A silicone polymer has a backbone of alternating
silicon and oxygen atoms, i.e., RR SiO, where
R and R may be alkyl, aryl, fluoroalkyl or hydrogen,
but are more commonly methyl groups. Therefore, the
most common repeating unit in a silicone polymer is
dimethysiloxanel: Me2SiO.
Silicone resins are crosslinked products. In this
case, the crosslinking mirrors other silicon systems
(e.g., familiar RTV sealants and elastomers) with
the curing process (silanol condensation, i.e., SiOH
+ HOSi SiOSi) essentially being an extension
of the reactions by which the original resin was
prepared. Silicone resins are highly branched and are
effectively crosslinking systems which are held at
an intermediate state of conversion until the reaction
can be completed as part of the final application, or
fabrication stage. The polysiloxanes for resins are
polyfunctional in silanol as a consequence of branch
points obtained by the introduction of trifunctional,
RSi(O)3, or tetrafunctional, Si(O)4, units into
the siloxane backbone.
In a typical process for silicone resin manufacture,
the appropriate mix of chlorosilanes is dissolved in a
solvent such as toluene or xylene and then stirred with
water. At the end of the reaction, the organic layer is
separated and washed free of the acid produced, and
then partially distilled to enrich the solids content
of the resulting solution. Whilst further heating or
treatment with catalysts may be used to refine the mw
distribution, the resin is often kept in this solution
until the final cure is required, such as for coating or
laminated products.
All resin cures are carried out using heat and a suitable
catalyst (metal soaps, organometallics, bases). Heat is
essential for progressing a highly crosslinking cure,
13
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
where the onset of vitrification causes a transition
from kinetic to diffusion control. On this basis the
temperature of cure should be at least that of the
highest temperature expected in service. Although
somewhat softer (and less scratch resistant) than
other thermosetting resins (epoxies, alkyds), silicone
resins are valued for their heat resistance and
water repellency.
Heat is also capable of effecting silanol exchange
reactions such that the molecular network is, to a
degree, in a state of flux. Low molecular weight
material can be created through these exchanges, and
the principal migratory species in silicone resins are
cyclic and linear oligomeric polysiloxanes.
The versatility of silicone chemistry means that it is
relatively easy to manufacture silicone resin products
that are capable of curing at ambient or relatively low
temperatures (e.g., 40 C), after having been applied to
the substrate in a solution form (e.g., in isopropanol)
by methods such as dipping or spraying. Such resins
are useful in a kitchen and general food preparation
environment as they have very good dirt repellent
properties and so aid the removal of food residues.
To improve their heat resistance (e.g., up to 650 C)
and chemical resistance, silicone resins are modified
by the addition of, for example, epoxy groups. These
polymers can be obtained as solutions (e.g., 75%
w/w in solvents such as methoxypropylacetate) and
the coatings resulting from such products, some of
which have FDA approval, can be employed as heat
resistant decorative coatings in the food industry. It
is also possible to incorporate polytetrafluroethylene
(PTFE) into such coatings to improve their non-stick
performance.
The identity and migration behaviour of species that
originate from a variety of food-contact silicone
products (rubbers, resins and fluids) are described in
the final report of a recent FSA project on silicones
managed by Rapra (a.1)
In addition to being used as the primary binder
material, low mw silicone polymers can be modified
with organic groups, e.g., phenyl groups, polyether or
polyester groups, and used as additives in UV curable
coating formulations (e.g., polyester acrylates). Such
additives have been shown to enhance the performance
of the coatings in a number of ways, e.g., increased
temperature stability, superior adhesion to substrates,
increased stability towards hydrolysis and a reduction
in surface tension (201).
14
2.1.10 Vinyl Polymers
Examples of vinyl polymers that may be found as
binders in inks and coatings, include polyvinyl acetate
(PVAc), polyvinyl alcohol (PVOH) and polyvinyl
acetals.
Much PVAc is obtained by emulsion polymerisation, a
process which delivers the product in latex form. When
dried it is brittle, but it is amenable to plasticisation and
is soluble in a range of solvents. Although not amenable
to subsequent cure, it has potential uses as a binder in
aqueous and non-aqueous systems. It is also amenable
to internal plasticisation by copolymerisation with a
monomer such as 2-ethyhexyl acrylate.
PVAc is the precursor to PVOH. The reaction is usually
performed as an alcoholysis in methanol solution (often
from a PVAc prepared in methanol solution) in the
presence of sodium methoxide. The reaction can be
represented schematically as:
ROCOCH3 + MeOH ROH + MeOCOCH3
The degree of substitution can be controlled by the
reaction conditions with the most common commercial
grades offering around 90% substitution. This level of
substitution offers the highest solubility in water, as
further hydrolysis increases inter-polymer H-bonding.
Fully hydrolysed PVOH is only soluble in water
upon heating.
PVOH offers a particularly useful combination of
properties: for example it offers good water solubility
and a higher level of mechanical performance than
normally associated with water-soluble polymers.
PVOH is widely used as a binder in water-based inks
and coatings.
Polyvinyl acetals are obtained by condensation of
the backbone hydroxyl groups with aldehydes. With
formaldehyde, polyvinyl formal is obtained, and with
butyraldehyde, polyvinyl butyral is obtained. A typical
repeating unit in polyvinyl butyral has the form shown
in Figure 4.
The precursor to polyvinyl butyral is usually the fully
hydrolysed PVOH. This is suspended in ethanol and
heated in the presence of butyraldehyde and acid
(e.g., H2SO4) catalyst, and the product polymer is then
precipitated with water. Polyvinyl butyral contains
residual hydroxyl groups, and the combination of
functionality makes for useful solubility in a range of
polar solvents from ketones and esters to glycol ethers
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Figure 4
Structure of polyvinyl butyral
and alcohols. To a degree, the properties can be tuned by
control of the level of acetylation, but polyvinyl butyrals
are generally soft, low melting point polymers.
2.1.11 Other Polymers (e.g., hydrocarbons)
Where relatively thin films of rubber (e.g., ethylene-
propylene-diene terpolymer) or thermoplastic polymer
(e.g., polyolefin) are used to protect metal surfaces
against corrosion (e.g., in storage tanks), they can also
be regarded as coatings. In these cases, grades of rubber,
or thermoplastics, that are approved for food contact
use will be used and the type of polymer (and polymer
compound) chosen will depend upon the nature of the
food product (i.e., aqueous or fatty), and the physical
properties (e.g., abrasion resistance) that the application
requires.
In addition to solid polymer products, latex type
products are also used as coatings. These are often
found on paper and board type packaging for the food
industry. For example styrene-butadiene latexes are
commonly used for these types of applications, as are
terpolymers of acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS),
the latter offering greater strength and mottle resistance
when compared to the former materials.
2.2 Constituents of Coatings
Coatings can be used for protection (e.g., to prevent
the rusting of metal) or, in the case of packaging
materials, for barrier or release performance. There are
also cases where the coating has other functionality,
e.g., for anti-mist performance. Coatings that are
used in release type applications may be silicone
materials, or based on other polymers containing
slip additives such as fatty amides. Protective or
barrier coatings may be based on curing systems,
or evaporating solutions of thermoplastic (i.e. non-
crosslinking), or rubber-type, polymers.
The basic ingredients of barrier or protective coatings
can be broken down into four main classes: polymers,
crosslinking agents, additives and solvents.
The types of polymers that are used to produce coatings
have already been discussed in Section 2.1. The
remaining constituents are covered next.
2.2.1 Crosslinking Agents
Crosslinking agents are additives, which act chemically
on the polymer to effectively create a significant
increase in the molecular weight, ultimately producing a
complete three-dimensional network. This phenomenon
can be regarded as drying via chemical reactions.
The choice of crosslinking agent is specific to the
polymer concerned and the relevant examples have
been discussed with the individual polymer types in
Section 2.1.
2.2.2 Other Additives
Additives fall into several types, e.g., pigments,
catalysts and various agents to assist flow, leveling or
defoaming.
Pigments include the same multitude of types that are
discussed for inks in Section 2.3.5, and the catalysts for
cure are discussed with the polymer types in Section
2.1. The various other additives include:
i) higher-boiling solvents (to those listed in Section
2.2.3) to promote levelling and film formation,
ii) surfactants to promote surface wetting,
iii) silicates or metal chelates as thickening agents for
viscosity control, and
iv) esters, soaps waxes or mineral or silicone oils for
defoaming action.
2.2.3 Solvents
Solvents are not always used. Where they are, they may
fall into the following classes:
Aliphatic hydrocarbons
Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons
15
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Terpene hydrocarbons and terpenoids
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Chlorinated hydrocarbons
Alcohols
Ketones
Esters
Ethers
Glycol ethers
2.3 Constituents of Inks
Printing inks can be solvent-borne or water borne: they
can exploit reactive or non-reactive drying mechanisms.
The principal ingredients are vehicles and colorants.
The vehicle is the liquid medium, which carries the
colorant through the printing process to the substrate
and provides stability and gloss to the printed product
after drying. Vehicles include solvents, binder resins
(i.e., polymers), and additives. Colorants include dyes
and, more commonly, pigments.
A range of polymer types, natural or synthetic, may
be used as binder resins in inks. Natural resins include
rosin types, whilst synthetic binder resins are commonly
based on alkyd, amino or acrylic types. Again, the
various polymers used are discussed in more detail in
Section 2.1.
The inks that are used in food applications usually have
complex compositions. The following parameters have
to be considered when formulating them:
Type of substrate
Type of foodstuffs to be packed
Type of printing processes and printing
equipment
Package-forming and filling processes
End user specifications
Compliance to health, safety and consumer
protection regulations
Compliance with environmental policies for
printing, manufacturing processes and end use.
Some of the more important constituents of these inks
are described in the next sections.
16
2.3.1 Solvents
A list of solvents that are typically used in inks is
given next:
Water
Aliphatic hydrocarbons
Cycloaliphatic hydrocarbons
Terpene hydrocarbons and terpenoids
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Alcohols
Ketones
Esters
Glycols
Vegetable oils
2.3.2 Plasticisers
Plasticisers are used in most systems which dry by solvent
evaporation, such as gravure and flexography. Plasticisers
must be compatible with the resin used, and be present
at such a loading to provide flexibility and gloss to the
product without impairing application. Nitrocellulose
resins are commonly plasticised, and examples of the
plasticisers that are used include: phthalates, adipates,
phosphates and some vegetable oils.
2.3.3 Driers
Driers are metal soaps which have been traditionally
used to catalyse the air oxidation drying of vegetable oils
as in alkyd cures. These are typically the naphthenate,
octoate or linoleate salts of cobalt, lead and manganese,
sometimes with calcium, zinc or barium salts for
auxiliary action. The primary drier action is the catalysis
of hydroperoxide breakdown, e.g.:
ROOH + Co2+ RO + OH + Co3+
ROOH + Co3+ ROO + H+ + Co2+
Secondary drier action is less clear, but may well
involve the formation of ionic crosslinks with any acid
groups present in the oil.
2.3.4 Photoinitiators
Photoinitiation is the photoproduction of free radicals
or ions capable of initiating a chain reaction such
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
as polymerisation. A photoinitiator is therefore an
ingredient which is capable of generating free radicals
or ions (usually cations) on the absorption of light
(usually UV light).
Cationic photoinitiators are effective for ring-opening
polymerisations as for example with epoxies.
Commercial cationic photoinitiators are the so-
called onium salts, i.e., diaryliodonium, Ar2I+, and
triarylsulfonium, Ar3S+. Common counter ions include:
tetrafluoroborate, BF4 and hexafluorophosphate, PF6.
Cationic photoinitiators are a relatively new
development. The more traditional free radical initiators
are more widely used and generally enable faster
curing. Free radical initiators are used with unsaturated
monomers, most commonly acrylic. Photoinitiators for
radical polymerisation fall into two types: molecules,
which are capable of photodissociation and those,
termed photosensitisers, which generate radicals
by an intermolecular reaction. The mechanism of
photodissociation can be illustrated with respect to
the breakdown of benzoin ethers. Absorption of a UV
photon generates an excited state, which can dissipate
the excess energy by homolytic bond cleavage:
PhC(=O*)CH(OR)Ph
PhC(=O) + CH(OR)Ph
Carbonyl-containing species which have no easily
available route to photodissociation can still function
as photoinitiators by the process of photosensitisation.
The mechanistic steps for photosensitisation are less well
understood than the examples given previously, but are
thought to require a co-agent for radical formation. In the
case of benzophenone, a hydrogen abstraction reaction by
the excited molecule can lead to radical formation:
RH + *O=CPh2 R + C(OH)Ph2
Some examples of photoinitators are:
Initiators by photodissociation
Acylphosphine oxides and bis-acylphosphine
oxides
-Alkyloxyacetophenones
-Aminoalkylphenones
-Hydroxyalkylphenones
Benzoin ethers
Benzyl ketals
Halogenated acetophenones
Photosensitisers
Anthraquinones
Benzophenones
Camphorquinones
Thioxanthones
2.3.5 Colorants
Colorants fall into two main classes: dyes and pigments.
Dyes are coloured substances used for coloration of
substrates by processes such as physical adsorption,
complex formation or, in some cases, covalent bond
formation. Dyes are always soluble in their carriers,
and cover a wider colour range than any other colorant
class. However, as soluble species (i.e., they operate at
the molecular dimension), they are transparent and lack
the covering power of pigments.
Dyes have speciality roles in printing. For example,
they are used in inkjet printing, in lakes for printing
ink pigments and as toners to improve the colour
rendering of pigments. Azo dyes form the largest and
most versatile class of dyes.
So-called direct dyes (i.e., water-soluble dyes) which
attach to substrates by hydrogen-bonding directly
from solution are commonly used in inkjet dyes where
the substrate is cellulose-based, e.g., paper. Common
thermoplastic packaging films (e.g., polyolefins) do not
provide a fast surface for these dyes.
Pigments are coloured, colourless or fluorescent
particulate solids usually insoluble in, and
unaffected by, the medium (vehicle) in which
they are dispersed. Transparent pigments are used
for process colours i.e., colours developed in
combination (e.g., cyan + yellow green). Pigments
may be organic or inorganic. The most important class
of organic pigments are the azo types. Others include
metal complexes (e.g., copper phthalycyanine) and
higher polycyclic compounds (e.g., anthroquinone,
quinacridone, isoindolinone and perylene).
As pigments are dispersed, and not dissolved, they
impart stronger colours than dyes, giving better
coverage. Hence, it is pigments rather than dyes that
are most commonly encountered as colorants in inks.
However, dyes can also be converted into a dispersed
form by coating them on translucent particles (e.g.,
alumina). These are lakes and this process extends
the range of colours available as pigments.
17
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Azo dyes and pigments setoff and sheet sticking), thickeners (e.g., cornstarch),
anti-skinning agents (to prevent premature drying on
Azo compounds form the most important class of dyes rollers could be an antioxidant). Monomers (e.g.,
and pigments. They are obtained by coupling reactions acrylic) are additives in reactive systems.
between diazonium salts and a range of species such as
phenols, arylamines, arylsulfonate salts. This versatility
enables a wide spectrum of colours to be manufactured.
Members of the naphthalene series couple more readily 3 Coatings and Inks used in the
than single ring compounds, and commercial azo dyes
are often multi-ring molecules.
Food Chain
The food chain is becoming increasingly complex,
An alternative route to azo compounds is by the oxidative
with an increasing choice for the consumer due to the
coupling of hydrazones. By these two routes, a huge
proliferation of pre-prepared foods, rapid movement
variety of azo compounds can be produced, including
of packaged goods by road, and the increasing
types with one (monoazo), two (disazo) three
competitiveness of the global market.
(trisazo) or more (polyazo) azo groups. For example,
most of the orange and yellow pigments are disazo
types based on substituted benzidines. When each of the There is a net flow of materials along the food chain from
coupling components are based on naphthyl or biphenyl the farmers and growers, through the manufacturers and
derivatives, the resulting disazo, trisazo or polyazo processors, to the major supermarkets and food service
molecules may contain six or more aromatic rings. These outlets, e.g., caterers.
large molecules have reduced mobility within the matrix
which, in turn, reduces their migration potential. This section highlights some distinct areas in the food
production chain, and the types of coatings and inks that
are used in those areas. Packaging has been given the
most attention as it is the most important area due to a
Phthalocyanines
number of factors. It is the area in which the greatest
number and range of coating and ink products are
Metal free phthalocyanine [(C 6H 4C 2N) 4N 4], is a
used in, and it also represents the highest potential for
macrocyclic compound made up of four isoindole-
migration to occur as the contact times and areas (per
class units linked by four nitrogen atoms to form a
unit of food) are the usually the greatest.
conjugated chain. It is made by heating phthalonitrile
(1,2-dicyanobenzene), [C6H4(CN)2], in the presence of
bases at 180-200 C. Phthalocyanine pigments contain
metals, such as copper, cobalt, nickel and iron, and 3.1 Food Packaging
provide a wide range of colours through functionalisation
of the phthalocyanine ligand itself. Thus, whilst 3.1.1 Packaging Types
copper phthalocyanine is blue, chlorinated copper
phthalocyanine and sulfonated copper phthaliocyanine
It is convenient to divide the packaging that is used for
provide two different shades of green.
food into three generic categories:
Copper phthalocyanine may be obtained by heating
a) Metals
phthalonitrile and a copper salt in a suitable reaction
medium, or by using a phthalic anhydride urea Coatings and inks can be used in the following
combination in place of phthalonitrile. sectors of metal packaging:

Phthalocyanines are stable to atmospheric oxidation at Beverage cans and ends

temperatures up to 100 C, or higher, depending on the
metal present, but phthalimide is a possible breakdown Food cans and ends
product if oxidation occurs.
Caps and closures

General line (standard, non-specific

2.3.6 Other Additives manufacturing line) used for dry food products

Other additives that are used in inks include: surfactants, Aerosols and collapsible tubes used for food
antioxidants, defoamers, biocides, waxes (to prevent products

18
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
b) Flexibles (i.e., plastic)
Coatings, adhesives, primers, varnishes and heat
seals are used in multi-constructions of plastic films
and foils
c) Paper and Board
Coatings, adhesives, primers, varnishes and heat
seals are all used in this sector.
Some approximate data on the size of the market for
these types of products is given in Tables 3 and 4.
It is useful to try and illustrate the relative importance
of the different polymer types used in the production
of metal, flexible and paper and board packaging.
This has been attempted in Tables 5 to 14 [a.2]. In these
tables, the polymer types have been given a rating from
0 to 10. This denotes the relative importance of the
polymers, with the least important being given a rating
of 0 and the most important a rating of 10.
These Tables can be broken down as follows:
1) Tables 5 to 9 Coatings used in Metal Packaging
2) Tables 10 and 11 Coatings and Adhesives*
used in Flexible Packaging
3) Tables 12 Inks for Metal Packaging
Table 3. Current size of the UK and European
Markets for Metal Packaging
European Market (Billions of cans)
40
29
30
5.5
7
Table 4. Current Size of the UK Non-metal Packaging Market
Inks (Te)
Flexible Packaging 7200
Paper/Board 2000
Food Labels 500
4) Tables 13 Inks for Paper and Board Packaging
5) Tables 14 Inks for Flexible Packaging
*Adhesive layers, such as the tie layers in laminates,
can be regarded as a coating and so this type of product
has been included here.
The information in these Tables is complemented by
the discussion in Sections 3.1.2 to 3.1.7.
3.1.2 Coatings Used in Metal Packaging
(Tables 5 to 9)
Beverage Body and End Stock Externals (Coatings
Used in Cconjunction With Inks)
The UK market for alcoholic drinks is dominated by
metal packaging whereas the soft drink market mainly
uses polyethylene terephthalate (PET) bottles. Glass is
only a small market for each (< 10 %). Body stock in
the UK consists mainly of aluminium construction with
a small proportion made from tinplate and this has an
impact on the coatings and inks chosen.
The preferred combination on aluminium can stock is
polyester-based inks (see Table 12) with a water-based
over varnish based on polyester or a polyester/acrylic
technology.
In Europe, countries with a strong steel industry tend
to produce more beverage bodies from tinplate. The
coating situation with tinplate is quite different to
aluminium. Generally, a water-based, white basecoat,
based on a polyester/acrylic combination, acts as an
excellent base for inks requiring no over varnish. Known
as Novar inks in the trade they contain higher levels
of lubricants to provide necessary slip and abrasion
resistance through the filling lines and track work.
Table 5 shows the strong use of water dispersible
polymers in varnishes and pigmented coatings, e.g.,
acrylic, polyester and epoxy.
Coatings/Sealants/
Adhesives (Te)
Varnishes (Te)
1500 5000
4000 4000
1000 1500
19
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 5. Polymers Used in Metal Packaging - Beverage Bodies and Easy Open Ends
Relative Importance
Polymer Type End Use Comments
(1-10)
Alkyds 0-1 None to very little Polyesters preferred
Very common base resin for w/b coatings
Acrylics 7 Ends and bodies
and varnishes
Higher quality base resin than acrylics for
Polyesters 10 Ends and bodies
coatings/varnishes
Epoxies 9 Ends and bodies Significant use as base resin for w/b externals of ends
Urethanes 1 None to very little Food contact issue even for externals
Vinyl polymers 2 End stock Chlorine containing vinyl resins being withdrawn
Phenolics 2 Ends and bodies Crosslinking or colouring resin
Principal crosslinking resin for epoxy resin for clear/
Amino 4 Ends and bodies
coloured coatings
Acrylates 1 Base of bodies Small interest for acrylate UV cured rim varnish
Cellulose <1 None to very little Maybe only as an additive
Hydrocarbon 0 Maybe only as lubricant
Small volumes of lubricants and additives are used
Others 1 Lubricants
including PE, PTFE, Carnauba wax and lanolin
w/b = water based

Can end stock is made of aluminium and the externals
are primarily solvent-based epoxy amino technology.
A very small percentage of ends will be decorated for
promotional reasons. The vast majority of beverage
ends use clear, gold or coloured external coatings.
The coatings are applied using high speed coil
application.
The UK market primarily produces three piece welded
food cans (80%) with approximately 20% produced
using the drawn and wall ironed (DWI) process.
A major proportion of three piece welded bodies are
left uncoated on the exterior; no external decoration
being needed as paper labels are used. However, the
steel ends will always be coated with an epoxy-based
material. Many of the easy open ends will be printed
with opening instructions and others may be printed for
promotional reasons.
Water based epoxy wash coat dominates the external
protection of DWI bodies; again no inks are used as
paper labels are preferred.
A small number of drawn steel pie cans are produced
in the UK which will receive an external combination
of white basecoat, inks and varnishes.
More flexible coatings are used on both aluminium and
steel draw redraw (DRD) cans to aid in the forming
process. In addition, the Europeans still tend to decorate
their cans with basecoats/inks and varnishes. In Europe
the emphasis is more on quality and therefore direct
printing of cans and ends is preferred rather than using
paper labels. Table 6 shows the use of various other
resins for these cans.
The inks used on these products will follow the
polymer combinations shown in Table 12. Generally,
conventional inks are used on food cans and ends which
are based on polyester technology.
This market is quite diverse and there are many different
types of caps and closures produced. The most prevalent
type of closure is the steel vacuum closure which is used
on glass jars for baby food, jams and pastes, etc. Various
constructions are included such as Regular twist off (RTO)
and Press Twist (PT) etc., on processed food glass jars.
These external fittings use mainly use polyester or epoxy
base coats in combination with inks and varnishes.
Caps that are used on alcoholic glass bottles are of the
aluminium Roll on Pilfer Proof (ROPP) construction.
They require very flexible basecoats, inks and varnishes
to withstand the extreme forming process. Typical choices
will be based on polyester-polyurethane technology.

20
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 6. Polymers used in Metal Packaging - External Food bodies and ends including welded three
piece/Drawn/DRD and DWI cans and ends
Relative Importance
Polymer Type End Use Comments
(1-10)
Alkyds 1 Very little Being replaced by polyesters
Acrylics 2 Overprint varnishes Provides good clear glossy finish
Growing use crosslinked with amino,
Polyesters 3 Ends
phenolic and isocyanate
Main base resin for ends(standard and
Epoxies 10 All sectors
EOE) and DWI washcoat
Urethanes 3 ROPP and other caps Flexible and tough technology
Were used on DRD cans-replaced by
Vinyl polymers 2 Diminishing use
polyesters and epoxies
Phenolics 6 All sectors Important crosslinker for gold coatings
Crosslinker for clear and white coatings/
Amino 4 All sectors
varnishes
Basis for UV curable varnishes and also
Acrylates 1 Three piece bodies
flow agents
Cellulose <1 Small Maybe as an additive
Hydrocarbon <1 Small Maybe as an additive
Base resin for cationic UV curable
Cycloaliphatics 1 Three piece bodies
varnishes
Others :
PTFE/PE <1 All sectors Lubricants used to aid post forming
Carnauba <1 All sectors Lubricants used to aid post forming
EOE: Easy open end

Crown corks are still used on premium beer and beverage
glass bottles and again use combinations of polyester
basecoats, inks and varnishes based on polyester or epoxy
ester technologies.
Only a small proportion of general line cans produced in
the UK are used for food products, with the vast proportion
of general line cans being used for paints, wood varnishes
and other non-food consumer products. The main food
packaging use for general line cans is for decorated
confectionary boxes, decorated boxes or cylinders for
premium bottles of spirits, or for baby food powders.
In the UK, in the last few years, there has been a
considerable move away from thermally cured coatings
and inks for these products to using both UV curable
inks and varnishes. This is inspired by volatile organic
compounds (VOC) regulations, quality and economics.
The coloured basecoats, however, are normally
solvent-based and produced from a range of resins, but
mainly polyesters.
For the varnishes, UV technology is either free radical
based (acrylate-based) or the higher performance
cationic technology based on cycloaliphatic resins.
The vast majority of aerosols produced in the UK are
of welded tinplate construction. A small proportion of
the total are produced using the Monobloc aluminium
process. Both types of construction use direct print
onto a base coated body which is subsequently
varnished, with the mono bloc aluminium aerosols
mainly using conventional solvent borne basecoats,
and conventional inks and varnishes based on flexible
polyester technology.
The main three piece tinplate producers are now moving
to UV curable inks and varnishes. Again, solvent base-
polyester or epoxy resins are used for the basecoats.
Aluminium collapsible tubes are included in this table,
although as none are manufactured in the UK, the

21
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 7. Polymers Used in Metal Packaging - Caps Closures to Include Vacuum Closures/RTO/
ROPP/PT/Crowns etc.
Vacuum
Relative
Closures (incl: Roll on Pilfer
Polymer Type Importance Crown Corks Comments
RTO/ PT/Lug Proof
(1-10)
type/)
Combined with vinyl to
give good flexibility-being
Alkyds 1 Yes Yes
replaced by better polyester
technology
Acrylics 1 Yes Yes Far greater use in Europe
Main resin type preferred
Polyesters 10 Yes Yes Yes for flexibility and good heat
resistance and colour retention
Base of traditional epoxy ester
technology being replaced
Epoxies 4 Yes Yes
by polyester base limited
flexibility
Ideal for the more extreme
Urethanes 6 Yes Yes Yes
draw of ROPP but used for all
Combined with alkyd
Vinyl polymers 2 Yes Yes technology, but now being
replaced
Crosslinker for gold epoxy
Phenolics 2 Yes Yes
-based clear externals
Crosslinker for polyester
Amino 6 Yes Yes
technology
Base for UV technology with
Acrylates 1 Yes Possible limited draw. Proven for RTO
products
Cellulose 0
Hydrocarbon 0
Others:
Cycloaliphatic 1 Yes No Possible Base for cationic varnishes
Lubricants, used in small
PTFE/PE <1 Yes Yes Yes
quantities

relatively small number used for pharmaceuticals and a) General purpose

food pastes are imported mainly from Europe. This type b) Medium performance
of packaging has been mainly replaced by rigid plastic c) High performance
polyethylene (PE) tubes.
Examples of each of these three are described in the
next sections:
3.1.3 Coatings and Adhesives for Flexible
Packaging (Tables 10 and 11) General Purpose

The types of flexible packaging in the market can be This type of packaging is typically used for products such
broken down as follows (a.3): as snacks and crisps. In addition to the metalised inner

22
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 8. Polymers used in Metal Packaging - General Line (Including, Packaging for Dry Foods,
e.g. Baby Food, Coffee and Confectionery)
Relative
Polymer Type Importance End Use Comments
(1-10)
Alkyds 1 Size coat Sizeless systems now preferred
Acrylics 5 Base for white coatings and varnishes Good heat resistance and appearance
Excellent combination of properties and
Polyesters 10 Base for white coatings and varnishes
crosslinked with amino or urethanes
Traditional base for epoxy ester
Epoxies 2 Epoxy esters prone to yellowing
varnishes
Urethanes 4 Superior technology Combination with polyester
Historical base for size/white and Vinylalkyds being replaced by
Vinyl polymers 1
varnish polyesters or acrylics
Phenolics 1 Used as crosslinker in clear golds Combination with epoxy
Amino 4 Clear transparent or white basecoat Combination with polyester
UV technology replacing thermal
Acrylates 5 Basis for UV free radical varnishes
technology in UK
Cellulose 0
Hydrocarbon 0
Others:
More flexible cationic technology
is more versatile than free radical.
Cycloaliphatic 4 Basis for cationic UV varnishes
Replacement of conventional set to
continue

plastic layer (~18 m thick) and outer plastic layer (again
~18 m thick), there will be a 2 m adhesive layer and
a 5 m print layer. The presence of the metallised layer
provides a degree of oxygen, moisture and light barrier.
Medium Performance
This type of flexible packaging is typically used for
products such as bacon, cheese and boil in the bag foods.
It often has an outer layer of Nylon (~20 m thick), a
4 m print layer, a 2-3 m adhesive layer and then a
30 m polyethylene layer. In common with the general
purpose packaging, it has some barrier properties to
oxygen, is puncture resistant, thermoformable and can
withstand up to 100 C for 60 minutes.
High Performance
These are typically referred to as retort packs and they
have the most complicated construction, which imparts
a total barrier, puncture resistance, high heat resistance
(e.g., 130 C for 30 minutes), some thermoforming
capability and chemical resistance to the product inside.
A typical six layer construction would be:
Polyester outer 18 mm
Print layer 5 mm
Adhesive layer 3-4 mm
Aluminium foil 20 mm
Adhesive layer 4-5 mm
Cast polypropylene (PP) 30 mm
The information in Table 10 takes into account the
great potential for food manufacturers to import reels
of the relatively light weight laminated constructions
from mainland Europe. In this market there is a
45/50/5 split in the use of solvent-free/solvent-based
and water-based adhesive technologies. It is expected
with VOC emission regulations becoming more
stringent the solvent-free option will grow. For the
vast majority of final uses, polyurethane technology
is the resin of choice for both solvent-based and

23
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 9. Polymers Used in Metal Packaging - Collapsible Tubes, Three Piece Steel and Aluminium
Monobloc Aerosols
Relative
Polymer Collapsible Three Piece Monobloc
Importance Comments
Type Tubes Aerosols Aerosols
(1-10)
Alkyds <1 Yes Mainly replaced by polyesters
Acrylics 4 Yes Yes Lower cost option to polyesters
Dominates the external size/
Polyesters 10 Yes Yes Yes white and clear basecoats and
overprint varnishes
Used more on three piece
Epoxies 3 Yes yes
aerosols than monoblocs
Isocyanate capped PU used
Urethanes 6 Yes Yes Yes
extensively with polyesters
Vinyl Could be still used on cones and
0-1 Possible
polymers domes
Crosslinker/tinter for epoxy-
Phenolics 2 Yes
based gold coatings
Clear crosslinker alternative to
Amino 5 Yes
polyurethane
Acrylates 1 Yes Base for UV curable varnishes
Cellulose 0
Hydrocarbon 0
Others:
Base for the more flexible and
Cyclo-
2 Yes Possible better adhering UV technology
aliphatic
for varnishes
Small volume used as internal
PTFE/PE <1 Yes Yes yes
lubricants
Small volume used as internal
Carnauba <1 Yes Yes yes
lubricants

solvent-free adhesives. The polyurethane backbone
may use polyester or polyether chemistry depending
on the quality needed. Water-based adhesives tend to
use a combination of dispersible acrylic and epoxy
technology crosslinked with amine resins.
significant resins which tend to dominate this sector
e.g., polyamides and natural rubbers in cold seals,
being highlighted. Ethylene vinyl acetate products are
used in heat sealable lids.

The multi-layer construction of flexible packaging

always means that there are combinations of adhesives
and coatings with printing inks. Table 14 covers
printing ink polymers and additives.
This area is complex, which makes analysis difficult
and it is a lot smaller in volume terms compared to
coatings. Table 11 shows that there is a vast split
in types of resin technology used, with some of the
3.1.4 Inks for Metal Packaging (Table 12)
The bulk of metal decorating inks are applied using
lithography and rely on paste type inks. There are
four main sectors covered by Table 12: beverage,
food cans and ends, caps and closures, and general
line and aerosols. A brief discussion of each of these
is presented next.

24
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 10. Polymers Used in Flexible Packaging - Adhesives Used for Laminating Plastic Films/Foil/
Paper and Metallised
Relative
Solvent- Solvent- Water- UV or EB
Polymer Type Importance Comments
Based Free Based Cure
(1-10)
Alkyds 0
Acrylic functionality aids water
Acrylics 2 Yes
dispersability
Used as backbone for high
Polyesters 7 Yes Yes
performance adhesives or curatives
Used in conjunction with amine
Epoxies 2 Yes Yes
curatives
Polyether or polyester urethane
technology is the most widely
Urethanes 10 Yes Yes Yes
used adhesive technology in the
UK and Europe
Vinyl polymers 0
Phenolics 0
Amino 0
Could be background resin for UV
Acrylates 1 Yes
or EB technology
Cellulose 0
Hydrocarbon 0
Others :
Used in conjunction with an
Amine 2 Yes Yes
epoxy
Can either be used as part of the
Polyether/ PE/PU backbone in the adhesive
6 Yes Yes Yes
polyol part or as a curative in its own right
with an isocyanate capped PU
Used as an adhesion promoter in
Silane/silanol 4 Yes Yes Yes
the curative
Erucamide or oleamide-based
Amide 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes lubricants used to adjust bond
strengths

Beverage Cans The ink technology that is used is based on polyester

The marketing of all aluminium and tinplate beverage
cans relies heavily on a high quality image on the
exterior of the thin walled cans. This is the biggest
sector for metal decoration and the application
is carried out at high speed, in the round. Many
combinations of basecoats, inks and over print
varnishes are used to provide the right image for a
particular product.
resins cured with amino crosslinkers. Pigmentation can
represent 30% of the formulations, small amounts of
diluents (e.g., tridecanol) are used to improve the flow,
and lubricants based on PTFE are frequently used to
provide the slip to enable post-necking operations to
be achieved.
For all the other metal decorating sectors, sheets are
printed flat and then post formed.

25
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 11. Polymers Used in Flexible Packaging - Primers/Heat Seals and Varnishes
Relative
Polymer Type Importance End Use Comments
(1-10)
In conjunction with amino resins for heat
Alkyds 2 Varnishes
resistance
Can be applied as waterbased in
Acrylics 5 Lidding heat seals
conjunction with vinyls e.g., yoghurt pots
Polyesters 3 Heat seals Good performance
Can be used with phenolics and
Epoxies 2 Sterilisable trays/coloured cartons thermoplastic dispersion e.g., PP base for
coloured coatings for drawable trays
Urethanes 4 Varnishes High chemical and heat resistance
Traditional polymer base for heat seals-
Vinyl polymers 6 Lidding heat seals or barrier cartons
polyvinylidere chloride major barrier coating
Crosslinker for epoxy based coatings and/
Phenolics 2 Sterilisable trays
or heat seals
Used in conjunction with alkyd and
Amino 2 Varnishes
polyester resins
Acrylates 2 Varnishes Low heat resistance
Nitro cellulose, low cost and low
Cellulose 3 Varnishes
temperature drying
Hydrocarbon 0
Others:
Polyamide 5 Cold seals Release additive
Ethylene vinyl Water-based EVA replacing high VOC
5 Heat seals/lidding
acetate solvent based systems
Used as thermoplastic dispersion with
Maleinised PP 3 Sterilisable trays
thermoset epoxy phenolic
Polyethylene Improves adhesion for direct extrusion
1 Primer for extrusion lamination
-imine lamination
Natural rubber 5 Cold seals Provides cohesive strength
Absorbs water and allows clear view of
Stearates/soaps 1 Anti-mist Coatings
products packed
EVA: Ethylene vinyl acetate

Food Cans and Ends
Few tinplate food cans are decorated in the UK. Some
ends are decorated prior to forming. The few can
components that are printed tend to use conventional
polyester inks without crosslinkers.
In Europe, the emphasis is more on quality and here
many cans and ends are printed. It is also the case that
the smaller portions packed in drawn cans are distortion
printed to provide an accurate and high quality brand
image after post-forming.
Caps and Closures
The caps and closure markets rely on a printed image on
these components to provide differentiation for products
packed in glass bottles or jars. Conventional inks are
used although there is a growing interest in the use of
flexible UV curable technology.

26
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 12. Polymers Used in Inks for Metal Packaging

Relative
Polymer Type Importance End Use Comments
(1-10)
Rosin esters 0
Hydrocarbon Only as a minor diluent, e.g., tridecanol or
0-1 Diluent
Resins 260-290 C hydrocarbon distillate
Phenolics 0
Cellulose resins 0
Acrylic 0
Vinyl resins 0
Polyamide 0
Polyurethane 0
Amino 2 Beverage externals Used to crosslink polyesters
Conventional ink systems not requiring
Alkyds 3 All metal packaging sectors
crosslinking
Ketone resins 0
1. Beverage external decoration 1. Crosslinked with amino
Polyester 10
2. General line/aerosols 2. Used for polyester acrylate in UV
Epoxy 4 All metal packaging sectors Used for epoxy acrylate in UV.
UV/EB curable Free radical UV technology based on mainly
7 All metal packaging sectors
polymers epoxy acrylate with some polyester acrylate
PV 0
Silicone/silicate 0
PTFE 1 Lubricant Provides necessary slip to the surfaces
Titanates/chelates/
0
maleic resins

General Line and Aerosols
For these sectors there has been a recent move away
from conventional ink technology, relying on thermal
drying of alkyd technology, to UV curable technology.
UV curable inks are now applied to base coated
tinplate which is subsequently formed into welded
aerosols, milk cans, confectionery tins, and other
components.
UV curing technology for flat sheet metal decorating
(FSMD) inks use a combination of polyester and epoxy
acrylate technologies photo crosslinked using free
radical initiators. Cationic UV technology for inks is not
used because of the difficulties in achieving a correct
ink-water balance.
3.1.5 Inks for Paper and Board Packaging
(Table 13)
As with FSMD, UV technology is being used in
80% of the cases for paper and board secondary
food packaging. This technology is generally based
on free radical curing resins e.g., polyester or epoxy
acrylates.
UV curable varnishes are widely used on food cartons
and labels.
The conventional inks used in this sector are based on
alkyd technology modified with hydrocarbon resins
with minor modifications made with lubricants based
on PTFE and polyethylene waxes.

27
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 13. Polymers Used in Inks for Paper and Board

Relative Importance
Polymer Type End Use Comments
(1-10)
Rosin esters 0
Hydrocarbon resins 1 Diluent Only as a minor diluent in conventional inks
Phenolics 0
Cellulose resins 0
Acrylic 0
Vinyl resins 0
Polyamide 0
Polyurethane 0
Amino 0
Alkyds 4 Conventional inks 20% of the food paper/board market
Ketone resins 0
Polyester 5 Resin used in conjunction with acrylate for UV
Epoxy 5 Resin used in conjunction with acrylate for UV
UV/EB curable Mainly UV 80% of market
10
polymers Some EB at Tetrapack Combination of polyester and epoxy acrylates
PVB 0
Silicone/silicate 0
PTFE/PE 0-1 Lubricant
Titanates/chelates
0
maleic resins

3.1.6 Inks for Flexible Packaging (Table 14)
The fastest growing packaging market today uses
high quality images produced by reverse printing the
exterior clear plastic film layers of flexible packaging
constructions. Inks are normally applied using
flexographic or gravure high speed printers.
The most widely used resins for these inks are based on
a combination of nitrocellulose and polyurethane resins
dissolved in fast (i.e., volatile) solvents such as ethyl
acetate or isopropyl alcohol. In the UK and Europe,
the industry prefers to use low viscosity solvent-based
inks, while in the USA water-based acrylic technology is
preferred from an environmental and solvent emissions
point of view.
Other resins such as polyamides and polyvinyl
butyrals (PVB) have limitations. Polyamides, although
providing superior gloss and adhesion properties,
are not as effective in heat sealing conditions and
suffer from bad odour. PVB are generally used by
confectioners as they have low odour characteristics,
but only offer below average print flow and heat seal
characteristics.
The use of nitrocellulose resins is a safety concern
and ink suppliers are trying to replace these by
introducing new film forming technology based
on high mw polyurethane resins. This approach is
seen to be the future as it offers lower migratory
technology.

Nitrocellulose resins are used to provide excellent

dispersion of the pigments in inks. Thermoplastic 3.2 Harvesting and Processing of Food
polyurethanes and other resins are used to plasticise
and improve the adhesion characteristics of the The process of harvesting food can bring it into contact
formulated inks. with coating products. Some examples are:

28
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Fruit and Vegetables Picking and transportation to
the processing plant.
Meat Slaughtering and preparation
ahead of processing.
Fish Netting and processing on
board. Exposure to painted/
varnished surfaces.
Cereals Coatings on harvesting
equipment, milling and storage
in bags.
Poultry Slaughtering, cleaning and
preparation for packaging or
selling.
Foods are also processed in a wide variety of ways, e.g.,
sterilisation, drying, chemical preservation, curing and
fermenting. Although stainless steel is often the material
of choice for the majority of the food contact surfaces in
food processing halls, it is possible for food products to,
potentially, encounter other coatings, for example:
i) Special acrylic-based coatings on the walls
ii) Polyester or epoxy-based powder coating products
on metal substrates
iii) Cold cure, two pack epoxy or polyurethane coatings
on the floors
iv) PTFE coated standard conveyor systems

Table 14. Polymers Used in Inks for Flexible Plastic Packaging

Relative
Polymer Type Importance End Use Comments
(1-10)
Rosin esters 0-2 Minor use in gravure
Hydrocarbon
0 Minor use
resins
Phenolics 0 Not of interest due to formaldehyde concern
Nitro cellulose is used in almost all inks applied via
Cellulose resins 10
the flexography and gravure processes
Acrylic 2 Water-based only Mainly in USA
Vinyl resins 6 Move to withdraw chlorine containing polymers
Polyamide 6 Odour issue from amine and solvents possible
Polyurethane 10 High performance ink media reducing the NC content
Amino 0 Mainly coatings Mainly two pack odour issue
Alkyds 0
Ketone resins 1 To modify NC
Polyester 0
Epoxy 0-1 Used in small quantities as an adhesion promoter
UV/EB curable
2 Acrylated PU can be used for UV curable systems
polymers
Preferred base
PVB 5 resin system for Not suitable for heat sealable end uses
confectionary/cold seal
Silicone/silicate 0-1 Waxes
Titanates/chelates/
5 Adhesion promoters Essential additives for inks
maleic resins
NC: Nitrocellulose

29
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Table 15. Places in the Food Chain Where
Contamination Has Taken Place
Place of Contamination Percentage (%)*
Unknown 27.4
Known (listed below) 72.6
Catering 2.3
Food processing plant 5.4
Kitchen in private homes 6.9
Farm 15.7
Restaurants 38.8
Other 30.9
*Sample size: 7,115
**Including hotels, cafes, public houses and bars,
and schools
In addition to these, silicone-based coatings have an
important role to play, as their versatility means that
materials can be manufactured (i.e., epoxy-silanes,
silanes, siloxanes, silicones) that can be used to produce
hygienic coatings on a variety of substrates such as walls,
general surfaces and pipe work. Use of low temperature,
UV curing technology can also mean that such coatings
can be used on heat sensitive substrates, such as
thermoplastics. (a.4). The performance of these, and other
coatings, can be enhanced if quaternary ammonium end
groups are present on low mw silicone-based additives,
as these confer antimicrobial properties.
This type of development in coating technology is
important as improvements to hygiene in food processing
plants has become an important topic in recent years (203).
Data published in 2002 by the FAO/WHO Collaborating
Centre for Research and Training in Food Hygiene and
Zoonoses (a.5) illustrated the most important places where
the food involved in outbreaks became contaminated. This
information is summarised below in Table 15.
Other data in the report includes an assessment of 18,351
foodborne disease outbreaks, of which a contributing
factor could be found for 13,310, and 14% of these were
thought to relate to improper hygienic conditions that
allow contamination during processing. Contaminated
surfaces will have contributed to this category.
3.3 Storage and Transportation
Where food needs to be stored in bulk containers, these
can be stainless steel, but it is also possible to use coatings
30
to protect more reactive/interactive substrates (e.g., steel
and aluminium). For example, the types of speciality
coatings that can be used in this type of application
include epoxy-phenolic with a glass flake additive, and
sprayable elastomeric polysulfide systems. In addition,
elastomeric polysulfide sealants, epoxy polyamide
holding primers and epoxy grouts can also be used. These
types of coatings and coating related products can also be
used in other areas of the food and beverage industries.
When food products, such as potable water have to
be stored in open topped containers (e.g., in small
reservoirs, storage tanks and silos) it is necessary to have
an appropriate membrane over the top in order to keep
harmful and contaminating agencies out. It is possible to
produce such membranes using twocomponent epoxy-
polysulphide liquid coating systems that have Water
Regulations Advisory Scheme (WRAS) approval for
potable water (a.6). These coatings can also be used on
a fabric carrier in order to produce a bund type liner.
Food sacks or empty cans are transported on pallets
which may be painted or varnished. This gives rise to the
possibility that the empty cans could be contaminated
by traces of the odourous components used in these
coatings. The switch to pallets made from thermoplastic
materials eliminates this possibility.
Liquids such as milk are often transported in stainless
steel tankers and so no contact with any coatings occurs.
However, beer and lager are transported in coated
aluminium casks, with this coating usually being spray
applied and epoxy/phenolic based.
Within the home, the use of refrigerators to store
food is the norm, and there can be problems due to
the build up of cold tolerant bacteria such as Listeria
spp or Salmonella spp. It is now possible to treat the
surface of a refrigerator with a coating containing a
silver glass ceramic antimicrobial additive that has
been shown in tests to significantly reduce the build
up of Listeria (155).
3.4 Presentation, Dispensing and Cooking
Packaged products may be exposed to shelving that is
polyester or epoxy coated. However, this can be more
of an issue with fresh and chilled foods where there is
less of a barrier between the food and these coatings.
As with the food processing halls and transportation,
the coatings that are used are of the chemical and heat
resistant variety to enable fast and efficient cleaning.
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Drinks sold in cans are inherently protected from external
contamination by the packaging. However, the possibility
of contamination of can exteriors from the cleaning
chemicals used to clean the surfaces of the vending
machine needs to be considered and guarded against.
The use of silicone-based resins to impart non-stick
surfaces to cooking equipment such as baking trays,
cake tins and loaf tins, and frying pans is increasing,
with this technology often replacing PTFE based
coatings. These products are being marketed for both
use in the domestic environment as well as commercial
kitchens. These types of products were included in the
recent FSA project undertaken by Rapra (a.1)
4. Application Techniques for Inks
4.1 Lithography
Lithography is one of the oldest printing techniques.
It utilises a flat plate or smooth roller which is treated
to accept ink in a selective way. The surface most
commonly used is metal, mainly aluminium, although
it is possible to use other materials such as ceramics.
The surface is treated to provide different degrees of
hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity to define the required
image. In one form of the process, the plate is then
treated with an aqueous solution prior to inking with
a solvent-based formulation. In another form, the
non-image areas are treated with a silicone-based
product before inking (this is referred to as waterless
lithography). When the ink is transferred to the
substrate for printing via a roller (or train of rollers),
the process is called offset lithography.
Conventional lithography has sequential treatments
of aqueous and different coloured ink solutions (and
possibly a varnish to complete), and successful ink
formulations must be resistant to emulsification (which
would result in ink bleed to the non-image areas).
Lithographic inks are usually of higher viscosity than
for other processes and quite commonly are in a paste
form. Traditional paste inks are oil-based and use
oxidative curing. Shear plays a part in the ink-transfer
process and the solvents in litho inks must be less
volatile than in other inks to avoid drying on the rollers.
Typical solvents in oil-based litho inks are petroleum
distillates in the boiling range 260-320 C or, more
recently, long-chain esters derived from vegetable oils,
by processes such as alcoholysis, for example.:
glyceryl oleate + methanol
glycerol + methyl oleate
The over-print varnish (usually un-pigmented) may
be of the same form as the ink, if the application area
requires the definition achieved by lithography or may
be of the lithographic type (see next) if the application
is by a simple roller.
The use of low volatility solvents inhibits drying and so
a post-printing heating step is often used. When used
with heat-resistant substrates, this heat step can also
be used to ensure that the ink is fully cured. On more
heat-sensitive surfaces, e.g., paper, absorption of the
solvent plays a part in the drying process. In the case of
UV-curing inks, more than one irradiation step may be
used in the printing stage for example, immediately
after the application of a colour where there is risk of
smudging when the next colour is applied.
UV-curing ink formulations for lithography may utilise
only low levels of acrylic monomers and rely on multi-
functional acrylic polymers to provide the necessary
consistency and cure activity.
Lithography offers some of the finest definitions seen
in printed packaging and is associated with some of the
highest quality products.
4.2 Flexography
Flexography is a relief printing process. A mirrored
master of the required image is created in relief on a
flexible polymeric printing plate. Flexography uses
liquid inks - which can be solvent-based, water-based or
UV-curing formulations. It is also capable of operation
on a range of substrates, including rough ones such as
corrugated cardboard.
The type of solvent that is chosen for the ink must
be compatible with the polymer used in the printing
plate. For this reason, aggressive aromatic solvents
are not usually acceptable, and commonly used ink
formulations usually employ alcohol or ester solvents to
ensure that a wide range of resins types can be used for
the process. In addition, the high solvent levels in liquid
inks means that their volatilisation makes a significant
contribution to the drying process and ensures that there
is less reliance on other drying mechanisms. This in turn
means that it is possible to use a wide range of polymer
binders in the flexographic inks themselves.
Traditionally, flexographic printing plates were
made from vulcanised rubber. The relief is created
by vulcanising the rubber, under pressure, against a
31
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
suitably profiled tooling such as an etched metal mould
(e.g., photoengraved magnesium). Solvent resistance
is a particular issue with natural rubber, the non-polar
synthetic rubbers, and silicone rubber. It is not possible
to use inks based on aromatic hydrocarbons with
these materials.
Specialty rubbers (e.g., PU, acrylics, fluoroelastomers,
and fluorosilicones) offer differing levels of solvent
resistance, and liquid moulding/curing technologies (PU
and silicone rubbers) provide the scope for moulding
against softer tooling (e.g., photo-polymerised plastic).
Newly available photopolymers now enable the
direct manufacture of resilient flexographic plates
without having to use moulding processes, and have
given improvements in definition, for better half-tone
reproduction, and so on.
Innovations in the materials and technology of plate
production are helping to overcome the traditional
quality issues associated with compression of the relief
at the point of printing, referred to as ink squash.
Flexography is emerging as the dominant process for
printing on flexible packaging, and is gaining increasing
importance on boxes and cartons.
Flexible packaging substrates (i.e., plastic films) are
more complex than other substrates in that they are often
multilayer to provide an appropriate balance of strength,
clarity, permeability and materials usage.
Printing on flexible film is a high speed process
which requires sophisticated mechanisms for tension
control. These capabilities, coupled with increasing
sophisticated performance requirements mean that
lamination and printing are often in-line operations.
Lamination after printing, so that the printed surface
is sandwiched between two layers, provides so-called
reverse printing and dispenses with the need for an
overprint varnish.
4.3 Gravure
Gravure is a relief printing process where the image
areas are recessed on the printing plate, in contrast to
flexography, where the image area stands proud. The
plate is made from metal, usually made by chemically-
etching copper plated steel. The etched-copper surface
is then chromium plated for improved hardness and
service life. Gravure provides for high definition
printing and requires low viscosity inks for penetration
of the smallest recesses in the plate. The use of low
molecular weight, i.e., volatile, solvents allows for rapid
32
drying by evaporation, and gravure can achieve very
fast printing speeds. However, the high cost of plate
manufacture means that gravure is usually restricted
to long print runs.
Ink formulations for gravure are selected on the basis of
their flow characteristics and the substrate for printing,
ensuring that no compatibility issues arise with respect
to the printing plate material.
4.4 Inkjet
The mechanics of inkjet printing (nozzle size, etc.)
require low viscosity formulations which are mostly
dye rather than pigment based. Where pigments are
used, they must be exceptionally well dispersed
(i.e., particle sizes of 0.5 m or less). In order to
maintain suitably low viscosities without problematic
evaporation losses (blocking nozzles, etc.), water-
based inks are generally preferred.
Inkjet printing is applicable to a wide range of substrates,
and is widely used for printing sell by/best before
dates and bar codes.
4.5 Influence of Substrate Type
4.5.1 Inks for Metal Packaging
Metals do not provide an absorbent surface and hence
the only drying mechanisms are by the evaporation of
solvent, and curing. Crosslinking technology figures in
most inks and coatings for metal substrates. The bulk
of metal decorating inks are applied using lithography
and rely on paste type inks.
For beverage containers, made of aluminium, much
ink technology is based on polyester resins, cured with
amino resins, with a water-based overprint varnish,
based on polyester or polyester/acrylic technology. On
mainland Europe, the strong steel industry leads to a
higher proportion of beverage containers from tinplate.
Inks and coatings for tinplate differ from those for
aluminium not the least because of a need to provide
higher lubricity and abrasion resistance for the harder
metal. Lubricants based on PTFE may be used in inks
for either tinplate, or aluminium, where useful slip
properties are required. Lubricity is important for coated
aluminium containers if a shaping operation (e.g., for
roll-on screw tops or Monobloc aerosols see next) is
applied after decoration.
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
For food cans, tinplate predominates mostly using three-
piece welded construction. A large proportion of three-
piece welded bodies are left uncoated on the exterior as
paper labels are used for decoration. A small number of
drawn steel pie cans are produced in the UK, which
will receive an external combination of white basecoat,
inks and varnishes. Direct metal decoration is also
more common for food cans from mainland Europe.
Conventional inks based on polyester technology are
generally used.
Metal caps and closures are encountered on jars and
bottles and may be steel or aluminium, with aluminium
universal in the ROPP screw top. The latter require very
flexible basecoats to withstand the extreme forming
process.
Similar flexibility is required for the decoration of
aluminium aerosol containers which are used for
cream in the UK and other foodstuffs (e.g., ketchup)
elsewhere. Aluminium aerosols are commonly made by
the Monobloc route where a single aluminium slug is
drawn to provide the (one-piece) base and sides of the
aerosol can which is usually decorated before shaping
the top (necking) and profiling for the valve seat.
For printing of Monobloc beverage cans, the aluminium
profile is supported on a mandrel, and automated fail-
safe procedures are put in place to prevent the accidental
contamination of the inside of the can which would occur
if an empty mandrel was presented to the lithographic
plate (i.e., to transfer print to the inside of the next can
which arrives on the mandrel). Such accidental transfer
is called set off, and additional mechanisms for this
are discussed later in this section.
Within the UK, a large number of aerosols (e.g.,
for cream) are still produced by three piece welded
construction with tinplate. As with other tinplate
decoration, conventional solvent-based polyesters are
widely used in the inks and coatings.
For caps and closures, conventional inks are used
although there is a growing interest in the use of UV
curable technology. The same trend applies in general
line and aerosol printing where thermal drying based
on alkyd technology is being replaced by UV curable
technology.
UV technology for FSMD inks use a combination
of polyester and epoxy-acrylate technologies photo-
crosslinked using free radical initiators. Cationic UV
technology for inks is not used because of retardation
of cure due to pigment interactions.
UV curable inks are now applied to base coated tinplate,
which is subsequently formed into welded aerosols,
milk cans, confectionery tins, and other components.
Also used for food are the so-called general line
cans. These are steel cans of various shapes and
sizes used for a variety of products, more typically in
non-food (e.g., for paint), but these types of cans are
used for the bulk packaging of foodstuffs, or where
additional presentation is required. Examples include:
decorated confectionary or biscuit boxes, decorated
boxes or cylinders for premium bottles of spirits and
baby food powders. For these products, there has
been a considerable move away from thermally cured
coatings to using UV inks and varnishes, mainly due
to VOC (volatile organic hydrocarbon) regulations
and economics. The coloured basecoats, however, are
solvent based and produced from a range of resins but
mainly polyesters.
Polymer binders for inks that are used on metal
substrates are summarised in Table 12.
4.5.2 Inks for Paper and Board
Drying by absorption (i.e., penetration of the substrate)
can play a part in the drying processes that occur when
inks are used on paper and board. This allows for the
use of more mobile (i.e., less viscous) ink formulations
than with metal substrates. This can compensate
somewhat for the limited scope for heat-activated
curing, although many papers and boards have coated
surfaces, which necessarily allow for rapid uptake. Set
off may be an issue unless a speedy chemical cure can
be incorporated.
As with flat sheet metal decorating, UV curing is used in
the majority of the cases for food packaging involving
paper and board. UV technology is generally based
on free radical curing resins, e.g., polyester or epoxy
acrylates. UV curable varnishes are also widely used
on food cartons and labels.
Conventional inks are based on alkyd technology
modified with hydrocarbon resins. Minor modifications
are made with lubricants based on PTFE and polyethylene
waxes.
Polymer binders for inks used with paper and board
products are summarised in Table 13.
33
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
4.5.3 Inks for Flexible Plastic Packaging
The substrates for plastic packaging include various
laminated films, whether all-polymer, or laminates
which also include foil, paper or metalised layers.
Thermal or adhesive lamination may be used. PU
is often the resin of choice for both solvent-based
and solvent-free adhesives. The PU backbone may
use polyester or polyether chemistry depending on
the quality needed. Water-based adhesives tend to
use a combination of dispersible acrylic and epoxy
technology crosslinked with amine resins.
This fast growing packaging market creates for high
quality images by reverse printing the exterior clear
plastic film layers of flexible packaging constructions.
Inks are normally applied using flexographic or gravure
high speed printers. The most widely used resins for
these inks are based on a combination of nitro-cellulose
and PU resins dissolved in fast-drying solvents such as
ethyl acetate or isopropanol. Nitrocellulose resins are
used to provide excellent dispersion of the pigments in
inks. Thermoplastics PU and other resins are used to
plasticise and improve the adhesion characteristics of
the formulated inks.
Some limited usage applies to other resins such as
polyamides and polyvinyl butyrals (PVB). Polyamides,
although providing superior gloss and adhesion
properties, are not as effective in heat sealing conditions
and suffer through bad odour. PVB are generally used
by confectioners as they have low odour characteristics
but only offer below average print flow and heat seal
characteristics.
The use of nitrocellulose resins is a safety concern and
ink suppliers are trying to replace these by introducing
new film forming technology based on high molecular
weight PU resins. This approach is seen to be promising
for the future as it offers lower migratory technology.
Polymer binders that are used for inks in flexible plastic
packaging applications are summarised in Table 14.
4.5.4 Set Off
The term set off applies to the unintentional transfer of
inks and coatings substances from the decorated outer
surface of packaging to the inner, food contact surface.
The accidental printing of an empty mandrel is one such
mechanism of set off. Other mechanisms include the
transfer of material when printed sheets are stacked, or
34
are tightly rolled or, in the case of printed paper or board,
possible diffusion through the substrate. Although of
greater barrier performance than paper or board, plastic
films may not be completely impermeable.
Transfer in stacked or rolled sheet is more likely with
poorly adhering decoration or if the cure is incomplete.
Such deficiencies point to batch or process problems
which can impact on all the material processed at the
time. On this basis, such set off is unlikely to be missed
by QC checks and procedures. The quick and effective
detection of set off is usually a stringent requirement
of the manufacturers customers.
A non-destructive test method has been developed by
the workers at the Central Services Laboratory, DEFRA,
to measure the invisible set off of inks and lacquer on
the food contact surface of food packaging (143).
5 Regulations Covering the Use of
Inks and Coatings with Food
There are a number of regulatory documents that can
be used to demonstrate the safety of coatings and inks
intended for food use. A recent review of the regulations
for food packaging that exist in both the Europe and the
USA has been published by Rapra (179). In addition,
a recent overview of the legislation and testing of food
contact materials, as it applies to additives, was given
by Sidwell at the 2006 Addcon Conference in Cologne
(39). Each of the principal regulatory documents that
are relevant to coatings and inks are briefly described
in the relevant sections next.
5.1 Regulation in the European Union
There are no specific harmonised regulations in the EU
that cover the use of either coatings or inks with food.
However, the Framework Regulation 1935/2004 applies
to all materials intended for food contact and so it must
be complied with by all manufacturers of printing inks
and coatings. This document states that food contact
materials and articles:
a) Shall be manufactured in compliance with good
manufacturing practice
b) Shall not transfer their constituents to foodstuffs
in quantities which could endanger human health,
and
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
c) Shall not bring about an unacceptable change in
the composition of the foodstuff or a deterioration
in its organoleptic characteristics.
In an annex to the regulation, printing inks are listed
among the substances that may be covered by specific
measures, although at the time of writing these measures
will be far in the future as it is thought that no work on
printing inks is in progress in the EU.
In addition to the Framework Regulation, manufacturers
must also comply with specific substance documents
such as:
i) BADGE/BFDGE/NOGE Regulation 1895/2005/
EC*
ii) Vinyl Chloride Monomer Directive 78/142/EEC
*where: BFDGE = bis(hydroxyphenyl)methane
bis(2,3-epoxypropyl)ethers
NOGE = novolal glycidyl ethers
Regulation 1895/2005/EC, covering food contact
materials, articles, surface coatings and adhesives,
took into account new toxicological data and placed
restrictions on the use of these epoxy derivatives.
For example, the use of BFDGE and NOGE were
prohibited as from 1st January 2005 and 1st March
2003, respectively, with the exception of heavy duty
coatings in tanks having a capacity greater than 10,000
litres. For BADGE, and its hydrolysis products, a
migration limit of 9 mg/kg of food was set, and for
BADGE chlorohydrins the limit is 1 mg/kg of food.
This legislation is of historical interest with the EU as
it was the first to set out any rules that are specific to
food contact coatings.
One EU document that does refer specifically to coatings
and inks is the Regenerated Cellulose Film Directive
Directive 93/10/EEC (as amended by Directives
93/111/EEC and 2004/14/EC). The positive list in
this regulation does not include dyes, pigments and
adhesives, and substances used for these purposes are
not allowed to migrate into food in detectable amounts.
If a plastic coating is to be applied to the film, only
substances in the lists of authorised substances in the
Plastics Directive 2002/72/EC (as amended) can be used
and the whole film has to comply with the overall and
specific migration limits laid down in this Directive.
There is in existence a draft version of a Super-
regulation for plastics which includes products
that are comprised of multi-material layers on the
condition that the food contact surface is a plastic. The
definition of these products is such that the print and
the print substances could be regarded as a layer. This
document also specifies that printing ink, when used
to manufacture articles for food contact, should be
included in the determination of overall migration.
It is also worth mentioning in this section, the
Synoptic Documents that are issued by the EU. These
summarise the status of the substances listed and give
the current evaluations by the Scientific Committee
for Food (SCF). The Synoptic Document that is of
relevance here is entitled Draft of provisional list of
monomers and additives used in the manufacture of
plastics and coatings intended to come into contact
with foodstuffs. Although it has been in existence
for a number of years, this working document is a
provisional and incomplete list of all the monomers
and additives that are used for food contact plastics
and coatings (excluding silicones) within the member
states of the EU. It is a working document and is
not legally binding, and updated lists are issued as
different substances are evaluated by the SCF. These
substances are submitted by industry, often through
trade organisations, and are then examined by the SCF
from a toxicological viewpoint and classified into one
of ten lists numbered 0 to 9. There is also a List W
(Waiting List) for substances that are not yet included
in the positive lists of the member states. Although
these substances appear in the Synoptic Document
they cannot be included in the EU list as they lack the
data required by the SCF.
5.2 Council of Europe (CoE) Regulations
5.2.1 Coatings
There is a CoE Resolution on coatings intended to
come into contact with foodstuffs Resolution ResAP
(2004). This document covers the following types of
food contact coating:
a) Coatings for metal packaging
b) Flexible packaging coatings
c) Heavy duty coatings
A coating being defined by the Resolution as the
finished material prepared mainly from organic
materials applied to form a layer/film on a substrate in
such a way as to create a protective layer and/or impart
technical performance.
35
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
In addition to the Framework document, this Resolution
has two Technical documents associated with it:
1. Technical document No.1. Contains an inventory of
substances to be used in the manufacture of coatings
intended to come into contact with foodstuffs.
This list has been compiled with the help of The
European Council of Paint, Printing Inks and
Artists Colours Industry (CEPE).
2. Technical document No. 2. This document contains
the scientific background for the elaboration of the
Resolution
The Inventory is divided into two categories, monomers
and additives, all of which have some national member
state or FDA authorisation. Both of these sub-lists are
divided into those which are already fully evaluated and
included in SCF/ European Food Safety Asscoiation
(EFSA) lists, and those that have not yet been fully
evaluated by SCF/EFSA (called the Temporary
Appendix). The Temporary Appendices to the monomer
and additive lists are time limited with a deadline for
evaluation of five years from the date that the Resolution
is adopted. Although this Resolution, in common
with other CoE Resolutions, has no legal status, it is
regarded as being useful in demonstrating compliance
until such time as the EU has fully incorporated surface
coatings into its legislative framework. In addition to
being manufactured according to good manufacturing
practice (GMP) using the monomers and additives
listed in the Inventory, the Resolution states that the
Resolution on polymerisation aids AP (92)2 should
also be adhered to. The Resolution also stipulates an
overall migration limit of 10 mg/dm2, or 60 mg/kg of
food for certain specified situations, as measured by EU
methods (see Section 6.1).
The Resolution also states that coatings should not
transfer migrating components, not listed in Technical
document No. 1, which have a molecular weight of less
than 1000 daltons in quantities which could endanger
human health. If such migrants are detected, they should
be subjected to appropriate risk assessment taking into
account dietary exposure as well as toxicological and
structure-activity considerations (see Section 6.6).
For those coatings that are based on silicone type
polymers, there is a specific CoE Resolution, APRes
(2004). Both silicone rubbers and silicone resins are
covered by this Resolution. Blends of silicone rubber
with organic polymers (EPDM rubber) are also covered
by the Resolution provided that the silicone monomer
units are the predominant species by weight. There is
an overall migration limit of 10 mg/dm2 of the surface
36
area of the product or material, or 60 mg/kg of food.
There are restrictions on the types of monomer that can
be used to produce the silicone polymers and there is
an inventory list : Technical document No.1 List of
substances used in the manufacture of silicone used for
food contact applications.
Where rubber type protective coatings are used, there is
no specific EU legislation, but there is a CoE Resolution,
APRes (2004). The Resolution contains an inventory of
additives (Technical document No. 1) and a small section
on breakdown products nitrosamines and amines. In
addition, there are four other technical documents,
covering such things as good manufacturing practice,
and test conditions and methods. The Resolution also
places rubber products into one of three categories
according to their application and the migration that
may occur. Migration testing is required for only the
first two of these, where an overall migration limit of
60 mg/kg food applies.
5.2.2 Inks
The CoE has recently issued a Resolution on Packaging
inks applied to the non-food contact surface of
materials and articles intended to come into contact
with foodstuffs Resolution AP(2005)2. As the title
suggests, inks that come into direct contact with food
are not covered by this Resolution. Also excluded are
inks used on the outside of glass bottles and metal
cans (as the substrate material is regarded as being a
comprehensive barrier). Its main purpose is to regulate
the inks used on the outside of plastic, and paper and
board type food packaging. One of the problems that
were encountered in the drafting of the resolution was
the understandable reluctance of industry to release
detailed information on the formulation of ink products.
The Resolution states that the ink supplier is responsible
for the composition of the ink. There are three technical
documents that accompany the Resolution:
1) Technical document No. 1: Contains an inventory
of substances being used in the industry, an exclusion
list, and specific migration limits where possible.
2) Technical document No. 2: This is a GMP Guide,
in two parts. The first part addresses inks and
has been drawn up by CEPE, the second, which
addresses the plastic and paper and board substrates
has been prepared by the European Forum of
Flexible Packaging Industry and the International
Confederation of Paper and Board Converters
(CITPA).
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
3) Technical document No. 3: This document
provides guidance on the conditions that should
be used for the testing of packaging inks applied to
the non-food contact surface of food packaging.
The main CoE Ink Resolution requirements can be
summarised as follows:
i) The packaging inks should be manufactured and
applied on the support in accordance with the
guidelines for good manufacturing practice and
with the recommendations of the converters as
set out in Technical Document No. 2
ii) The printed or overprint varnished layer of finished
printed materials or articles should not come into
direct contact with food.
iii) There should be no or only negligible visible set-
off or migration from the printed or varnished non-
food contact layer to the food contact surface.
iv) The overall migration and specific migration
level (SML) for the substances in the inventory
lists apply.
v) Migrated printing inks shall not be detectable at the
lowest concentration at which a substance can be
measured with statistical certainty by a validated
method of analysis, i.e., a detection limit of 10
ppb or below.
This Resolution has attracted some controversy, with
industry groups in the EU (e.g., The European Printing
Ink Association (EuPIA) a sector of CEPE) saying
that there will be problems with its implementation,
and in some cases that it is unworkable in its present
form. (a.7). There are a number of reasons cited for
this, for example:
a) The Inventory is incomplete, with only
representative examples of generic groups
present, and many key raw materials are missing
altogether, e.g., there are no adhesion promoters
(used with flexible packaging inks on polyolefin
films), no phenolic resins (used in most sheetfed
offset litho inks), and no photoinitiators (used in
UV-cured inks).
b) The majority of the substances have not been
evaluated and so migration studies have to be
carried out using a demanding and, in some cases
unfeasible, 10 ppb detection limit. The end result
could be that some inks become unavailable.
These industry concerns have led to groups such, as
the British Coatings Federation (BCF) in the UK, to
compile their own, alternative Inventory lists. A draft
version of the BCF list (as it stood in June 2006) is
included as an Appendix in the final report for the
FSA Coatings and Inks project (a.8). There are also
other industry driven documents such as the EuPIA
Guideline, Declaration of Conformity and Good
Manufacturing Practice. These documents, which are
available from the EuPIA web site (www.eupia.org)
were issued to states within Europe during 2005 and
2006. There is also a EuPIA funded investigation into
ink additives that have not been evaluated and listed,
and a commitment to reduce the migration limit of no
concern for these non-evaluated substances to 50 ppb
by 2010, with a further reduction to 10 ppb by 2015,
which will bring inks in line with other food contact
materials (a.7).
5.3 National Regulations within the EU
The regulations that exist within certain states in
the EU can be used to demonstrate compliance with
the Framework Regulation. For coatings, the most
comprehensive of these is the Dutch Verpakkingen-en
Gebruiksartikelenbesluit (Hoofdstuk X). This contains
a positive list of permitted starting substances and
is widely used within the EU. In those cases where
thermoplastic polymers are used as the coating (e.g.,
on a metal substrate), the plastic food contact materials
and articles Directive 2002/72/EC can often be used to
demonstrate food safety. However, food use coatings
are far more likely to be of the thermosetting type (see
Section 2.1), which are more complex and not fully
covered by 2002/72/EC. In these cases, reference to the
CoE Resolution on Surface Coatings (see Section 5.2),
or the published opinions of the Scientific Committee
on Food/European Food Safety Authority (SCF/EFSA)
can be used to demonstrate compliance.
In Germany, Recommendation XV of the BfR
regulations covers silicone rubbers and silicone
resins both of which can be used as coatings. The
relevant sections stipulate acceptable starting materials
and additives that may be used in processing and
manufacture both types and maximum levels. There
are overall limits for volatile organic material as well
as total extractable material, and specific limits for
certain starting substances, e.g., residual peroxides in
the case of silicone rubbers.
In the case of rubber coatings, there are a number of
national regulations that can apply. The most prominent
of these include (32):
37
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
a) French requirements - Arrete of November 9th 1994,
Journal Official de la Republique Francaise, 1994.
b) D u t c h r e g u l a t i o n s - Ve r p a k k i n g e n e n
gebruiksartikelenbesluit (Chapter III). These are
similar to the CoE Rubber Resolution.
c) Italian requirements - Supplemento ordinario alla
Gazetta Ufficiale della Repubblica Italiana, 1973.
d) United Kingdom requirements - Statutory Instrument
1987 No 1523 Materials and Articles in Contact
with Foodstuffs.
The French and Italian regulations cited previously
are the general food contact documents and so other
coatings materials, in addition to rubber, are also
covered by them. Food contact materials in Belgium
are regulated under the Royal Arrete of May 1992
on Materials Intended for Contact with Foodstuffs. A
total of seven EU Member States (Belgium, France,
Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain the UK,) have
some form of National positive list of permissible
substances for use in manufacturing food contact
materials in addition to the EU Directives. A listing of
national food packaging legislation is available from
the European Commission and additional information
is available in book written by Ashby, Cooper, Harvey
and Tice (212).
With respect to inks, there a very few National
regulations within Europe. An exception is Chapter
XXXVI of the German Recommendation BfR, which has
a general statement on colorants and optical brighteners
in the food contact material. This states that they should
not migrate into foodstuff and that no testing is required
for packages intended for dry, non-fatty food.
5.4 FDA Regulations
The food regulations for polymer and resinous coatings
are given in the FDA Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) 21.These documents, which are used globally for
the formulation of a large number of coating products,
list authorised starting substances and lay down test
conditions and migration limits. Coatings for specific
substrates can be found in the following sections of
CFR 21:
Metal substrates and repeated use 175.300
Polyolefin films 175.320
Paper coatings 176.170
38
The current regulations in the US for both coatings
and adhesives have been reviewed by Baughan (196).
At the same PLACE conference, Lin and co-workers
(197) presented a paper describing developments and
improvements that had been made to the migration tests
that are necessary to establish if electron beam (EB)
and UV cured coatings and adhesives complied with
the FDA regulations. The contribution of relatively new
analytical techniques, such as liquid chromatography
(LC) mass spectrometry (MS)/MS, to this type of work
is featured.
Inks are very rarely used in direct contact with food
because there are virtually no ink formulations that
comply with the FDA. For example, there a very few
carbon black pigments which are acceptable to the FDA
and, to achieve coloured inks, only food colorants are
permissible. This latter requirement severely limits
the methods that can be used for the application of the
ink. In addition, manufacturers of food contact inks
have to ensure that no carry over was possible from
equipment that had been used in the manufacture of
non-contact products (e.g., for external decoration on
cans and metal tins etc), which are not required to be
FDA compliant.
5.5 Other Considerations for Industrial Use
In addition to the Regulations described in Sections
5.1 to 5.4, there are other reference documents that
industrialists need to be aware of:
a) REACH EU Regulation
This Regulation covers the Registration, Evaluation
and Authorisation of Chemicals (REACH) of
chemicals and might have an impact on the
substances used in coatings and inks in the future.
The cost of compliance may mean that some small
volume chemicals disappear from the market place,
although implementation may take over 10 years
for some substances. Importantly, as polymers
are exempt from the Regulation those used in the
manufacture of coatings and inks will not need to
be registered.
b) CEPE Exclusion list for Printing Inks
In addition to its GMP guides, CEPE has published
an exclusion list for printing inks. The substances
on this list are present in the Dangerous Substances
Directive (67/548/EEC), and pigments colorants
based on antimony, arsenic, cadmium, chromium
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
(VI), lead, mercury and selenium. Some solvents
are also on the list, as are cyclohexane, and some
stilbenes, butylphenols and benzophenones
compounds. This CEPE list is not identical to the
CoE exclusion list.
c) British Coating Federation Documents
The BCF has issued a guide to printing inks for food
wrappers and packagings. At the time of writing
it is also working on an inventory designed to be
an alternative to that contained within the CoE
Resolution on Inks Technical document No. 1
(Section 5.2). The reason that the BCF believes that
an alternative list is necessary, is that whereas the
CoE Inventory list mainly originated from national
legislation their list relates to those substances
currently used in Industry. To help understand the
regulatory status of the BCF listed substances, the
two lists have been compared in the final report of
the Rapra FSA project (A03055) (a.8) and those
substances not in the COE Inventory list have been
highlighted. This exercise showed that a relatively
large number of substances in the BCF list are not
included in the CoE list.
d) Good Manufacturing Practice
The coatings and ink industries have their GMP
guidelines to ensure that their products are
manufactured to the highest standards.
e) CEPE Code of Practice for Coated Articles where
the food contact layer is a coating
This extensive and wide ranging, industry driven, code of
practice will be taken by the Commission as a base for a
specific regulation on coatings. Work on this document is
on-going at the time of writing - Draft 10 was published
on 30th June 2006. This code and its guidelines, which
has similarities to the Plastics Super Regulation and the
4th amendment to the Plastics Directive 2002/72/EC
(see Section 5.1), and which describes how compliance
with the Framework Regulation 1935/2004/EC can
be demonstrated for direct food contact coatings, are
voluntary in nature and individual companies may decide
to apply them either fully or partly, according to their own
judgement. A list of the companies supporting the code
can be obtained from CEPE.
The Code of Practice applies to the food contact surfaces
of the following:
i) Coated light metal packaging up to a volume of
10 litres.
ii) Coated metal pails and drums with volumes
ranging from 10 to 250 litres.
iii) Coated articles with volumes 250 to 10,000 litres.
iv) Heavy duty coated articles having a volume
>10,000 litres.
v) Coated flexible aluminium packaging.
Sectors which will be incorporated at a later date when
more details are available are:
i) Printing inks in direct food contact.
ii) Coated primarily used to seal food packaging.
iii) Gaskets for metal closures.
iv) Coated flexible plastic packaging.
v) Coatings and inks for paper and board.
The Code of Practice does not apply to:
i) Repeated use, non-stick coatings, which remain
regulated by the specific chapters of BfR, VGB,
and FDA applicable to them.
ii) Extrusion coated materials or articles where the
extrusion coating being a plastic, should comply
with the provisions of Directive 2002/72/EC, as
amended.
iii) Laminated packaging articles or components where
the food contact layer, being a plastic, should comply
with the provisions of 2002/72/EC, as amended.
iv) Printing inks and coatings applied to the non-
food contact surface of food packaging materials
and articles intended to come into contact with
foodstuffs.
v) Coatings on paper and board which remain
regulated by specific chapters of BfR, VGB and
FDA applicable to them.
vi) Coatings on regenerated cellulose which are
covered under Commission Directive 93/10/EEC
and its amendments.
vii) Can end sealants based upon rubbers and elastomers
which remain covered by rules applicable under
national legislation.
viii) Tin coatings, wax coatings and adhesives
39
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
6 Assessing the Safety of Inks and
Coatings for Food Applications
As this review illustrates, many different types
of polymers and types of polymer product (e.g.,
thermoplastic, thermoset and rubber) can potentially
be used for coatings in food applications (see Sections
2.1.1 to 2.1.11).This in turn means that a large number
of different regulations and requirements may have to be
addressed, in order to decide upon the correct conditions
(e.g., choice of simulant, test samples, times and
temperatures) under which to carry out food migration
testing. This point is illustrated by the summary of
regulations which is provided in Section 5.
For direct food contact coatings, the CEPE Code of
Practice (see Section 5.5) provides a great deal of useful
information on how compliance with the Framework
Regulation 1935/2004/EC can be demonstrated. An
overall migration limit of 60 mg/kg is provided, and
SML for particular substances are provided in the
Annexes. In addition, guidance on the food simulants
for the migration testing is provided, as are guidelines
on assessing exposure to migrating substances and basic
rules for demonstrating compliance with the overall
migration limit (OML) and the SML.
Inks for food use, on the other hand, do not present
such a complicated problem as they represent a specific
product category in themselves, are mainly used on
the non-food contact service of food packaging, and
the binders in them do not span such a wide range of
polymers types and chemistries.
There is an on-going effort to ensure that migration
data is as accurate as possible. For example, the EU
recently funded a research project (EU AIR 94-1025)
to facilitate the introduction of migration control into
GMP and into enforcement policies and a part of this
project involved the re-evaluation of the analytical
approaches to extract and identify potential migrants
from food contact materials. The results of this part
of the project are published in the journal, Packaging
Technology and Science (191) and the journal Food
Additives and Contaminants (206)
There is also a continuing need to detect migrating
substances at lower levels. For example, toxicologists
have suggested that species which are ingested in
amounts exceeding 1.5 mg/day should be identified
and toxicologically evaluated. Identification and
quantification of species at such a low level will cause
problems and these are discussed in a paper by Grob
(208). The conclusion reached is that it will be difficult
40
to achieve, the comprehensive analysis of coating
migrants down to concentrations that are presently
regarded as safe with the analytical instrumentation
currently available.
6.1 Global Migration Tests
This is the usually the simplest test to perform and
it is used to determine if the product is suitable for a
particular food use application by passing the global
migration limit that is stipulated by all of the various
regulations covered in Section 5.
The methodology of the test varies depending on the
regulation that is being addressed, as does the way of
expressing the data and the limits that have to be met.
Specific details can be obtained from the various pieces
of legislation.
For example, in the EU, the global migration tests
that apply to coatings and inks, and other food contact
materials, are described in the following documents:
i) Council Directive 82/711/EEC of 18th October
1982, as amended by Commission Directive 93/8/
EEC of 15th March 1993
ii) Commission Directive 97/48/EC of 29th
July 1997
iii) Council Directive 85/572/EEC of 19th
December 1985
The food simulants that are specified in these
Directives are:
a) Aqueous foods - Distilled water
b) Acidic foods 3% acetic acid
c) Alcoholic food 10% ethanol
d) Fatty food olive oil
Migration testing using these simulants should be
performed under the worst foreseeable contact times and
temperatures that can be envisaged for the application.
For example, long-term storage at room temperature
is represented by testing for ten days at 40 C. The
82/711/EEC document provides a correlation table
for migration test conditions. The analytical methods
for testing overall, and specific migration, have been
standardised at the European level by CEN (the
European standardisation body).
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
6.2 Specific Migration Tests
These tests are used to target specific chemical
compounds for which there is a toxicological concern
and a SML, i.e., listed substances. In common with the
global migration test, the tests specified (target species
and test conditions) vary from regulation to regulation,
but some species appear regularly due to the degree of
concern associated with them.
There are a number of cases where there are specific
analytical test methods documented, particularly in
cases where there are resolutions or regulations on a
particular migrant. For example:
i) Free vinyl chloride monomer Analytical methods
described in Commission Directives 80/766/EEC
and 81/432/EEC
ii) Determination of 4-methyl-1-pentene in food
simulants CEN/TS 13130-25:2005 (a.9)
iii) Determination of bisphenol A in food simulants
CEN/TS 13130-13:2005 (a.10)
iv) Determination of 1-octene and tetrahydrofuran in
food simulants CEN/TS 13130-26:2005 (a.11)
The test methods that should be used for specific
migrants from coatings that can be regarded as plastics
are described in EN 13130-1 (a.12)
There are also cases where a particular species has
attracted a lot of analytical attention in recent years.
A good example of this is BADGE from can coatings
and a number of approaches for its determination have
been documented (200).
6.3 Fingerprinting of Potential Migrants from
Coatings and Inks
It is often useful to produce a qualitative or semi-
quantitative fingerprint of the low molecular weight
species in coatings and ink products that have the
potential to migrate into food. Gas chromatography-
mass spectroscopy (GC-MS) is often used for this
due to its high resolution and the identification power
of the mass spectrometer. In order for the data to be
representative, it is important that the coating and ink
product is in the form in which it is used in the final end
use product. As both of these materials usually have to
undergo a curing or drying stage, this should be carried
out prior to any analysis step, or samples taken from
the final product in situ. The latter option can present a
problem with inks when only small amounts of material
are used, for example., in printing. The considerations
detailed previously will mean that the samples are in the
solid phase, and so the headspace GC-MS techniques
are the most applicable, with the dynamic version
having the advantage over the static in that it requires
less sample. The solvent extraction GC-MS technique
may be applicable where larger areas of coating and
print are available for analysis. This method has the
disadvantage, however, of the initial solvent front
obscuring early eluting (i.e., low molecular weight)
species. The relatively recent commercialisation of
two dimensional GC-MS instruments has provided
the analyst with greater resolving power, coupled with
improved detection limits and enhanced deconvolution
software (142).
As in-house, coatings and inks specific databases are
developed for LC-MS, the inclusion of this technique
into the fingerprinting process will complement GC-MS
data by contributing information on thermally labile,
relatively large (e.g., oligomers), and highly polar (e.g.,
organic salts) potential migrants.
Albert and co-workers (197) have reviewed, and
compared, the use of modern liquid chromatography
methods, such as LC-MS and LC-MS/MS, with
the GC-MS technique for the analysis of potential
migrants from FDA compliant, EB and UV curable
food packaging coatings and adhesives. In addition to
comparing the analytical capability of these systems,
the effect that various processing variables (e.g., curing
voltage and dosage) had on the extractable data were
also evaluated.
6.4 Determination of Specific Target Species
in Coatings and Ink Products and in Food
Simulants and Foods
The use of specified tests to determine species that
have SML has been covered in Section 6.2. There are
reasons why further analytical testing is often required,
for example to ensure that a coating or ink has been
formulated using only additives and ingredients that
are present in a particular positive list, or to quantify a
potential migrant for which there is as yet no specific
migration test or SML. A review of the analytical
methods that can be used to identify and quantify a range
of species that can be found in food contact materials
has been written by Veraart and Coulier (29).
For convenience, species have been placed into
functional categories next and the analytical techniques
used to detect and quantify them explained.
41
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
6.4.1 Monomers, Solvents and Low Molecular
Weight Additives and Breakdown Products
Monomers are either gaseous or relatively volatile
liquids and so GC and GC-MS based techniques
are usually used to determine them in both the final
coating and ink product and the food simulant/food
product. To simplify the analysis, a static headspace,
or dynamic headspace, sampler is often used to
isolate the analyte from the sample matrix (a.13), an
extraction procedure often presenting problems due to
the masking effect of the solvent. There are important
examples, however, where analysis, sometimes
following chemical derivatisation work is used. This
approach was used by Paz-Abuin and co-workers (210)
to carry out specific migration work on two epoxy
resin coatings for use with drinking water. The amine
curing agents were determined by high performance
liquid chromatography (HPLC) with pre-column
derivatisation, whereas the epoxy resin monomer was
quantified using HPLC without any derivatisation.
A reverse phase HPLC system with fluorescence
detection was used in both cases.
In addition to antidegradants and curatives (which are
mentioned next), other additives (e.g., pigments) can
also produce breakdown products which are regarded
as harmful. For example, Michlers ketone, can be
a degradation product of certain violet dyes used in
printing. This compound is regarded as a potential
carcinogen and so methods to assess its migratory
behaviour into food simulants have been developed
(a.14)
The use of GC-MS to determine the levels of photo-
initiators and acrylic esters which have the potential
to migrate from inks into food simulants has been
described by Papilloud and Baudraz (207). The study
covered the migratory behaviour of nine different
acrylate monomers and six different photoinitiators in
a range of aqueous and fatty food simulants.
6.4.2 Oligomers
Prior to the commercialisation of LC-MS instruments,
supercritical fluid chromatography was widely used
for the analysis of oligomers. As the molecular weight
range of LC-MS instruments can be extended up to
4000 daltons this capability makes them ideal for the
detection and quantification of oligomers. For example,
it has been shown that silicone oligomers can be detected
by LC-MS in food simulants (108), and (a.1).
42
6.4.3 Plasticisers and Oil-type Additives
These additives are essentially high boiling point liquids
and so the most appropriate technique to use is LC-MS.
A range of synthetic plasticisers such as phthalates,
adipates, mellitates and sebacates can be detected using
the atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation mode. If
data on non-polar hydrocarbon oils is required, then
an atmospheric pressure photoionisation head (which
can detect non-polar species is required) or, if the oil
has a sufficiently high aromatic character, in-line UV
or fluorescence detectors can be used.
6.4.4 Polar Additives and Metal Containing
Compounds
For additives that are highly polar (salts or ionic
compounds), for example, antistats, thickening agents
and surfactants, there are two analytical techniques
which can be of use to the analyst: an LC-MS fitted
with an electrospray head, and anion and cation ion-
chromatography. Both of these have the potential
drawback that they are much easier to use on aqueous
samples, rather than fatty ones- an intermediate
extraction step often being required in the latter case.
In certain cases, compounds which have a metal
component (e.g., platinum catalysts used in certain
silicone products) are present in the coating or ink
product. In order to determine these types of migrants
at a low (i.e., ppm) level, techniques such as atomic
absorption spectrophotometry and Integrated coupled
plasma have to be used. One complicating factor which
needs to be borne in mind with this type of analysis
is that a value for the target metal will be obtained
irrespective of which compound/additive it is in;
interferences can therefore occur and knowledge of the
products composition and/or the service history of the
sample are important.
6.4.5 Cure System Species, Initiators, Catalysts
and Their Reaction Products
These species are usually low, or relatively low
molecular weight organic compounds of intermediate
polarity and as such as ideally suited for determination
by GC-MS. Problems can occur if the species are very
thermally labile and/or reactive, and in these cases (as in
the cases of metal salts see previously) LC-MS is the
preferred technique. It is also easier to use LC-MS with
a number of the approved food simulants as they can be
injected directly into the instrument, being compatible
with the mobile phase.
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
6.4.6 Antidegradants, Stabilisers and Their
Reaction Products
This class of additives is generally less thermally labile
and reactive than the preceding one and so GC-based
methods can be used for a number of them. Where high
processing temperatures dictate the use of relatively
high molecular weight, oligomeric type stabilisers,
LC-MS methods have to be used.
6.5 Sensory Testing
This category covers subjective testing by a panel of
trained human assessors to identify taints and odours in
food packaging. The number of assessors in the panel
is determined by the sensitivity that is required for the
test, i.e., the statistical reliability. Although the test is
subjective, experience has shown that a well trained
panel will produce consistent results.
The transfer of a taint is more important from a legal
point of view, whereas an odour has more importance
from a marketing point of view.
For the evaluation of the odour of printed paper, board,
plastic or any other material, test pieces are stored in
jars for a certain time. The odour present in the jar air
is then assessed by the panellists and the intensity rated
on a scale such as 0 (no odour) to 4 (strong odour). To
evaluate taint, test pieces are stored with a test food
(e.g., chocolate) in a jar and then the taint of the food is
assessed and rated by the experts. There are a number
of ways of performing this operation. For example, in a
triangle test, one portion of food has been stored with
the material to be tested, the other two are reference
samples, and the assessors have to select the odd one
out. In a multi-comparison test, the assessors are given
a reference food sample that is regarded as having a
value of 0 and then they score the intensity of the taint
of an analysis sample using a scale usually of 0 (no taint
i.e., same as reference) to 4 (strong taint).
There are no specific international standards for
assessing odour and taint as a result of inks and coatings,
but there is a general ISO standard, ISO 13302:2003
(a.15) that addresses the modification of the flavour of
foodstuffs due to packaging materials. There is also a
specific standard for paper and board, EN 1230-1 (a.16)
and two draft standards on sensory analysis in general,
ISO 4120:2004 (a.17) and ISO 5492:2005 (a.18).
Because carrying out sensory testing for odour by a
human panel is time consuming, and of increasing
importance in a number of other manufacturing
sectors (e.g., automotive), a great deal of effort has
been expended in the search for a device that can
act an effective and reliable electronic nose. It now
seems that such an instrument, which is based on a
chemical sensor array, will soon be acceptable for
routine analysis within the food and packaging industry.
An investigation by van Deventer (a.19) on volatile
chemicals from inks on plastic films showed that the
quartz sensors of an electronic nose system were able
to discriminate between packages with different levels
of retained solvents, and Frank and co-workers (a.20)
demonstrated that an instrument containing eight
sensors and eight microbalances gave a good correlation
with human assessment panels concerning retained
solvents in printed wrapping foils.
6.6 Toxicological assessment of migrants
Defining the starting substances for coatings and inks
can depend upon which part of the industry a person
comes from the ingredients industry or coatings
manufacturing. The list that results (monomers,
additives, polymerisation aids, resins, oligomers,
additives) is therefore very extensive.
This large list, coupled with the complex chemistry
associated with the manufacture of the starting
substances and the chemical reactions that take place
to produce the finished products, leads to a very
complex mixture of substances having the potential to
migrate into food simulants and food. A CoE working
group has shown that it is impossible to evaluate all of
these substances from the toxicological point of view
according to EU guidelines.
One way of dealing with this problem for substances
that are not listed (i.e., their toxicity is not known), is to
use a tiered approach, which takes into account dietary
exposure as well as toxicological and structure-activity
considerations, the aim being to reduce the number of
toxicological evaluations that are required.
For example:
1) Tier One
Substances which migrate into food or food simulant
at less than 10 ppb should not be evaluated.
2) Tier Two
Many substances used in coatings can be reduced to
smaller units (e.g., the oligomers and polymers to the
43
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
monomers). As this smaller unit represents the worse case
scenario in terms of toxicity it is toxicologically assessed
and the result applied to the oligomers and so on.
In accordance with EU guidelines of toxicity testing,
the following applies:
i) >10 ppb up to < 50 ppb Three mutagenic tests
ii) >50 ppb up to < 5ppm Three mutagenic tests,
90 days
feeding study
iii) >5 ppm Three mutagenic tests,
90 days feeding study,
2 years feeding study
3) Tier 3
The decision to use Tier 2 is based on state of the art
knowledge and/or QSAR. If any scientific knowledge
and/or QSAR show that toxicity of a monomer is not
equal or less than the toxicity of the oligomer/polymer,
an evaluation of the oligomer/polymer has to take place
using the same toxicity guidelines as given for Tier 2.
Note: QSAR = Quantitative Structure-Activity
Relationship. A mathematical model that relates a
quantitative measure of chemical structure (e.g.,
a physicochemical property) to a property or to a
biological effect (e.g., a toxicological endpoint). QSAR
are being used more extensively to save time, money
and in the interests of animal welfare.
7 Potential Migrants and Published
Migration Data
7.1 Acrylates
The lower acrylates are known irritants, and ethyl acrylate
is regarded by the IARC as a Group 2B carcinogen.
However, there are many acrylate monomers used in
ink and coating formulations and these lower acrylates
may be far from representative. Of higher molecular
weight, and commonly used in UV-curing inks are the
acrylate esters of polyhydric alcohols. These types of
acrylates have been detected and quantified by GC-MS
(207). Reference materials having molecular weights up
to 470 were determined with a detection limit of 20 ng.
The quantification of these monomers in food migration
samples can prove difficult owing to the complexity of
44
commercial products (which may be mixtures), and high
MS acquisition rates, or the use of two dimensional (i.e.,
GCxGC) instruments may be necessary to resolve the
individual components (see Section 6.4).
7.2 Amines
The aromatic amines can be of particular concern as
some of these compounds are classed as carcinogens.
Although the most potent carcinogens are found amongst
two-ring aromatics (benzidine, naphthylamine), even
single ring compounds such as ortho-toluidine or
ortho-anisidine (2-methoxyaniline) are found on the
IARC listings. Both of these single ring aromatics have
been detected in aqueous extracts of printed multi-layer
plastics, and ortho-anisidine has also been detected in
olive oil extracts (a.21). The same studies also found
2,4-dimethylaniline in both aqueous and olive oil
extracts. For all three amines, detection in olive oil was
by headspace GC-MS (detection limit 20 g/kg) and,
in water, solid-phase extraction was used followed by
GC-MS (detection limit 0.1 g/kg).
A significant amount of research work has been
carried out on the amines which are the precursors and
hydrolysis products of the isocyanates in PU, notably
the three aromatic amines, the 2,4- and 2,6- isomers
of toluene diamine (2,4- and 2,6-diaminotoluene), and
4,4-methylenebis(aniline). Potential sources are the PU
used in coatings and ink binders, or in the laminating
adhesives used for multilayer packaging. All three
amines were detected in aqueous extracts of laminated
films using derivatisation followed by GC-MS (a.22).
Solid-phase derivatisation with trifluoracetic anhydride
(RNH2 RNHCOCF3) was used, and the respective
detection limits were in the range 0.1-0.4 g/l.
Derivatisation is necessary with these types of
compound to avoid peak tailing in GC analysis. Other
reagents which can be used for this purpose include
hexafluorobutyric anhydride, as in the OSHA 1910
method for airborne species, with GC electron capture
detection for the subsequent analysis step. Derivatisation
can also be performed to enhance sensitivity to UV
detection, and this forms the basis for the global analysis
of primary aromatic amine by diazotisation and coupling
with(1-naphthyl)ethylenediamine dihydrochloride
(a.23) (a.24). This method has a detection limit of
8 g/kg (total aromatic amine quantified with respect to
aniline), and provides a valuable screening technique.
A recently reported technique which provides good
sensitivity without derivatisation uses electrospray
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
ionisation with tandem mass spectrometry (a.25) The
technique is rapid as there is no chromatography step
and the reported detection limits were 2-3 ng/ml in
aqueous ethanol extracts.
One aromatic amine which does not arise specifically
from colorants or PU is 4,4-bis(dimethylamino)
benzophenone [(Me2NC6H4)2C=O, Michlers ketone].
Michlers ketone is a photoinitiator for UV-curable
inks. Although its potential carcinogenicity excludes its
direct use in food contact materials, Michlers ketone
is a well-established initiator, and concerns have been
raised over its introduction into food packaging via
recycled fibres (a.14).
7.3 Aromatics from Unsaturated Polyesters
Amongst the species considered here are: acetophenone,
benzaldehyde, benzene, ethylbenzene and styrene.
Benzene and ethylbenzene are classified by IARC
as Group 1 and Group 2A carcinogens, respectively.
Benzaldehyde is harmful by ingestion and has a
potential to cause allergic reactions.
Benzene can be found in unsaturated polyester resins
due to it being a relatively minor component of the
styrene feedstock. Styrene being the most commonly
used reactive diluent for these types of resins.
Dynamic headspace GC with flame ionisation or MS
detection has been used for the determination of low
molecular weight aromatics in cured unsaturated
polyesters (214). At 200 C, volatilisation of ethylbenzene
and benzaldehyde was complete after 1 hour, whilst
Table 16. Aromatic Compounds Detected from UV Cured Ink
Sample By-product
Triarylsulfonium Diphenyl sulfide
Standard (Uvacure 1592) Benzene
Iodonium standard Toluene
IGM440 Iodotoluene
Meerkat Biphenyl
Isopropylthioxanthone
Polecat Biphenyl
Bobcat Isopropylthioxanthone
Nd = Not detected by the method
DNQ = Detected but not quantified
styrene continued to evolve as a result of on-going
depolymerisation. The levels determined (at 200 C)
included: up to 37 mg/kg of ethylbenzene, up to 180 mg/
kg of benzaldehyde and up to 1330 mg/kg of styrene.
The dynamic headspace GC, or GC-MS, method is
unsuitable for the determination of these aromatics
in foodstuffs, or aqueous simulants, because of the
interference of water. Gramshaw and Vandenberg
extended their studies into foodstuffs using a workup
procedure which included azeotropic distillation and
pentane extraction to find up to 188 g/dm2 styrene in
pork cooked in contact with an unsaturated polyester
for 1.5 hours at 175 C.
7.4 Aromatics from Photoinitiation Reactions
and Photoinitiator additives
Amongst the species considered here are: benzene,
benzophenone, and the thio- or iodoaromatics from
cationic photoinitiation, in addition to the photoinitiators
themselves.
Benzene is a carcinogen and a potential by-product
of cationic photoinitiator action. Benzene has been
detected in packaging and foodstuffs (a.26) and studies
have been carried out to determine benzene and other
aromatics in headspace volatiles and toluene extracts
of UV cured inks (a.27). No benzene was detected,
although a number of other aromatics compounds were
detected, as shown below in Table 16.
With regard to the three compounds that have been
detected at the highest levels, diphenyl disulfide (also
Level mg/m2 Comments
8.0
- Nd
- Nd
- DNQ
4.2
15.7
- DNQ
9.1 (ITX)
45
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
called phenyl sulfide) is a severe irritant to the respiratory
and digestive tract, and biphenyl is an irritant to both of
these, but there is little information to hand on the acute
or chronic toxicity of isopropylthioxanthone (ITX). Work
that was reported on ITX as a result of it being detected
in infant formula (see below) concluded that the existing
in vivo genotoxicity studies do not indicate a genotoxic
potential for ITX. The other initiator that was involved
in this incident, 2 ethylhexyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate
(EHDAB), is not regarded a genotoxic or a teratogen.
The extraction medium is important for aromatic
compounds of this type. For UV-cured epoxy films
initiated with a mixed triarylsulfonium phosphate
(Cyracure UVI-6990), much higher levels of extractables
were observed with 50% ethanol rather than 10% ethanol
or water: up to 272 ppb diphenyl sulfide was taken up in
50% ethanol (213). HPLC with UV detection was used for
these extract analyses. A method for the detection by GC
of the photoinitiator residues in aqueous media has also
been developed (207). In this case, solid-phase extraction
(on C18-modified siloxanes) was used, followed by
methanol desorption for the work up of the extracts.
Benzophenone is a photosensitiser, which may cause
digestive tract irritation. GC-MS has been used to
test for migration of this compound from cartonboard
packaging (193). In this study, 143 out of 350 samples
of printed cardboard used with foodstuffs surveyed
contained detectable benzophenone. In food, the highest
level (7.3 mg/kg) was found for a high fat chocolate
product packaged in direct contact, with 24% of the
food samples surveyed having levels between 0.5 and
5.0 mg/kg. In those cases where there was no direct
contact with the food, a six-fold reduction in the amount
of benzophenone present was found.
Recently there have been reports of the photoinitiators,
ITX and EHDAB, being found in products that are
packed in printed cartons, such as milk and fruit juices.
A notification from the Italian authorities under Article
50 of the Regulation (EC) No 178/2002 on the Rapid
Alert System for Food and Feed showed the occurrence
of ITX in liquid milk for babies at a level of 250 ug/l.
As part of the investigation that ensued, the presence
of EHDAB, often used as a synergist with ITX, was
also revealed in food samples. Following a request
from the Commission, a survey of ITX and EHDAB
in a wide range of carton packed drinks, varying from
water and fruit juices to flavoured milk, was carried out
by industry. In this study, the full results of which are
reported in The EFSA Journal (a.28) ITX was found
to vary from 120 to 305 ug/l in milk products intended
to be consumed by babies and very young children.
No data on EHDAB was reported for these samples. In
46
milk-and soya-based products the level of ITX ranged
from 54 to 219 ug/l, and the level of EHDAB from 27
to 134 ug/l. Investigations at the time are believed to
have revealed that the initiators found their way into
the food products as a result of being transferred to the
food contact site of the packaging by the phenomenon
known as off-set (see Section 4.5). Details of EFSAs
opinions on ITX and EHDAB can be found on their
web site (www.efsa.europa.eu).
7.5 BPA and BADGE and Derivatives
BPA and, to a lesser extent, BADGE are of concern for
endocrine disruption, and much effort has been devoted
to the investigation of the possible migration of these
from cured epoxies. BADGE is an important epoxy
monomer and BPA is its immediate precursor. Whilst
the focus of this work has been on direct food-contact
coatings (i.e., can coatings), epoxies have widespread
application in packaging as adhesives, coatings and
binder resins for inks. Of course, the expectation is that
direct food contact provides the worst-case scenario,
where g/kg levels of BPA and mg/kg levels of BADGE
have been detected in certain foodstuffs (a.29) (a.30)
and (211).
Studies on the resin itself showed that BADGE
migration levels decreased with increasing time of
cure (217), whilst a further heating step reversed the
trend (209). The influence in thermal history seen here
reflects the transition from kinetic to diffusion control
in the progress of cure (218) and (215), and impact of
state of cure on migration behaviour (a.31).
Recently efforts have been made to improve analytical
capability with respect to BADGE derivatives and
related compounds. The former include low molecular
weight BADGE oligomers, and the latter includes
BFDGE.
HPLC coupled with UV, fluorescence and electrospray
ionisation MS have all been used for the detection
of BADGE oligomers of up to 1000 daltons (173).
The technique was applied to can coatings where
a cumulative total of up 0.7 g/dm2 of coating was
determined for BADGE-related species below 1000
daltons by acetonitrile extraction.
HPLC coupled with fluorescence detection has been
used for the simultaneous determination of BADGE
and BFDGE by two separate research groups (a.32)
(a.33). A limit of detection in various food simulants
approaching ppb (g/l) levels was claimed.
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Excluding the oligomers from this analysis allows GC-
MS to be used, and Czech researchers have recently
reported the determination of BPA, BADGE, BPF,
BFDGE by this technique (a.34) The limits of detection
in acetonitrile or food-stimulant extracts of coatings were
below 1 g/dm2 for all four analytes. BPF and BFDGE
were virtually undetectable in the coatings studied.
7.6 Epichlorohydrin
Epichlorohydrin (1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane), is a
carcinogen and a precursor to epoxy resin monomers.
A method for the detection of epichlorohydrin in epoxy
coatings by n-pentane extraction and analysis by GC
with flame ionisation detection or selective-ion mass
spectroscopy has been developed (a.35) The respective
limits of detection were 0.05 g/ml for the former, and
0.02 g/ml for the latter. However, no epichlorohydrin
was detected.
The analysis of foodstuffs for epichlorohydrin has figured
in one study where headspace GC-MS with selective ion
detection was used to give a sensitivity of 0.02 mg/kg
(a.36) No epichlorohydrin was detected in this survey.
7.7 Bisphenol A
Although there is conflicting evidence regarding the
safety of BPA, it has been targeted by organisations such
as Friends of the Earth (FoE) and placed within a group
of chemicals that are regarded as known, or suspected
endocrine disruptors, and/or are bioaccumulative. FoE
have been successful in persuading a number of major
retailers (e.g., Marks and Spencer, Boots and B&Q) to
sign a pledge committing them to identify products that
contain such chemicals and phase them out by 2008
(a.37). To help the retailers, FoE provided official lists,
such as those issued by the Swedish, Danish and Dutch
governments, and the companies used these to help
themselves draw up a list of 15-20 priority substances.
For example, one of the substances on the list were
epoxy resin lacquers, containing BPA, which were used
on the food contact side of the metal lids on food jars.
These were phased out during 2004 and replaced by a
non-epoxy resin lacquer (194).
7.8 Solvents
Where solvents are used, they are required for
application purposes, and efficient drying would be
expected to drive much of the solvent from the product.
Nevertheless, migration of solvent residues from
printing inks can be a possible source of off-flavour in
food (a.38)
Given the wide volatility range of solvents exploited
in the control of film formation, it might be expected
that some of the higher boiling solvents (e.g., glycol
ethers) might remain in the dried film product. Residual
alkylbenzenes (C10-C13 chain length) have been found
to migrate into hamburger rolls and into a Tenax
food simulant (a.39) Printed hamburger collars had
alkylbenzene contents in the range 70-500 mg/kg, and
migration from the collar resulted in levels of 2 mg/kg
in the hamburger rolls.
7.9 Plasticisers
Work by the Norwegian Food Safety Authority showed
that a plasticiser used in ink formulations, n-ethyl-
o/p-toluene-sulfonamide (N-ETSA), migrated into
packaged cheese at a level of 13 mg/kg. Although
there is no specific migration limit for N-ETSA in
particular, European legislation prescribes a limit of
0.1 mg/kg for sulfonamides having a similar chemical
structure. The level found by the Norwegians is
obviously significantly higher than this, but these types
of problems can be avoided by the use of polymeric
type plasticisers/flexibilisers that have a greatly reduced
potential to migrate. This targeted piece of research
is complemented by a surveillance exercise of food
packaging materials undertaken by the same authority.
When a printed laminate was tested, N-ETSA was found
to have migrated into the water and oil olive simulants.
Other plasticiser and ink related species were also
detected and quantified (59).
7.10 Extractables from UV-Cured Coating
for Cardboard
Gaube and Ohlemacher (216) have reported on the
parameters that affect the extractables of cationic UV-
cured coatings that are applied to cardboard. Specific
migration and extraction experiments were carried out
to determine the affect of changing parameters such
as pre-treatment of the cardboard, and the formulation
of the coating, on the concentration of the cationic
photoinitiator (Bis[4-(diphenylsulfonio)-phenyl]sulfide-
bis-hexafluorophosphate) and the epoxy monomer
(3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexane
carboxylate).
47
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

7.11 Potential Migrants
A recent research project looking at the potential
migrants present in coatings and inks used on the non-
food contact side of food packaging was carried out at
Rapra Technology (a.8). This project was sponsored by
the UK FSA and, as a part of the final report, important
species that had the potential to migrate were tabulated.
This information is reproduced in Table 17. A
subjective importance rating based on toxicity, potential
abundance, mobility and molecular weight is provided
in Table 17.

Table 17. Possible Impurities and Breakdown Products Identified by the FSA Coatings
and Inks Project
Listed in this Table are species not included in either the CoE or BCF Inventory lists. The entries here are based on
the chemistry discussed in the final FSA report (copy available from the FSA see Section 10), and reference should
be made to the appropriate section of this report for due context. This compilation is intended to illustrate some of
the possibilities and is not intended to be exhaustive. A subjective importance rating based on toxicity, potential
abundance, mobility, and molecular weight are also provided. (1 = High, 2 = Medium, 3 = Low)
Relative
CAS No Substance ADI/TDI or SML etc. Source
importance
Not established Precursor to polyacrylamide
79-06-1 Acrylamide 1
Possible carcinogen (water-soluble binder)

5-Aminobenzimidazolone, Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown

95-23-8 (5-amino-1,3-dihydro-2H- 1
SML = Not detectable product of PY 194
benziimidazol-2-one)
Aromatic amine Possible breakdown product
873-74-5 4-Aminobenzonitrile 1
SML = Not detectable of PY 181

Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown product

62-53-3 Aniline 1
SML = Not detectable of PR 2, PY 1 & PY 12

Possible breakdown product

of sulfonium photoinitiator.
71-43-2 Benzene Carcinogen 1
Possible impurity in
unsaturated polyester binders

Aromatic amine Possible precursor/

2,4-Bis(p-amino-
25834-80-4
benzyl)aniline
Bis(thiophenyl)benzene
breakdown product of PU 1
SML = Not detectable binders
Possible breakdown product
Lack of information 1
of sulfonium photoinitiator

4-Chloro-2,5- Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown

6358-64-1 1
dimethylaniline SML = Not detectable product of PY 83

Possible precursor/breakdown
4,4-Diaminodiphenyl- Aromatic amine product of PU binders.
101-77-9 methane, (4,4 methylene- 1
dianiline) SML = Not detectable Possible curing agent in
epoxy binders
Aromatic amine Precursor to PY 12, 13, 14,
91-04-1 3,3-Dichlorobenzidine 1
SML = Not detectable 17, 55 & 83

3,3-Dimethoxybenzidine, Aromatic amine

119-90-4 Precursor to PO 16 1
(o-dianisidine) SML = Not detectable

2,4-Dimethylaniline, Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown

95-68-1 1
(2,4-xylidine) SML = Not detectable product of PY 13

48
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 17. Continued

Relative
CAS No Substance ADI/TDI or SML etc. Source
importance
2-Ethoxyaniline, Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown
94-70-2 1
o-phenetidine SML = Not detectable product of PR 170
2-Methoxyaniline, Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown
90-94-0 1
o-anisidine SML = Not detectable product of PY 17
2-Methylaniline Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown
95-53-4 1
(o-toluidine) SML = Not detectable product of PR 12, PY 14
4-Methylaniline Aromatic amine Precursor/breakdown
106-49-0 1
(p-toluidine) SML = Not detectable product of PY 55
m-nitrotoluene Possible breakdown product
99-08-1 Possibly some genotoxicity 1
(3-nitrotoluene) of PY 1, PR 3 & PR 12
2,4-toluenediamine, Aromatic amine Possible precursor/breakdown
95-80-7 1
(2,4 diaminotoluene) SML = Not detectable product of PU binders
2,6-toluenediamine, Aromatic amine Possible precursor/breakdown
823-40-5 1
(2,6 diaminotoluene) SML = Not detectable product of PU binders
SML = 0.05 mg/kg Precursor/breakdown
2835-68-9 p-Aminobenzamide 2
(only to be used in PET) product of PY 181
Anisole (methoxybenzene); Possible breakdown product
100-66-3 Lack of information 2
(methyl phenyl ether) of PY 194
Possible breakdown product
55-21-0 Benzamide Not in 2002/72/EC 2
of PR 170
Possible breakdown product
92-52-4 Biphenyl Fungicide used with oranges 2
of sulfonium photoinitiator
Relatively common Possible breakdown product
2409-55-4 2-Tert-butyl-4-methylphenol 2
breakdown product of BHT (antioxidant)
2,5-Di-tert-butyl-1,4- Possible breakdown product
2460-77-7 Lack of information 2
benzoquinone of BHT
3,5-Di-tert-butyl-4- Possible breakdown product
1620-98-0 Lack of information 2
hydroxybenzaldehyde of BHT
p-Dichlorobenzene, SML = 12 mg/kg Possible breakdown product
106-46-7 2
(1,4-dichlorobenzene) (2002/72/EC) of PR 2
2,4-Diethyl-9H-thioxanthen- Possible breakdown product
Lack of information 2
9-ol of DETX
Diphenyl-2-methanol Possible breakdown product
91-01-0 Limited information found 2
(benzhydrol) of benzophenone
Diphenyl sulfide Possible breakdown product
139-66-2 Lack of information 2
(phenyl sulfide) of sulphonium photoinitiator
Possible breakdown product
4088-22-6 Distearylmethylamine Lack of information of dimethyldioctadecyl- 2
ammonium chloride
Common impurity in Possible impurity in
100-41-4 Ethylbenzene 2
styrenics unsaturated polyester binders
4,4-Ethylenebis(2,6-di-tert- Possible breakdown product
Lack of information 2
butylphenol) of BHT
Possible breakdown
4-Hydroxymethylphenyl-4-
Lack of information product of 4-benzoyl-4- 2
methyldiphenyl sulfide
methyldiphenyl sulfide

49
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 17. Continued

Relative
CAS No Substance ADI/TDI or SML etc. Source
importance
-Hydroxynaphthoic acid,
(3-Hydroxy-2-naphthoic Precursor/breakdown
92-70-6 Lack of information 2
acid), (2-Hydroxy-3- product of PR 48:2
naphthoic acid)
Possible breakdown
p-Iodoisobutylbenzene Lack of information product of diaryliodinium 2
photoinitiator
Possible breakdown
624-31-7 p-Iodotoluene Lack of information product of diaryliodinium 2
photoinitiator
Possible breakdown
Isobutylbenzene
538-93-2 Lack of information product of diaryliodinium 2
(2-methyl-1-phenylpropane)
photoinitiator
Isophorondiamine
Possible precursor/breakdown
2855-13-2 (5-amino-1,3,3-trimethyl- Lack of information 2
product of PU binders
cyclohexane-methylamine)
2-Isopropyl-9H-thioxanthen- Probably considered in Possible breakdown product
2
9-ol EFSA review of ITX of ITX
Hexamethylenediamine Possible precursor/breakdown
124-09-4 SML = 2.4 mg/kg 2
(1,6-hexanediamine) product of PU binders

Possible modifier in alkyd

26266-77-3 Hydroabietyl alcohol SCF list 8 2
binders
5-Methylbenzimidazolone
Possible breakdown product
(5-methyl-1,3-dihydro-2H- Lack of information 2
of PO 64
benziimidazol-2-one)
Possible precursor/
4,4-Methylenebis(cyclo-
1761-71-3 Lack of information breakdown product of PU 2
hexylamine)
binders
-Naphthol Precursor/breakdown
135-19-3 Lack of information 2
(2-hydroxynaphthalene) product of PR 3

Possible precursor to
Neopentyl glycol SML = 0.05 mg/kg in polyester binder. Precursor/
126-30-7 2
(2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol) 2002/72/EC breakdown product of
neopentyl glycol plasticisers
TDI (NP) = 0.005 mg/kg Precursor to ethoxylated
104-40-5 4-Nonylphenol 2
body weight/day nonylphenol surfactants
TDI (NP) = 0.005 mg/kg Precursor to ethoxylated
11066-49-2 Isononylphenol 2
body weight/day nonylphenol surfactants
4-(tert-octyl)phenol,
Precursor to ethoxylated
140-66-9 [4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethyl- Lack of information 2
octylphenol surfactants
butyl)phenol]
Precursor/breakdown product
85-41-6 Phthalimide Lack of information 2
of PB 15 and 15:1-15:6
Possible breakdown product
638-65-3 Stearonitrile Lack of information 2
of stearic acid amide

50
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 17. Continued

Relative
CAS No Substance ADI/TDI or SML etc. Source
importance
3,3,5,5-tetrabis(tert-butyl)- Possible breakdown product
Lack of information 2
4,4-stilbenequinone of BHT
Possible breakdown product of
diaryliodinium photoinitiator.
108-88-3 Toluene Some toxicity 2
Possible impurity in
unsaturated polyester binders
Listed in 2002/72/EC. Possible precursor to alkyd
124-04-9 Adipic acid 3
No SML binders
Breakdown product of
Listed in 2002/72/EC.
DMPA initiator. Possible
100-52-7 Benzaldehyde Warning given re: possible 3
impurity in unsaturated
tainting of food
polyester binders
Benzoguanamine
Possible precursor to amino
91-76-9 (2,4-Diamino-6-phenyl- QMA = 5 mg/6 dm2 3
binders
1,3,5-triazine)
Chloromethane, (methyl Possible breakdown product
74-87-3 bp 24 C
chloride) of cationic surfactants
Cyanoguanidine Listed in 2002/72/EC. Possible curing agent in
461-58-5 3
(dicyanodiamide) No SML epoxy binders
Possible breakdown product
N,N-Dimethylcoco- Not listed in 2002/72/EC but
of (cocoalkyl)trimethyl- 3
alkylamine probably of low toxicity
ammonium chloride
Possible breakdown product
Di-n-octyltin mono(2- Controlled by SML(T) of
of di-n-octyltin bis(2-
ethylhexyl mercaptoacetate 0.006 mg/kg expressed as tin 3
ethylhexyl mercaptoacetate
monochloride) in 2005/79/EC
(in PVC)
Dodecandioic acid, (1,10- Possible precursor to
693-23-2 In 2002/72/EC No SML 3
decanedicarboxylic acid) polyester binder
2-Ethyl-1-hexanol, (isooctyl Precursor to 2-ethylhexyl
104-76-7 Low toxicity 3
alcohol) phthalate plasticisers
Listed in 2002/72/EC. Possible precursor to alkyd
110-17-8 Fumaric acid 3
No SML binders

Itaconic acid Listed in 2002/72/EC. Possible impurity in water-

97-65-4
(methylenesuccinic acid)
108-78-1 Melamine
Mono-n-octyltin bis(2-
ethylhexyl mercaptoacetate)
monochloride
Mono-n-octyltin mono(2-
ethylhexyl mercaptoacetate)
dichloride
Oxides of nitrogen
3
No SML soluble binders
SML = 30 mg/kg in Possible precursor to amino
3
2002/72/EC binders
Possible breakdown product
Controlled by SML(T) of
of mono-n-octyltin tris(2-
0.006 mg/kg expressed as tin 3
ethylhexyl mercaptoacetate)
in 2005/79/EC
(in PVC)
Possible breakdown product
Controlled by SML(T) of
of mono-n-octyltin tris(2-
0.006 mg/kg expressed as tin 3
ethylhexyl mercaptoacetate)
in 2005/79/EC
(in PVC)
Nitrous oxide is used as a
Possible breakdown product
propellant gas with food 3
of nitrocellulose binders
products

51
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Table 17. Continued

Relative
CAS No Substance ADI/TDI or SML etc. Source
importance
Listed in 2002/72/EC. Possible precursor to alkyd
111-20-6 Sebacic acid 3
No SML binders
Listed in 2002/72/EC. Possible precursor to alkyd
50-70-4 Sorbitol 3
No SML resins
SML = 6mg/kg in 2002/72/ Possible precursor to alkyd
77-99-6 Trimethylolpropane 3
EC resins
ADI: Acceptable daily intake
TDI: Tolerable daily intake
DETX: 2,4-diethylthioxanthane
BHT: Butylated hydroxyl toluene
NP: Nonyl Phenol
QMA: Maximum permitted quantity of substance in the finished product
bp: Boiling point
SML (T): Total of substances/moieties listed
DMPA: 2,2 Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenane
PVC: Polyvinylchloride

In many coatings and inks products, the drying (curing) such as the Council of Europes see Section 5.2) and
mechanisms rely on reactive systems and the reaction have not yet been evaluated by the European Food
products are included in Table 17. Some substances Safety Authority (EFSA).
such as styrene, BADGE and the photoinitiator ITX
have already been the subjects of migration studies (see
Section 7.4). Other important by-products of initiator
action include benzaldehyde, benzene, biphenyl and
diphenyl sulfide. 8 Improving the Safety of Inks and
Coatings for Food Use
Aromatic amines are used in the manufacture of azo
dyes and pigments, and amines are also potential 8.1 New Food Approved Pigments
breakdown products from the hydrolysis of amides,
unreacted isocyanates or the action of heat on Work is on-going to widen the range of pigments that
cationic surfactants, all used with inks and coatings. can be used for food contact applications, and a steady
Commission Directive 2002/72/EC details that stream of new products from the manufacturers is
materials and articles manufactured by using aromatic
being brought onto the market. In addition to providing
isocyanates or colorants prepared by diazo-coupling,
alternatives to pigments that do not have food approval,
shall not release primary aromatic amines (expressed
other improvements cited are the ability to used in
as aniline) in a detectable quantity - detection limit
higher loadings and the wider range of manufacturing
= 0.02 mg/kg of food or food simulant, analytical
processes and conditions for which the pigments are
tolerance included. In the list of possible important
compatible (89), (119) and (132)
impurities and breakdown products in Table 17, fifteen
non-permitted aromatic amines are detailed. A further
important precursor/pigment breakdown product that
is included is the potentially genotoxic substance 8.2 Water-Based Systems
nitrotoluene.
The exposure of humans to phthalate ester compounds
Many starting substances currently used in food use has been a concern now for many years, with the first
coatings and inks are not listed in Inventory lists (e.g., major press release by MAFF warning of the potential

52
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
for migration from packaging materials, particularly
cling film, coming in the middle of the 1980s. The
most widely used phthalate, di-ethylhexyl phthalate has
been linked in animal studies to damage to the kidneys
and liver, and has been labelled as a probable human
carcinogen (199) and (204). Phthalate plasticisers are
still used in some coating and ink formulations and
this has assisted the development of a new generation
of water-based coatings, which are free of phthalates
(80). In addition, these coatings, which can be used for
a wide range of applications, have the additional benefit
of being free from VOC, which assists manufacturers in
their endeavours to meet environmental emission targets
for these types of compounds. However, there is now a
further move, to newer technology using UV/EB curing
systems (see Section 8.3).
8.3 UV/EB Curable Systems
For a number of years now there has been a move away
from water-and solvent-based coating and ink systems
and towards the use of formulations that can be cured
by utilising either the energy produced by an UV source
or an EB. In addition to offering advantages in ease of
handling, superior flow characteristics and low odour, the
technology results in a lower level of potential migrants
in the final product an obvious benefit for food contact
applications (202) (205). However, although offering
some common benefits, the two technologies are quite
different and the EB curing mechanism is regarded as
having a number of advantages over the ultraviolet
light curing mechanism for food packaging applications
(174) (172). Examples of these advantages include:
a higher degree of reaction (giving a lower level of
extractables), a higher processing speed, and that fact
that no initiator breakdown products are generated.
Despite the advantages that these techniques offer,
there are still some manufacturing problems that
are encountered. For example, a problem that can
be experienced when off set printers use UV ink
technology is poor adhesion to the substrate (either
plastic or metal), due to either poor wetting or film
shrinkage, or a combination of the two. This is being
addressed by applying modifications to the technology
(e.g., the development of new resins), and by raising the
surface energy of certain substrates (e.g., polyolefins)
by using in-line techniques such as Corona discharge
treatments (110).
To facilitate the expansion and acceptance of UV/EB
technology for food contact products, the RadTech
Food Packaging Alliance has been formed and it has
sponsored the production of migration data on a number
of substances used in UV/EB curable coatings, ink and
adhesive materials (46).
8.4 New Initiators for UV Curable Inks
As mentioned previously, UV curable inks are gaining
in popularity over conventional solvent and water
based inks. Although this technology offers a number
of benefits, it is appreciated that one area where there is
scope for more work is in the development of a greater
range of initiators that do not produce breakdown
and reaction products that can cause taint and odour
problems in food contact applications (115).
9 Future Trends
In addition to the constant improvements in the safety
of coatings and inks, which are described in Section 8,
there are also a number of technological improvements
surrounding the coatings and inks industry that are
worth mentioning. Some principal examples of these,
together with the citation of some relevant recently
published literature, are covered next.
9.1 Improvements in Recycling Systems
Although the use of multi-layer, laminate products
for the packaging of food can cause problems when
it comes to recycling them at the end of their life (see
Section 9.2), systems are being developed that can cope
with packaging that has a coating or is multi-layered. An
example of this is a plant that can recycle polyethylene
terephthalate (PET) beer bottles to generate a food grade
resin that can be re-used in drinks bottles (150).
9.2 Biodegradability
Biodegradability and compostibility are becoming
increasing attractive attributes for all food contact
products, as the need to reduce the amount of waste
that is placed into conventional landfill sites. This is
a particularly advantageous property for products that
are made up of a number of different polymer based
components, which makes recycling an unattractive
option due to separation problems.
An example of the new, multi-component biodegradable
products that are coming onto the market is lunch
53
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
box sheet, where the film, adhesive and ink are all
biodegradable. This enables the complete product to be
placed into a composter for disposal (124).
9.3 Use of Coatings to Improve Barrier
Properties of Food Packaging
Coatings can be used to improve the barrier properties
of food packaging films, and hence increase the shelf
life of food and beverages. In addition to decreasing
the amount of permeation that takes place, these
coatings can also have secondary benefits when used in
laminating products, such as improving the interlayer
adhesion (44).
Nanotechnology is being incorporated into a wide range
of manufacturing sectors, and one application of it in
food packaging is to improve the barrier properties of
films. This can be achieved by the use of thin polymer
films that contain nanoclay particles (136).
Grande has recently discussed the latest developments
in barrier technologies, including coatings, with respect
to polyethylene terephthalate polyester bottles (73).
9.4 Antimicrobial Systems
Interest in the use of antimicrobial products for the food
industry is growing. Their has been a lot of activity in the
development of antimicrobial additives for food contact
rubbers and, in order to create a antimicrobial coating for
rubbers, silver nanoparticles have been deposited onto the
surface of food contact silicone rubbers (32). These types
of products are also being developed for the coatings and
inks industries. A particular example is a white pigmented
powder coating type paint for the food processing industry
that has antimicrobial functionality due to the presence
of silver ions (131). The use of a silver glass ceramic
antimicrobial additive for the inner surfaces of refrigerators
has already been mentioned in Section 3.3.
In the food packaging area, antimicrobial technologies
(e.g., in the form of an internal coating) have the potential
to extend the shelf life of perishable products. In the
case of the food processing industry, paints are being
developed that contain anti-microbial additives such as
silver glass and silver zeolite (131).
The anti-microbial properties of paper and board type
food packaging materials can be improved by the use
of polymer binder solutions that have been treated with
Nisin, a bacteriocin produced by Lactococcus lactis. This
natural anti-microbial agent has the benefits of being
54
able to withstand both high temperature processing and
acidic environments and, being a hydrophobic protein,
has Generally recognised as safe status in the USA
for use in cheese products (198). In addition to Nisin,
chitosan (a polysaccharide and deacetylated form of
chitin) also shows promise as a natural antimicrobial
for use in paper binders (192).
Gergely has recently reviewed the regulatory situation
in the EU with respect to additives in food contact
materials that exhibit antimicrobial activity (154).
9.5 Laser Marking to replace Conventional Inks
Continual improvements in laser technology have
resulted in a system for plastics that offers indelibility
coupled with high speed (58). Given that a laser pigment
for this type system has received FDA approval, this
type of technology could begin to mount a credible
challenge to conventional inks in the future.
9.6 Intelligent and Active Packaging
A definition of intelligent packaging is the kind of
packaging that uses devices within the pack or as
part of the package itself to sense and register certain
changes in the pack and its contents. Areas of intelligent
packaging that are attracting an increasing amount of
attention are the development of time-temperature
indicators and, for foods that have been packaged under
inert environments, oxygen sensors.
In the case of oxygen sensors, it is important that they are
non-evasive and an example of the type of product which
is of relevance in this report is the use of an oxygen sensor
that can be printed as an ink onto packaging (177).
Active packaging is the term used to describe packaging
products that are not simply passive protectors of
the food within them, but interact with the product
to maintain its integrity and increase its shelf life.
Examples of active packing include (190):
a) The scavenging of ethylene to slow the ripening of
fruits and vegetables
b) The scavenging of oxygen to prevent things such
as the development of odours, changes in colour,
and mould growth.
c) Use of gases such as carbon dioxide or sulfur
dioxide to prevent microbiological growth.
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
9.7 Applications of Nanotechnology
The use of nanotechnology to improve the barrier
properties of food packaging has been mentioned in
Section 9.3. Another area where nanotechnology shows
considerable promise is where nanoparticles in inks can
be used to improve the capability of radio frequency
identification technology. In addition to conventional
bar code type information, this would also enable
addition information such as the state of the food in the
packaging to be accessed. Another area that is under
development and evaluation is the use of nanoparticles
as pigments in inks. The use of nanotechnology to
produce intelligent packaging is also being investigated
by a team at Strathclyde University (158).
It was the increasing use, and potential use in the future,
of nanotechnology in food packaging applications that
led the FSA to fund a project to assess the impact that
this technology could have on the safety of food contact
materials. Information on this project, which started in
2005, can be found on the FSAs web site (see Sources
of Information.
9.8 Developments in Analytical Techniques
Analytical chemistry plays a vital role in the assessment
of food safety of all food contact materials and is
invaluable in the determination of the specific migration
behaviour of selected, targeted species. For many years,
HPLC was, in practice, the only available technique for
the determination of thermally labile and/or relatively
high molecular weight migrant species. However,
in the past five years or so LC-MS instruments have
proliferated to the extent that they have now replaced
HPLC in the majority of laboratories. These instruments
are a much better complement for GC-MS, than HPLC,
and enable the analyst for the first time to routinely
generate data on a full range of compounds (i.e.,
thermally labile, stable and polar substances, such as
salts) up to 1000 daltons, which is the established upper
limit for chemical absorption in the gastrointestinal
tract. LC-MS enables more accurate conformity checks
to be performed on coatings and inks formulations, as
well as adding to the understanding of the migration
behaviour of their low molecular weight constituents
and reaction and breakdown products.
Development work also continues to provide analytical
instrumentation which offers commercially accessible
improvements in important parameters such as molecular
weight range, detection limits, software assisted peak
deconvolution, analysis speed, accuracy of library
searching and species selectivity. The introduction
of mid-priced multi-hyphenated techniques such as
GCxGC-time-of flight MS and LC-MSxMS are examples
of this. In addition to contributing to conformity work,
and the analysis of food simulants, these instruments
with their greater resolving power and selectivity are
also improving routine, direct analysis of food products,
where the potentially large range of low molecular weight
species can cause interference problems.
10 Conclusion
This review has provided the reader with an overview
of the types of coatings and inks that are used for food
contact materials, an introduction to the technology that
is associated with their manufacture and an overview
of the legislation that is associated with these types
of products. It has also provided a summary of the
migration data that is available and a description of the
advances that are being taken by industry to improve the
safety and functionality of these types of products.
Food contact legislation for coatings and inks within the
EU has been a very active area recently, with both a CoE
resolution on coatings, and one for inks for non-direct
food use, having been adopted within the last couple of
years. The latter document has proved to be controversial,
with industry groups such as the BCF and EuPIA being
far from happy with it, and providing their own inventory
list and guideline documents in response.
For the analysis of coatings and inks, the commercial
proliferation of LC-MS instruments, with their
enhanced capability compared to the much older HPLC
technique, and complimentary status to GC-MS, will be
of great benefit to analysts who are carrying out tasks
ranging from reverse engineering and failure diagnosis
to migration studies. This technique will enable all
of this work to be carried out with greater ease and
effectiveness, and may assist in the work required to
generate EU regulations for both coatings and inks.
The product groups within the inks and coatings sector are
experiencing a number of important developments. Some
of these address environmental concerns, such as the move
from solvent-based systems to water-based products,
and the increased use of biodegradable materials,
whereas others, such as the use of nano-materials, the
use of antimicrobial agents, and those to produce active/
intelligent packaging, are designed to create products that
provide the customer and the retailer with products having
greater degrees of safety and quality.
55
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
Coatings and inks for food contact materials will
continue to be a very active and dynamic area of the
polymer industry for the foreseeable future.
Additional References
a.1 M.J Forrest et al, Food Standards Agency
Project A03046 Chemical migration from
silicones used in connection with food contact
materials and articles, Food Standards Agency,
London, UK, 2003-2005.
a.2 R. Good, Contribution to Food Standards
Agency Project A03046 Chemical migration
from silicones used in connection with food
contact materials and articles, Food Standards
Agency, London, UK, 2003-2005.
a.3 R. Good, Presentation on Speciality Coatings
and Varnishes for Metal & Flexible Packaging,
Food Packaging Interactions, Campden and
Chorleywood Food Research Association,
Chipping Campden, UK, 2005.
a.4 K. Johns in Proceedings of Silicone in Coatings
IV, Guildford, UK, 2002, Paper No.13.
a.5 WHO Surveillance Programme for Control
of Foodborne Infections and Intoxications in
Europe, 7th Report 1993-1998, EDS., C. Tirado
and K. Schmidt, FAO/WHO Collaborating Centre
for Research and Training in Food Hygiene and
Zoonoses, Berlin, Germany, 2000.
a.6 Trade Literature, Stirling Lloyd Polychem Ltd,
Knutsford, UK, 2002.
a.7 C. Whitehead in Proceedings of European
Food Packaging Regulations: Support from
your Printing and Coating Suppliers, EuPIA
seminar, Solihull, UK, 2006.
a.8 M.J. Forrest et al, Food Standards Agency
Project A03055 An Assessment of the
Potential of Migration of Substances from Inks
and their Associated Coatings, Food Standards
Agency, London, UK, 2005-2007.
a.9 CEN/TS 13130-25, Materials and Articles in
Contact with Foodstuffs - Plastics Substances
Subject to Limitation - Part 25: Determination of
4-Methyl-1-Pentene in Food Simulants, 2005.
a.10 CEN/TS 13130-13, Materials and Articles in
Contact with Foodstuffs - Plastics Substances
56
Subject to Limitation - Part 13: Determination of
2,2-Bis(4-Hydroxyphenyl)Propane (Bisphenol
A) in Food Simulants, 2005.
a.11. CEN/TS 13130-26, Materials and Articles in
Contact with Foodstuffs - Plastics Substances
Subject to Limitation - Part 26: Determination
of 1-Octene and Tetrahydrofuran in Food
Simulants, 2005.
a.12 EN 13130-11, 2004, Materials and Articles in
Contact with Foodstuffs Plastics Substances
Subject to Limitation - Part 1: Guide to Test
Methods for Specific Migration, 2004.
a.13 S.M. Jickells, C. Crews, L. Castle and J. Gilbert,
Food Additives and Contaminants, 1990, 7, 2,
197.
a.14 J. Salafranca and R. Franz, Deutsche
Lebensmittel Rundschau, 2000, 96, 10, 355.
a.15 ISO 13302, Sensory Analysis - Methods for
Assessing Modifications to the Flavour of
Foodstuffs Due to Packaging, 2003.
a.16 EN 1230-1, Paper and Board Intended for
Contact With Foodstuffs - Sensory Analysis
- Part 1: Odour, 2001.
a.17 ISO 4120, Sensory Analysis - Methodology
- Triangular Test, 2004.
a.18 ISO 5492, Sensory Analysis Vocabulary,
2005.
a.19 D. van Deventer and P. Mallikarjunan,
Innovative Food Science Emerging Technology,
2002, 3, 1, 93.
a.20 M. Frank, U. Ulmer, J. Ruiz, P Visani and U
Weimar, Analytica Chimica Acta, 2001, 431,
1, 11.
a.21 C. Brede, I. Skjevrak and P. Fjeldal, Colour
Substances in Food Packaging Materials, SNT
Arbeidsrapport, Oslo, Norway, 2003.
a.22 C. Brede, I. Skjevrak and H. Herikstad, Journal
of Chromatography A, 2003, 983, 1-2, 35.
a.23 L. Castle in Proceedings of the PIRA
conference, Plastics and Polymers in Contact
with Foodstuffs, Coventry, UK, 2003.
a.24 K. Bouma and E. Wijma, Migration of Primary
Aromatic Amines from Multilayer Films for
Food Packaging, The Netherlands Inspectorate
for Health Protection and Veterinary Public
Health, Report No. ND1FC004/01, 2002.
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials
a.25 N. Palibroda, J. Brandsh, O. Piringer and
R. Brandsh, Journal of Mass Spectrometry,
Letters, 2004, 39, 12, 1484.
a.26 MAFF, Survey of Benzene in Food Contact
Plastics, Food Surveillance Information Sheet,
No 35, September, MAFF, London, UK,
1994.
a.27 S.L. Herlihy, B. Rowatt and R.S. Davidson,
RadTech Europe Papers of the Month
August 2004, RadTech Europe, The Hague,
Netherlands, 2004.
a.28 The EFSA Journal, 2005, 293, 1.
a.29 J.A. Brotons, M.F. Olea-Serrano, M. Villalobos,
V. Pedraza and N. Olea, Environmental Health
Perspectives, 1995, 103, 6, 608.
a.30 MAFF, Survey of BADGE epoxy monomer in
canned foods, Food Surveillance Information
Sheet, No 125, October, MAFF, London, UK,
1997.
a.31 A.H. Windle in Polymer Permeability, Ed., J.
Comyn, Elsevier Applied Science, London,
UK, 1985.
a.32 R.S. Garcia, P.P. Losada and C.P. Lamela,
Chromatographia, 2003, 58, 5-6, 337.
a.33 N. Leepipatpiboon, O. Sae-Khow and S.
Jayanta, Journal of Chromatography, A, 2005,
1073, 1-2, 331.
a.34 I. Jordakova, J. Dobias, M. Voldrich and J.
Poustka, Czech Journal of Food Sciences,
2003, 21, 3, 85.
a.35 H. Ohno, M. Suzuki, T. Aomaya and K. Mitani,
Shokuhin Eiseigaku Zasshi, 2003, 44, 6, 332.
a.36 MAFF, Survey of Chemical Migration from
Can Coatings into Food and Beverages,
2. Epichlorohydrin, Food Surveillance
Information Sheet, No 170, January, MAFF,
London, UK, 1999.
a.37 ENDS Report, 2002, No.331, 31.
a.38 M. Huber, J. Ruiz and F. Chastellain, 2002,
Food Additives and Contaminants, 2002, 19
Supplement 1, 221.
a.39 B. Aurela, T. Ohra-Aho and L. Soderhjelm,
Packaging Technology and Science, 2001, 14,
2, 71.
Sources of Further Information
and Advice
There are a number of routes that a researcher can take
to obtain further information. It is not possible within
this format to provide a comprehensive list, but this
section provides a summary of the key areas where
knowledge can be found, with a number of examples
included in each category.
Reference Books
1. T.A Turner, Canmaking: The Technology of Metal
Protection and Decoration, Crown Cork and Seal,
Blackie Academic and Professional, London, UK,
1997.
2. Manual for Resins for Surface Coatings, Volume 2,
Eds., P. Oldring and G. Haywar, SITA Technology,
London, UK, 1987.
3. T. Hutton, Food Manufacturing: An Overview,
CCFRA, Chipping Camden, UK, 2001.
4. T. Hutton, Introduction to Food Hygiene in Food
Processing, CCFRA, Chipping Camden, UK,
2007.
5. T.Hutton, Food Packaging, CCFRA, Chipping
Camden, UK, 2003.
6. N. Anyadike, Introduction to Flexible Packaging,
PIRA, Leatherhead, UK, 2003.
7. The Printing Ink Manual, 5th Edition, Eds., R.H
Leach and R.J Pierce, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
Dordrecht, The Netherlands, 2002.
8. P. Oittinen and H. Saarelma, Printing, Fapet Oy,
Helsinka, Finland, 1998.
9. Lacquers, Varnishes and Coatings for Food and
Drink Cans and for the Metal Decorating Industry,
ICI Packaging Coatings, 2000.
10. Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials,
Eds., K.A. Barnes, C.R. Sinclair and D.H. Watson,
Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, UK, 2006.
11. Migration from Food Contact Materials, Ed.,
L.L. Katan, Blackie Academic and Professional,
London, UK, 1996.
57
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

12. Additives for Coatings, Ed., J. Bieleman, Wiley- Professional, Research, Trade and
VCH, Weinheim, Germany, 2000. Governmental Organisations

13. Chemistry and Technology of UV and EB

Council of Europe Partial Agreement in the Social
Formulation for Coatings, Inks and Paints, Volume
II: Prepolymers and Reactive Diluents, Ed., G. and Public Health Field, www.coe.int/soc-sp
Webster, John Wiley, Chichester, UK, 1997.
UK Food Standards Agency (FSA), www.foodstandards.
14. J.P. Dowling, P. Pappas, B. Monroe and A. gov.uk
Carroy, Chemistry and Technology of UV and EB
Formulation for Coatings, Inks & Paints, Volume V:
US Food and Drug Agency, www.fda.gov
Speciality Finishes, Wiley, Chichester, UK, 1997.

15. B. Thomson, Printing Materials: Science and Bundesinstitut fur Risikobewertung (BfR) (German
Technology, PIRA International, Leatherhead, UK, Federal Institute for Risk Assessment), www.bfr.bund.de
2004.
The European Council of Paint, Printing Inks and
Artists Colours Industry (CEPE), www.cepe.org
Reports
European Printing Ink Manufacturers Association
1. Food Standard Agency Reports
(EuPIA), www.eupia.org
Food Standard Agency/MAFF Projects on Food
Contact Rubbers and Rubber Latex: European Food Safety Association (EFSA), www.efsa.
europa.eu
A03043 J. Haines et al., Assessment and
quantification of latex protein (LP) transfer from
Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining (IOM3),
LP-containing materials into food and drink www.iom3.org
products, 2004.

A03038 M.J. Forrest et al., Rubber Breakdown Leatherhead Food International,

Products, 2005. www.leatherheadfood.com

FS2248 J.A. Sidwell et al., Further Migration Central Science Laboratory, www.csl.gov.uk
Data on Food Contact Rubbers, 1997.

FS2219 J.A. Sidwell et al., Migration Data on PIRA International, www.pira.co.uk

Food Contact Rubbers, 1994.
Fraunhofer Institut Angewandte Polymerforschung,
M.J Forrest et al., Food Standards Agency Project
www.pioneers-in-polymers.com
A03046 Chemical migration from silicones used
in connection with food contact materials and
articles, 2005.
Commercial Abstract Databases
E. Bradley, Combined Food Standards Agency
Projects FS2251 and A03022 Overall Title : A
systematic investigation into potential chemical a) Rapra Abstracts (The Polymer Library)
migration from inks and associated coatings used Rapra Technology
on the food contact surface of packages, 2002.
b) PIRA Abstracts Pira International
2. British Coatings Federation, The BCF guide
to printing inks for use on food wrappers and
packages, Leatherhead, 2002. c) Chemical Abstracts American Chemical Society

3. C. Brede, I. Skjevrak and P. Fjeldal, SNT d) World Surface Coatings Database PRA Coatings
Arbeidsrapport, 2003, 3. Technology Centre

58
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

Acknowledgements DRD Draw redraw

DTA Diethylene triamine

The author would like to acknowledge the contribution
made to this report by Dr Bryan Willoughby and Dr DWL Drawn and wall ironed
Ray Good. This arose out of the work that they were
commissioned to do by Rapra Technology for the EB Electron beam
FSA Coatings and Ink project (Contract A03055). In
particular, Dr Willoughbys work been used in Chapters EFSA European Food Safety Association
2, 4 and 7 and Table 17, and Dr Goods industry survey
has been used as the basis for Chapter 3 and Tables 5 EFSA European Food Safety Authority
to 14.
EHDAB 2-Ethylhexyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate

EOA Ethylene diamine

EOE Easy open end

Abbreviations
EPDM Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer
ADI Acceptable daily intake
EU European Union
BADGE Bisphenol A diglycidyl ether
EuPIA European Printing Ink Manufacturers
BCF British Coatings Federation Association
BFDGE Bisphenol F diglycidyl ether EVA Ethylene vinyl acetate
BHT Butylated hydroxyl toluene FOA Food and Drugs Administration
bp Boiling point FOE 4,4 Diamino diphenyl-methane
BPA Bisphenol A FSA Food Standards Agency
BPF Bisphenol F
FSMD Flat sheet metal decorating
CAB Cellulose acetate butyrate
GC-MS Gas chromatography - mass
CEN Comit Europen de Normalisation spectrometry
(European Committee for
Standardisation) GMP Good manufacturing practice

CEPE The European Council of Paint, Printing GPTA Propoxylated glyceryl triacrylate
Inks and Artists Colours Industry
HPLC High performance liquid
CITPA International Confederation of Paper chromatography
and Board Converters in Europe
IARC International Agency for Research on
CoE Council of Europe Cancer

DEFRA Department for Environmental, Food ITX 2-Isopropylthioxanthone

and Rural Affairs
LC Liquid chromatography
DETX 2,4-Diethylthioxanthone
MAFF Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and
DICY Dicyanidiamide Food

DMPA 2,2-Dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone MS Mass spectrometry

DNQ Detected but not quantified NC Nitrocellulose

DPGDA Dipropylene glycol diacrylate Nd Not detected by the method

59
 Coatings and Inks for Food Contact Materials

N-ETSA n-Ethyl-o/p-toluene-sulfonamide QC Quality control

NOGE Novolal glycidyl ethers QMA Maximum permitted quantity of the

substance in the finished material or
NP Nonyl Phenol article expressed as mg per 6 dm2 of the
OML Overall migration limit surface in contact with foodstuffs

PE Polyethylene QSAR Quantitative structure-activity

relationship.
PET Polyethylene terephthalate
REACH Registration, evaluation and
PETA Pentaerythritol tetra-acrylate authorisation of chemicals
PF Phenol-formaldehyde ROPP Roll-on pilfer-proof
PP Polypropylene RTO Regular twist off
ppb Parts per billion RTV Room temperature vulcanising
ppm Parts per million SCF Scientific Committee for Food
PT Press twist (Pre EFSA)

PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene SML Specific migration limit(s)

PU Polyurethane(s) TDI Tolerable daily intake

PVAc Polyvinyl acetate Tg Glass transition temperature

PVB Polyvinyl butyral(s) UV Ultra-violet

PVC Polyvinyl chloride VOC Volatile organic compound(s)

PVOH Polyvinyl alcohol w/b Water based

60
 References and Abstracts
References from the Polymer Library Database
Item 1
European Coatings Journal
No.6, 2007, p.60-63
INTEGRATING THE PHOTOINITIATOR: SELF-
INITIATING RESINS PRODUCE UV COATINGS
WITH FEW EXTRACTABLES
Esselbrugge H
Ashland
The synthesis via the Michael reaction of self-initiating
resins for UV coatings based on acrylate oligomers
containing a photo-labile chromophore as a source of
free radicals on exposure to UV irradiation is described.
Films coated with the resins were subjected to extraction
and migration tests with food simulants and the results
are discussed in terms of potential food packaging
applications.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
NETHERLANDS; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.998987
Item 2
Journal of Colloid And Interface Science
312, No.2, 2007, p.193-200
FLUORESCENCE PROBE TECHNIQUES
TO MONITOR PROTEIN ADSORPTION-
INDUCED CONFORMATION CHANGES ON
BIODEGRADABLE POLYMERS
Benesch J; Hungerford G; Suhling K; Tregidgo C;
Mano J F; Reis R L
Minho,Universidade; Portugal,Institute for
Biotechnology and Bioengineering; Kings College
The study of protein adsorption and any associated
conformational changes on interaction with biomaterials
is of great importance in the area of implants and
tissue constructs. This study aimed to evaluate some
fluorescent techniques to probe protein conformation on
a selection of biodegradable polymers currently under
investigation for biomedical applications. Because of
the fluorescence emanating from the polymers, the
use of monitoring intrinsic protein fluorescence was
precluded. A highly solvatochromic fluorescent dye,
Nile red, and a well-known protein label, fluorescein
isothiocyanate, were employed to study the adsorption
of serum albumin to polycaprolactone and to some
extent also to two starch-containing polymer blends
(SPCL and SEVA-C). A variety of fluorescence
techniques, steady state, time resolved, and imaging
were employed. Nile red was found to leach from the
protein, while fluorescein isothiocyanate proved useful
in elucidating a conformational change in the protein
and the observation of protein aggregates adsorbed to
the polymer surface. These effects were seen by making
use of the phenomenon of energy migration between
the fluorescent tags to monitor interprobe distance and
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
the use of fluorescence lifetime imaging to ascertain
the surface packing of the protein on polymer. 60 refs.
Copyright (c) 2007 Elsevier Inc.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; PORTUGAL;
UK; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.999065
Item 3
ANTEC 2007. Proceedings of the 65th SPE Annual
conference held Cincinnati, Oh., 6th-11th May 2007.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2007, p.164-168, PDF 0214, CD-
ROM, 012
ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES FOR LASER
MARKING OF PLASTICS
Sabreen S R
Sabreen Group Inc.
(SPE)
The newest generation of laser material science and
hardware/software is driving strong industry demand for
indelible, high speed laser marking processes to replace
conventional ink printing. This paper presents a total
solutions methodology for achieving unprecedented
marking contrast quality and colour laser marking of
plastics via concomitant engineering of: 1) laser additive
material science, 2) primary moulding operations, 3) laser/
software technology, and 4) systems integration. The first
of its kind laser pigment to receive U.S. Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) approval for use in laser processes
is introduced as well as techniques to achieve high speed
vector marking of alphanumeric text, graphics and product
security codes. 4 refs.
USA
Accession no.997413
Item 4
Applied Organometallic Chemistry
21, No.6, June 2007, p.412-424
DETERMINATION OF MIGRATION OF N-
BUTYLTINS AND N-OCTYLTINS TO FOOD
SIMULANTS BY GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY-
MASS SPECTROMETRY
Papaspyrou S D; Thomaidis; Lampi E N; Lioupis A
Athens,University; Athens,General Chemistry State
laboratory
A simple gas chromatography/mass spectrometry method
for the simultaneous determination of butyltin and octyltin
compounds in water-based food simulants (water and
3% (w/v) acetic acid) is described and applied to various
PVC samples (cling films, containers and water pipe. The
method is based on one-step derivatisation/extraction
with sodium tetraethyl borate directly in the aqueous
phase in the presence of 1 ml of 0.05% (w/v) tropolone in
hexane. Optimisation of the derivatisation conditions and
61
 References and Abstracts
calibration with mixed standard solutions of organotins
are described. 51 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GREECE;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.998245
Item 5
Analytical Chemistry
79, No.8, 15th April 2007, p.3099-3104
MOLECULARLY IMPRINTED
POLYMERIC FIBERS FOR SOLID-PHASE
MICROEXTRACTION
Turiel E; Tadeo J L; Martin-Esteban A
Spain,Instituto Nacional de Investigacion y Tecnologia
Agraria y Alimentaria
A simple approach for the preparation of imprinted fibres,
which involves the direct synthesis of the fibres using
silica capillaries as moulds and the etching away of the
silica after polymerisation. The method is demonstrated
using the system propazine/methacrylic acid/ethylene
glycol dimethacrylate as a model for the preparation of
the fibres. The optimisation of variables affecting both
polymer morphology and binding-elution conditions for
target analytes is described and the performance of the
imprinted fibres for the solid-phase microextraction of
triazines from environmental and food samples evaluated.
15 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; SPAIN;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.998248
Item 6
Banbury, Waste & Resources Action Programme, 2006,
pp.47, ISBN, 30cm, 8(13). Online available from:
http://www.wrap.org.uk/downloads/FINAL_Market_
Study_on_the_demand_for_char_11.01.07.f3e15db0.pdf
(Accessed 11/06/07)
MARKET STUDY ON THE DEMAND FOR CHAR
FROM TYRE PYROLYSIS: PROJECT CODE:
TYR020
Waste & Resources Action Programme
This report focuses on the market opportunity for tyre
derived char in the UK, and provides information on the
potential magnitude of the opportunity for char derived
from tyre pyrolysis, the potential market demand for
char, and market accessibility. The study showed that
there are two main potential opportunities to use tyre
derived char in the near-term in the UK: using the
material as a general low grade carbon black filler,
and the possibility of using the char as a raw material
for making pigments. The potential market for char as
rubber filler is about 15,000-20,000 tonnes per year, and
the possible demand in the carbon pigments industry is
around 13,000-15,000 tonnes per year. Other end uses
were investigated, but were found to have one or more
technical, commercial, or regulatory issue. As a fuel,
62
char might only be considered as a potential for use as
a co-fuel by relatively few industries.
Juniper
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.995340
Item 7
New Scientist
194, No.2603, 12th May 2007, p.28-29
RECYCLED PLASTIC TO GET CLEAN BILL OF
HEALTH
Reilly M
The techniques used to remove contaminants from plastic
bottles before they can be recycled consume up to 2 litres
of water per 500 grams of recycled material. This means
plants cannot be built in areas where water is scarce.
Waste from plants can also pollute local rivers. The plants
typically earn around 1 cent per 500 grams of PETP they
recycle, thanks to their high water and detergent bills,
and to the low returns on selling the recycled plastic
for industrial packaging. A new generation of plastics
recycling plants will use technologies that reduce or even
eliminate the need for water and produce plastics clean
enough for food packaging, at a lower cost than existing
techniques. Gary DeLaurentiis, now at ECO2 Plastics in
California, has developed a system for stripping bottles
before they are recycled that dispenses with water
altogether. Shredded bottles are first immersed in the
solvent ethyl lactate to clean them and then moved to a
second chamber where they are blasted with liquid carbon
dioxide to remove any remaining solvent. The evaporated
solvent and carbon dioxide are captured so they can be
reused. The distillate at the bottom of the stills, mostly
left-over solvent and contaminants from the bottles,
can be disposed of as solid waste. Since ethyl lactate is
derived from beets and corn, it has been approved by the
US FDA for use in cleaning food-preparation equipment.
The solvent is said to be safe for preparing plastic for
recycling into food and drink packaging.
ECO2
EUROPE-GENERAL; USA
Accession no.995642
Item 8
Colloid and Polymer Science
285, No.2, Nov.2006, p.161-168
TAMARINDUS INDICA MUCILAGE AND ITS
ACRYLAMIDE-GRAFTED COPOLYMER AS
FLOCCULANTS FOR REMOVAL OF DYES
Mishra A; Bajpai M; Pal S; Agrawal M; Pandey S
Kanpur,Chhatrapati Shahu Ji Maharaj University
Acrylamide was grafted onto a food-grade polysaccharide,
tamarindus indica seed mucilage, by free-radical
polymerisation using a ceric ion/nitric acid redox initiator
and structurally characterised by FTIR spectroscopy. Both
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
tamarindus indica seed mucilage and its copolymer with
acrylamide were evaluated as flocculants for removing
dyes from model textile wastewater containing azo, basic
and reactive dyes. The effects of flocculant dose, dye
concentration, contact time and pH on percent dye removal
were investigated and the performance of the copolymer
compared with that of the pure mucilage. 19 refs.
INDIA
Accession no.996046
Item 9
Macromolecular Materials and Engineering
292, No.3, 12th March 2007, p.272-284
DIFFUSION OF MODEL CONTAMINANTS IN
HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
Voultzatis I S; Papaspyrides C D; Tsenoglou C J;
Roussis C
Athens,National Technical University
Four liquid solvents, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, toluene,
chlorobenzene and octane, were used as model
contaminants in sorption experiments in PE in order
to study their diffusion behaviour between 40 and 70
deg.C and assess the plausibility of utilising recycled
plastics as safe functional barriers in food packaging
applications. A hybrid model that combined molecular
and free volume theory elements was used to interpret
the collected experimental data. This helped in evaluating
microstructural characteristics pertaining to the penetrant-
polymer systems tested, correlating these characteristics
with the molecular properties of the solvent, and had an
eventual role in predicting sorption and diffusivity in
similar untested systems. 41 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GREECE;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.996220
Item 10
Packaging Technology and Science
20, No.2, March-April 2007, p.99-112
DEVELOPMENT OF ELECTRONIC NOSE
METHOD FOR EVALUATION OF RESIDUAL
SOLVENTS IN LOW-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
FILMS
Yuzay I E; Selke S
Michigan,State University
Flexible packaging films containing high levels of VOCs
can alter the flavour and odour of packaged foods.
Currently, a range of gas chromatographic techniques
and sensor evaluations are used for assessing the residual
VOCs in packaging films. An objective method for
assessing the residual solvents from LDPE was developed
using an Alpha MOS Fox 3000 electronic nose equipped
with 12 metal oxide semiconductor sensors. Three VOCs,
ethyl acetate, ethyl alcohol and toluene, were chosen as
models for solvents of interest in flexible food packaging
analysis. LDPE film samples were spiked with single
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
and binary mixtures of solvents and analysed using the
e-nose and by GC-FID. The responses obtained from
the e-nose were processed using principal component
analysis and discriminate factorial analysis in order
to identify the residual solvents. Partial least squares
analysis was also used to quantify the amount of residual
solvent and to correlate the e-nose results with gas
chromatography, which is currently the standard method
for determining residual VOCs in packaging films. There
was good agreement between the e-nose responses and gas
chromatography results for single solvents. The technique
also worked for binary solvent mixtures. The electronic
nose can be a viable alternative to traditional techniques
while providing simplicity and objectivity, which would
be extremely advantageous in routine quality control of
residual solvents. 15 refs.
USA
Accession no.994591
Item 11
Food Additives and Contaminants
24, No.4, April 2007, p.438-444
2- (2-ITX) IN FOOD AND FOOD PACKAGING
MATERIALS ON THE GERMAN MARKET
Rothenbacher T; Baumann M; Fuegel D
Stuttgart,Chemisches und Veterinaruntersuchungsamt
A fast and reliable method, based on HPLC coupled to a
diode array and a fluorescence detector, for detecting the
photoinitiator, 2-ITX, and also 2,4-diethylthioxanthone
in food and food packaging materials is described and
used to detect the presence of 2-ITX in a large number of
food products packed in cartons, plastic cups and films.
The method is shown to detect migration of 2-ITX from
packaging materials into foodstuffs in 20% of samples.
15 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.994005
Item 12
Plastics Technology
53, No.2, Feb.2007, p.60/75
EXTRUDING BIOPOLYMERS
It is explained that plastics made from renewable carbon
chain resources, rather than fossil carbon from oil or gas,
are suddenly a firm commercial reality. The attraction is not
just that they are marketed as environmentally friendly, but
also that the prices are stable since they are not linked to
petrochemicals. This article looks at the situation in detail,
explains exactly what biopolymers are, and also highlights
some of the bioplastic products available today.
BASF AG; BASF Corp.; Novamont North America Inc.;
DuPont; Stanelco plc; Wild Oats Markets; Sainsbury;
Washington,Earth Policy Institute; Eastman Chemical
Co.; BioBag; Huhtamaki; Wentus; Plantic Technologies
Ltd.; Cereplast Inc.; Tate and Lyle Biopolymers;
63
 References and Abstracts
Mitsui Chemical; Shimadzu Chemical; Purac America;
Galactic SA; Metabolix; Archer Daniels Midland Co.;
Kaneka; Cargill; Dow Chemical; SRI Consulting;
Anson Packaging; Wilkinson Industries Inc.; Wal-Mart;
Plastic Suppliers Inc.; Coop Box; Sabert Corp.; Ex-Tech
Plastics Inc.; Fabri-Kal Corp.; Parkinson Technologies
Inc.; Marshall & Williams; BCC Research; Conair;
Intertech-Pira; NatureWorks LLC; Plastic Engineering
Associates Inc.; Polymer Process Communications;
Spartech Corp.; Xaloy Inc.; Treofan Group
AUSTRALIA; BELGIUM; CHINA; EU; EUROPE-GENERAL;
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN ECONOMIC
COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FINLAND; GERMANY;
ITALY; JAPAN; NETHERLANDS; NORWAY; SCANDINAVIA;
UK; USA; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL;
WORLD
Accession no.994061
Item 13
Surface Coatings International
90, No.2, March 2007, p.68/75
PHOTOINITIATORS OLD AND NEW: FOOD
FOR THOUGHT
Green W A
The history of the use of photoinitiators for UV-curable
inks is discussed and type I photoinitiators, the aryl alkyl
ketones, and type II photoinitiators, the aryl aryl ketones,
are described. The possible migration of low molec.wt.
initiators is examined and developments in polymeric
and high molec.wt. photoinitiators, which exhibit reduced
migration, are reported. The necessity for attempting to
achieve zero risk is questioned and the advantages of the
low molec.wt. ITX (a thioxanthone) over alternatives are
described. Future developments in photoinitiators are
considered. 11 refs. (Radcure Coatings and Inks: Cost and
Performance, Manchester, UK, June 2006)
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.994095
Item 14
Pitture e Vernici
83, No.2, 1st-28th Feb.2007, p.65-72
English; Italian
NOVEL DEFOAMERS AND REGULATORY
COMPLIANCE FOR FOOD CONTACT
PRINTING INKS AND OVER PRINT VARNISHES
James V
Dow Corning Ltd.
The use of novel silicone-polyether copolymer defoamers,
which meet the defoaming needs of manufacturers for
printing inks and over print varnishes for indirect food
contact while combating foam effectively and avoiding
surface defects, such as craters and fish eyes, is discussed.
The benefits of these defoamers over traditional PDMS
technology are demonstrated and the use of 100%
organomodified silicones for achieving greater formulation
64
flexibility, lower use levels and stable performance on
storage. 2 refs. (XXVIII Fatipec Congress, 12th-14th June,
2006, Budapest, Hungary)
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.992718
Item 15
Polymer International
56, No.4, April 2007, p.497-505
EFFECT OF CHEMICAL STRUCTURE AND
COMPOSITION OF THE RESIN PHASE ON
VINYL CONVERSION OF AMORPHOUS
CALCIUM PHOSPHATE-FILLED COMPOSITES
Skrtic D; Antonucci J M
US,National Institute of Standards & Technology
The effect of chemical structure and composition of the
polymer matrix on the degree of vinyl conversion(DC)
of copolymers (unfilled resins) and their amorphous
calcium phosphate(ACP) composites attained upon
photopolymerisation was studied. The DC could also be
an indicator of the relative potential of these polymeric
materials to leach out into the oral environment unreacted
monomers that could adversely affect their biocompatibility.
The following resins were examined: 2,2-bis(p-(2-hydroxy-
3-methacryloxypropoxy)phenyl)propane/triethylene glycol
dimethacrylate(TEGDMA) (1:1 mass ratio; BT resin)
combined with hydroxyethyl methacrylate(HEMA; BTH
resin) and with HEMA and zirconyl dimethacrylate (BTHZ
resin); urethane dimethacrylate(UDMA)/HEMA resins;
and pyromellitic glycerol dimethacrylate(PMGDMA)/
TEGDMA (PT resin). To make composite specimens,
resins were mixed with a mass fraction of 40% zirconia-
hybridised ACP. Copolymers and their composites were
evaluated using near-IR spectroscopy for DC after 1 d and
28 d post-cure at 23 deg.C. Inclusion of HEMA into the
BT and UDMA resins yielded copolymers and composites
with the highest DCs. The significantly lower DCs of PT
copolymers and their composites were attributed to the rigid
aromatic core structure, tetravinyl functionality and limited
methacrylate side-chain flexibility of the surface-active
PMGDMA monomer. There was, however, an increase in
the 28 d DC for the PT materials as there was for the BTHZ
system. Surprisingly, the usual decrease observed in DC in
going from unfilled polymer to composite was reversed for
the PT system. 25 refs.
USA
Accession no.992911
Item 16
Canadian Plastics
65, No.3, March 2007, p.10-13
NEW ADDITIVES: HANDFULS OF INNOVATION
Stephen M
Additives suppliers are unveiling a host of new
formulations designed to improve processing and
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
performance, provide brighter and longer lasting colours,
and meet tougher safety and environmental regulations.
This article outlines new nucleating/clarifying agents,
chemical foaming additives, flame retardants, processing
aids, internal mould release agents, UV stabilisers,
pigments and colourants, and additives based on
biodegradable carriers.
NORTH AMERICA
Accession no.991261
Item 17
Food Additives and Contaminants
24, No.3, March 2007, p.326-335
INVESTIGATION INTO THE MIGRATION
POTENTIAL OF COATING MATERIALS FROM
COOKWARE PRODUCTS
Bradley E L; Read W A; Castle L
UK,Dept.for the Environment,Food & Rural Affairs
The migration potential of coating materials from
cookware samples covering a wide variety of products,
coating/metal types and food contact applications, and
including polymer coatings such as poly(ether sulphone),
poly(tetrafluoroethylene) and bisphenol A/epichlorohydrin
was investigated by solvent extraction and by migration
tests using food simulants. Analysis of the extracts was
carried out using GC-MS and LC-MS to identify and
quantify extracted species, and the migration of phthalates
and bisphenol A is discussed. 14 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.991443
Item 18
Food Contact Polymers 2007. Proceedings of a
conference held Brussels, Belgium, 21st-22nd Feb.2007.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology, 2007, Paper 6, pp.4,
ISBN 9781847350121, 29cm, 012
MODELLING MIGRATION FROM PLASTICS
INTO FOODSTUFFS A NOVEL AND COST
EFFICIENT APPROACH FOR COMPLIANCE
EVALUATION AND CONSUMER EXPOSURE
ESTIMATION
Stoermer A; Franz R
Freising,Fraunhofer Institut Verfahrenstechnik &
Verpackung IVV
(Rapra Technology)
Migration modelling from plastics into food simulants is
generally accepted as a tool for compliance evaluation
of food contact materials according to Plastics Directive
2002/72/EC. However, the question is raised as to how
migration modelling into food simulants compares to
that with real foods. The European project known as
Foodmigrosure attempted to fill this gap by carrying out
systematic studies on mass transport from plastics into
foodstuffs to derive a mathematical model for estimation of
migration into foods. The first conclusions drawn from this
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
work are examined. The research is reported to allow a better
evaluation of migration into foods by estimating the lowered
diffusion in the foods, and by estimating the partitioning
between the plastic materials and the real food.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.989882
Item 19
Food Contact Polymers 2007. Proceedings of a
conference held Brussels, Belgium, 21st-22nd Feb.2007.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology, 2007, Paper 10, pp. 4,
ISBN 9781847350121, 29cm, 012
SILICONE ELASTOMERS FOR FOOD
CONTACT APPLICATIONS
Klaassen E
Momentive Performance Materials Inc.
(Rapra Technology)
Silicone elastomers are particularly suitable for food-
contact applications since their basic chemistry allows
for food-contact compliance. Their unique combination
of properties includes elasticity, temperature resistance,
chemical resistance, neutral odour and taste, and a non-
stick surface. Key European regulations for food-contact
and drinking water applications are examined. Typical
applications are described, and include bakery moulds, ice
cube trays, tubes for drinking water and coated sheets for
use on conveyor belts used in the food industry. Product
categories and processing technologies are described and
regulatory compliance is discussed.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.989886
Item 20
Plastic Packaging Innovation News
3, No.1, 20th March 2007, p.6
GLOWING TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE FILM
UNDER DEVELOPMENT
It is briefly reported that a prototype of a new film
that will show if food has been exposed to extremes of
temperature is in development and should be ready at the
end of 2008. Food wrapped in the intelligent film can be
checked for temperature damage under long-range UV
lamps, which usually make the film glow green, but cause
a blue luminescence if the wrapper is damaged. The film is
currently made with a food-grade dye and a biodegradable,
but not food-grade polyester. Researchers at the University
of Pisa say it will not be difficult to develop a food-grade
polymer, providing the material can be melt-processable.
In the future, it is intended to combine the film with self-
repairing technology.
Pisa,University
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; ITALY;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.990159
65
 References and Abstracts
Item 21
Plastics Additives and Compounding
9, No.2, March-April 2007, p.14
CLARIFIER IMPROVES HAZE AND PROVIDES
HIGHER STIFFNESS
A new clarifier, developed by Adeka, is claimed to exhibit a
higher crystallisation temperature and shorter crystallisation
half-time resulting in alpha-form crystals, as well as a
higher crystallisation rate and degree of crystallinity.
Lower moulding temperatures are needed to maximise the
clarifying ability of the new additive, ADK STAB NA-71,
it is briefly reported. The clarifier improves haze effectively
and provides excellent transparency even at low loading
levels of around 0.1 wt.%, and exhibits superior clarity in
thin-walled moulded articles. Use of the clarifier also results
in higher stiffness, a 25% increase in flexural modulus.
The product is claimed to be easy to use and offers an
economically effective approach for clarified PP.
Adeka Corp.
USA
Accession no.989019
Item 22
Plastics Additives and Compounding
9, No.2, March-April 2007, p.32-35
STABILIZING POLYOLEFINS AND
ENGINEERING RESINS TO MEET SPECIFIC
APPLICATION NEEDS
Markarian J
Antioxidants and UV stabilisers are key additives for
enabling performance of polyolefins and engineering
resins in a wide range of applications. The global market
for antioxidants in plastics, outside of heat stabilisers
used in PVC, was about 326 thousand metric tons in 2006
and consumption is expected to grow at 4-5% AAGR.
Antioxidant production is growing in the Middle East and
Asia/Pacific to support expanding polymer production in
these regions. Use of additive blends, with antioxidants
and other additives premixed for compounding into the
polymer as a single feedstream, has grown in the last
decade. High temperature processes require specialised
stabilisation. Chemturas Anox ProcessPlus stabiliser
blends were designed for improved process stabilisation
and colour under severe processing conditions, such as
found in PP pipe, BOPP and thin wall injection moulding.
The global market for UV stabilisers in plastics was 57
thousand metric tons in 2006, with about 60-65% going into
polyolefin resins. UV stabilisers with application-specific
advantages are being used in areas such as agricultural
film and automotive parts. For example, Ciba Tinuvin
NOR 371 hindered amine UV and thermal stabiliser
protects greenhouse and mulch films in the presence of
agrochemicals and harsh environmental conditions that
can reduce the efficacy of standard HALS.
WORLD
Accession no.989023
66
Item 23
PETplanet insider
8, No.3, 2007, p.17
PET CATALYSTS AND THE ANTIMONY
QUESTION
Thiele U
The current estimated world polyester production of
about 42 million tonnes/year is more than 97% based on
antimony catalysts, which represents some 8,970 tonnes
of antimony. The increasing number of antimony catalyst
producers, mainly those offering antimony trioxide, has
resulted in growing product diversity and also uncertainty
among catalyst users about product quality. However,
driven by the needs of bottle grade PETP resin producers
for the lowest lead and arsenic content in their antimony
catalysts, products such as those offered by Arkema,
Campine, Chan Long, Honeywell, J&M/Synetix, Mikuni
or Yizheng have improved remarkably over the last 10
years. The currently established antimony limits for
drinking water are presented. Scientific leaching tests
indicate that the increase in antimony concentration caused
by leaching into liquid foodstuffs packed in PETP bottles
is an order of magnitude less than the limits set for US
and EU drinking water standards.
WORLD
Accession no.989045
Item 24
Journal of Applied Polymer Science
104, No.1, 5th April 2007, p.273-278
NOVEL POLY(VINYL ALCOHOL)-
TETRAETHOXYSILANE HYBRID MATRIX
MEMBRANES AS OXYGEN BARRIERS
Patil M B; Patil S A; Veerapur R S; Aminabhavi T M
Karnatak University
Synthesis of membranes which act as oxygen barriers by
crosslinking polyvinyl alcohol using tetraethoxysilane,
followed by solution casting and solvent evaporation is
described. Membranes were characterised using Fourier
transform infrared spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction,
thermogravimetric analysis and gas separation
experiments. Oxygen permeability was measured for
membranes of two different thicknesses, and was seen to
vary with thickness and applied pressure. Films may be
suitable for food packaging applications. 20 refs.
INDIA
Accession no.989293
Item 25
Plastics Technology
52, No.11, Nov.2006, p.27
CLEAR NYLONS ARE CHEMICAL RESISTANT
Nylon Corp. of America Inc. (Nycoa) has introduced
a new line of clear transparent nylons, which targets
applications involving exposure to harsh solvents - where
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
polymers such as polycarbonate and polystyrene are not
suitable. Brief details are given in this short article about
the properties of the new Nycotrans resins.
Nylon Corp.of America Inc.
USA
Accession no.989540
Item 26
Plastics Technology
52, No.12, Dec.2006, p.38-43
MORE FILLER, LESS RESIN
It is explained that, in the world of T-shirt bags and can
liners, where profit margins are razor thin and resin prices
high, packaging film processors have, over the last year
and a half, increased their loadings of calcium carbonate
fillers by about ten percent. This article looks in detail
at the market for fillers, and the consequences of using
higher loadings. Section headings include: factors pushing
fillers, concentrates improve, filler affects properties, how
output increases, saving on additives, and, equipment
modifications.
Ampacet Corp.; Inteplast Group; Battenfeld Gloucester
Engineering Co.; Bayshore Industrial Inc.; Heritage
Plastics Inc.; Hosokawa Alpine America; Imerys
Performance Minerals; Ingenia Polymers Group;
Kiefel Inc.; Omya Inc.; Plastics Touchpoint Group
Inc.; Reifenhauser Inc.; Hilex Poly Co.; Heritage Bag;
Formosa Plastics Group; Chemical Market Associates
Inc.
CANADA; EUROPE-GENERAL; NORTH AMERICA; TAIWAN;
THAILAND; USA; WORLD
Accession no.989599
Item 27
European Coatings Journal
No.2, 2007, p.26-30
CHOOSING THE RIGHT INITIATOR.
IMPROVED PERFORMANCE OF UV-
CROSSLINKING PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
ADHESIVES
Czech Z; Klementowska P; Drzycimska A
Szczecin,University of Technology
The use of UV light for crosslinking of adhesives
is described and conventional and multifunctional
photoinitiators are compared. The importance of the
correct selection of photoinitiators for UV curing of
pressure-sensitive adhesives is discussed. The results of
experimental studies of the performance properties (tack,
peel adhesion and shear strength) of solvent-borne, acrylic,
pressure-sensitive adhesives, synthesised with different
amounts of test acryloyloxy photoinitiators and applied
onto a smooth polyester film, are presented. It is shown
that there is a clear relationship between the performance
of UV-crosslinked pressure-sensitive adhesives and the
correct unsaturated photoinitiators and that very high
shear strengths can be achieved using multifunctional
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
unsaturated photoinitiators, which makes their use in
medical applications possible. Food-contact applications
are also mentioned. 10 refs.
EASTERN EUROPE; POLAND
Accession no.989698
Item 28
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p.64-83, ISBN
084939130X, 24cm, 938
TRACEABILITY AND FOOD CONTACT
MATERIALS
Dainelli D
Sealed Air Corp.; European Plastics Converters Assn.
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
Tracing of all elements that contribute to a finished
product is mainly needed to address quality defects. The
good quality of food contact materials is not only a legal
requirement, but it is in the industrys interest to maintain
a high level of control over its production, which can
be achieved through suitable traceability systems. This
chapter discusses the European regulations associated with
the traceability of food contact materials, and provides
industrial guidelines for this traceability. The limits of
traceability systems in plastic processing are examined
with respect to bulk storage of resins, reprocessed
materials, and printing inks. 10 refs.
BELGIUM; EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
ITALY; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.987608
Item 29
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p.87-121,
ISBN 084939130X, 24cm, 938
COMPLIANCE TESTING OF CHEMICAL
MIGRATION FROM FOOD CONTACT
MATERIALS
Veraart R; Coulier L
TNO Quality of Life
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
In this chapter, the authors discuss how food contact materials
can be tested for compliance with the relevant legislation in
the European Union. Two complementary approaches to
testing are examined. Conventional compliance testing
is a target analysis of migrants, based on knowledge of
the composition of the food contact material, and a non-
target approach for the non-intentionally added substances
(NIASs). The main difference between them is that in
conventional compliance testing, the investigation is focused
on the ingredients (monomers, additives, etc.), used, and on
how much of these ingredients are present and can potentially
migrate into the food. In the non-target compliance approach
all possible components that can migrate to the food are
included, with the focus on components that were included
in the polymer without the intention to be added. These
67
 References and Abstracts
include components such as oligomers, by-products, reaction
products and impurities, etc. The methods of compliance
testing are described, with details of relevant European test
standards and procedures. 63 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
NETHERLANDS; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-
GENERAL
Accession no.987609
Item 30
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p.158-179,
ISBN 084939130X, 24cm, 938
TOXICOLOGY AND RISK ASSESSMENT
OF CHEMICAL MIGRANTS FROM FOOD
CONTACT MATERIALS
Arvidson K B; Cheeseman M A; McDougal A J
US,Food & Drug Administration
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
In the US, components of food contact materials are
regulated as food additives under the Federal Food, Drug,
and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA). The FDA has the responsibility
for the administration and enforcement of the FFDCA
with regard to food contact materials. This chapter gives
an overview of the FDAs current approach to toxicology
review and risk assessment for components of food contact
materials. The regulatory framework is described, and
methods for the safety assessment of food additives, including
threshold approaches to safety assessment, are discussed. The
carcinogenicity risk assessment for constituents of food
additives is examined, together with the use of a structure-
activity relationship analysis technique. 44 refs.
USA
Accession no.987611
Item 31
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p.228-250,
ISBN 084939130X, 24cm, 938
PLASTICS AND CHEMICAL MIGRATION INTO
FOOD
Cooper I
Pira International
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
This chapter is primarily devoted to assessing the safety of
food-contact materials. It includes a brief discussion on the
different plastics used in the manufacture of food-contact
materials, their key attributes and properties, composition
and manufacture. The requirements of the EU Plastics
Directive are examined, and shows how compliance with
the legislation is demonstrated. Degradation products are
reviewed, followed by a section on future trends in plastics
materials, and source of further information. 21 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.987614
68
Item 32
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p.271-302,
ISBN 084939130X, 24cm, 938
RUBBER AND CHEMICAL MIGRATION INTO
FOOD
Forrest M
Rapra Technology
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
In contrast to plastics, rubbers are rarely used in the
packaging of food products. Exceptions to this include
the use of rubber in flip top seals on beer bottles and the
seal that is present in food cans. However, in the food
processing industry, a number of situations exist where
significant contact between rubber and food can occur.
Variations in contact conditions have an important effect on
the potential of chemical species to migrate from the rubber
components into the foodstuff, and in general, the contact
times are usually short and the contact areas with the
exception of hose and belting, are small. It is common for
a rubber formulation to contain 10-15 ingredients, hence
there is a large range of monomers, oligomers, processing
aids and compounding ingredients to be taken into account
when considering the potential for migration. This chapter
lists the most important classes of rubbers used in the food
industry, the main classes of additives used, and identifies
typical food contact conditions. Current European and US
regulations regarding the use of rubber as a food contact
material are examined. Methods of assessing the safety of
rubber as a food contact material are discussed in terms
of migration testing, fingerprinting potential migrants, and
determination of species in rubbers and migrants in food
simulants and food products. 34 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; USA;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.987616
Item 33
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p.302-319,
ISBN 084939130X, 24cm, 938
FOOD PACKAGING INKS AND VARNISHES AND
CHEMICAL MIGRATION INTO FOOD
Aurela B; Soderhjelm L
KCL Finland
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
This chapter deals with the use of printing inks and varnishes
used on food packaging. It describes the processes and
problems relating to printing on food packaging, dealing
primarily with the components of ink and their possible
migration into the packaged foodstuffs. Sensory (odour and
taint) aspects and testing thereof is covered and statutory
requirements are discussed. 12 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FINLAND;
SCANDINAVIA; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-
GENERAL
Accession no.987617
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 34
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p. 320-332,
ISBN 084939130X, 24cm, 938
FOOD PACKAGING ADHESIVES AND
CHEMICAL MIGRATION INTO FOOD
Bradley E; Castle L
UK,Dept.for the Environment,Food & Rural Affairs;
UK,Central Science Laboratory
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
The possibility of adhesive chemicals used in food
packaging migrating into the foods is discussed. The
many different types of adhesives and the wide variety of
ways in which they can be used, influence the potential
for migration of chemicals into the packaged food. The
two main parameters considered therefore are the surface
area of the adhesive used, and the residual content of low
molecular weight substances. Examples are given of the
adhesive types used in food packaging applications, and
their typical application. For each type, details are given
of the potential for chemical migration, and how the safety
of these substances can be tested experimentally. The
current regulatory situation in the EU and USA is also
briefly discussed. 23 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; USA;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.987618
Item 35
Chemical Migration and Food Contact Materials.
Cambridge, Woodhead Publishing, 2007, p.3476-370,
ISBN 084939130X, 24cm, 938
CHEMICAL MIGRATION FROM MULTI-LAYER
PACKAGING INTO FOOD
Sidwell J
Rapra Technology
Edited by: Barnes K A; Sinclair C R; Watson D H
The potential for chemical migration from multilayer
packaging into food is discussed. Multilayer technology
enables several materials to be combined in a laminated
structure in order to optimise the properties of the
packaging for a specific end use applications. This
structure can be achieved by co-extrusion or by laminating
films using adhesives. Potential chemical migration is
influenced by the choice of materials and the additives
used for the different layers, and whether the food-contact
surface layers acts as a barrier to migratory species from
underlying materials. Most migration research relates to the
migration of species from laminating adhesives. Typical
multilayer constructions and materials are described, with
details of the adhesives commonly used, and their potential
for chemical migration. 11 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.987620
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Item 36
Composites Science and Technology
67, No.3-4, 2007, p.399-405
SLIDING WEAR PERFORMANCE OF
POLYAMIDE 6-CLAY NANOCOMPOSITES IN
WATER
Srinath G; Gnanamoorthy R
Indian Institute of Technology
Polyamide 6 (PA6) clay nanocomposites, a new class of
specialty polymer, shows improved tribological properties
under dry sliding conditions. In food and chemical industry,
the polymeric materials are widely used in the machine
elements due its excellent chemical inertness. Water, being a
widely used solvent, tends to have contact with the machine
elements and can either act as a lubricant or as a contaminant.
Many factors such as the interaction of polymer with water,
surface wettability, etc., play a major role on the friction and
wear of polymers in aqueous conditions. This work reports
the sliding wear performance of PA6 clay nanocomposites
in water. Addition of clay affects the crystallinity of the
nanocomposites, which in turn affects the plasticisation.
Plasticisation of the surface by water causes increase in wear
and decreases the coefficient of friction. 18 refs.
INDIA
Accession no.987687
Item 37
Rubberchem 2006. Proceedings of a conference, held
Munich, Germany, 5th-6th Dec.2006.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology, 2006, Paper 2, pp.30,
ISBN 1847350054, ISBN 9781847350053, 29cm, 012
BREAKDOWN PRODUCTS OF CURATIVES AND
ANTIDEGRADANTS USED TO PRODUCE FOOD
CONTACT ELASTOMERS
Forrest M J; Coulier L; Willoughby B G; Thorn A
Rapra Technology; TNO Nutrition & Food Research
(Rapra Technology)
A report is presented on an extensive research project
carried out for the UK Food Standards Agency to obtain
information on the breakdown and reaction products of
curatives and antidegradants having the potential to migrate
into food. The curatives and antidegradants targeted are
those present in the inventory list contained within the
Council of Europe Resolution on Rubber. The objectives
of the project were to provide a comprehensive list of the
breakdown products originating from the 161 curative
and antidegradant compounds in the inventory list and to
carry out a programme of work on test rubber compounds
containing a selection of the curatives and antidegradants
using both food simulants and food products to assess
the potential of the breakdown products to migrate.
Investigative techniques employed included headspace gas
chromatography-mass spectroscopy and solvent extraction
gas chromatography-mass spectroscopy.
UK,Food Standards Agency
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
NETHERLANDS; UK; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.988268
69
 References and Abstracts
Item 38
ANTEC 2006. Proceedings of the 64th SPE Annual
conference held Charlotte, NC., 7th-11th May 2006.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2006, p.2660-4, PDF 103707, CD-
ROM, 012
STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF BIAXIALLY
ORIENTED POLYPROPYLENES (BOPP)
Dias P; Hiltner A; Baer E; Van Dun J; Chen H; Chum S P
Case Western Reserve University; Dow Chemical Co.
(SPE)
The solid-state structure, mechanical properties, and
gas transport of biaxially oriented polypropylenes are
investigated. Specifically, the effect of chain architecture
on processing conditions and resulting properties of
the oriented films is studied. Relationships between the
process, solid state structure, and properties are described.
6 refs.
USA
Accession no.986417
Item 39
Addcon World 2006. Proceedings of the 12th
International Plastics Additives and Modifiers
Conference, held Cologne, Germany, 17th -18th
Oct.2006.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology, 2006, Paper 2, pp.14,
ISBN 1847350038, ISBN 9781847350039, 29cm, 012
LEGISLATION AND TESTING OF FOOD
CONTACT PLASTICS - AN UPDATE WITH
RESPECT TO ADDITIVES
Sidwell J
Rapra Technology
(Rapra Technology)
This paper reviews the current regulatory position within
the European Union with regard to the selection of
additives and related substances for plastics in contact
with foods. The European Commission is moving
towards compiling a positive list of approved substances.
Topical issues associated with the migration of several
additives are discussed. These include: benzophenone
and isopropyl thioxanthone photoinitiators in UV curable
printing ink systems; epoxidised soyabean oil in PVC
formulations; phthalate plasticisers; ethyl hexanoic acid;
bisphenol A; bisphenol A diglycidyl ether (BADGE);
and aromatic amines from laminating adhesives. Current
research undertaken at Rapra to examine the migration of
additives, including antioxidants, stabilisers and antistatic
agents, using chromatographic techniques based on mass
spectrometry, is reviewed. 15 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; WESTERN
EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.985580
Item 40
Popular Plastics and Packaging
52, No.1, Jan.2007, p.84-89
70
HIGH BARRIER SOLUTIONS FOR PLASTIC
CONTAINERS USING FLUORINATION
PROCESS
Singh B
Bloom Packaging Pvt.Ltd.
HDPE/PP rigid containers can be treated with fluorine gas
to form high barrier fluorinated plastic containers. The
fluorination process and theory of solvent permeation and
barrier function are outlined. Fluorination treatment is
quantified using FTIR. A table showing the conversion of %
transmission ratio to level of fluorination is given. Permeation
test data of fluorinated HDPE containers are also presented.
Applications of fluorinated plastic containers include
agrochemicals, flavours (food products) and fragrances
(non-food products), automotive fuels and fuel additives,
automotive fuel tanks, aromatic and non-polar chemicals,
solvent based adhesives, and inks, paints and thinners.
INDIA
Accession no.985858
Item 41
ENDS Report
No.384, Jan.2007, p.24-25
EXPERTS CONCERNED OVER HEALTH RISKS
OF ORGANOTINS
Organotins are used as pesticides, biocides, catalysts
and stabilisers, but have immunotoxic and endocrine
disrupting effects. They have also been linked to obesity.
The European Commission has rejected a third draft risk
assessment for underestimating the dangers. The biggest
sources of human exposure to organotins are considered to
be: food, particularly seafood which can be contaminated
by organotins used in antifouling paint; indoor air and
dust where PVC flooring and wall coverings contain
organotins as stabilisers; skin absorption via clothing,
where organotins may be present in PVC coatings or
in textiles where they may be used as a biocide. The
assessment does not consider exposure to organotins via
PVC medical equipment, silicone breast implants or rubber
pillows, and these need to be investigated.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; WESTERN
EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.985877
Item 42
2004 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Indianapolis, In., 29th Aug.-2nd Sept.2004.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2004, Paper 27, pp.7, CD-
ROM, 012
FLEXIBLE PACKAGING ADHESIVES - THE
BASICS
Jopko L
Rohm & Haas Co.
(TAPPI)
Flexible packaging adhesives, which are predominantly
based on urethane and acrylic chemistry, are discussed with
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
emphasis on basic chemistries, end-use performance levels
and some chemical features that dictate performance. The
general components of a PU adhesive are described, including
polyol, backbone modifiers, isocyanate, and the creation of
urethane is outlined. The advantages and disadvantages of
solvent-based, 100% solids and PU dispersion adhesives are
considered. Acrylic-based, polyvinylidene chloride-based
and energy-cured adhesives (i.e. UV cured and electron
beam cured) are also discussed.
Accession no.986358
Item 43
2004 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Indianapolis, In., 29th Aug.-2nd Sept.2004.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2004, Paper 47, pp.9, CD-
ROM, 012
HIGH PERFORMANCE STRETCH HOOD
PACKAGING FILMS USING METALLOCENE
POLYETHYLENE
Halle R W; Ohlsson S; Weisinger D R
ExxonMobil Chemical
(TAPPI)
A stretch hood is a type of product protection system,
commonly used to unitise and secure palletised products
during shipping and storage. The use of a combination of
a metallocene-catalysed PE with a new EVA copolymer
(vinyl acetate content 7.5%, melt index 0.5) to produce a
new high-performance stretch hood film is described. The
coextruded film is shown to outperform both conventional
monolayer and coextruded films in several different stretch
hood and shrink hood applications. These applications
include stretch hood films for building materials,
heavy-duty sacks, empty PETP bottles, appliances, and
beverages, food and bottled goods. Statistics are given on
global stretch hood market growth and on market segment
estimates for 2003 to 2010. 1 ref.
ASIA; BELGIUM; EU; EUROPE-GENERAL; EUROPEAN
COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; USA; WESTERN EUROPE;
WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.986378
Item 44
2004 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Indianapolis, In., 29th Aug.-2nd Sept.2004.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2004, Paper 54, pp.7, CD-
ROM, 012
HOW TO APPLY AN OXYGEN BARRIER
PRIMER WITH A ROLL COATER
Cushing G; Ostness L
Mica Corp.; Black Clawson Converting Machinery Inc.
(TAPPI)
A water-based primer was developed which imparted
oxygen barrier properties and strong interlayer adhesion
to film and metallised film substrates. Direct and reverse
gravure coating techniques for achieving a smooth, level
coating of the Mica M-2345 coating on oriented PETP
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
film were investigated. Oxygen barrier performance was
reported. The technology was developed for food, medical
and industrial end uses. 3 refs.
USA
Accession no.986385
Item 45
2004 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Indianapolis, In., 29th Aug.-2nd Sept.2004.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2004, Paper 57, pp.6, CD-
ROM, 012
EVALUATION OF LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRON
BEAM PROCESSORS USING THIN FILM
DOSIMETRY TECHNIQUES
Rangwalla I
Energy Sciences Inc.
(TAPPI)
Thin film dosimetry is described and the use of radiochromic
nylon thin film from Far West Technologies is discussed.
The dosimetric evaluation of low voltage electron beam
accelerators used to cure coatings, inks and laminating
adhesives, especially for food flexible packaging
applications, is considered. The analysis of the performance
of electron beam processors is examined with reference
to yield measurements, beam uniformity, and depth dose.
Future developments are mentioned. 5 refs.
Far West Technologies
USA
Accession no.986388
Item 46
2004 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Indianapolis, In., 29th Aug.-2nd Sept.2004.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2004, Paper 58, pp.9, CD-
ROM, 012
ADVANCING THE USE OF UV/EB MATERIALS
IN FOOD PACKAGING ALLIANCE
Golden R; Marrapese M
Surface Specialties; Keller & Heckman LLP; Radtech
International North America
(TAPPI)
The work of the RadTech Food Packaging Alliance, which
is a self-funded group with the objective of serving as a
catalyst for expanding the use of UV and electron beam(EB)
materials in food packaging, is described. Particular attention
is paid to the work of the Alliance aimed at accomplishing
one or more successful Food Contact Notifications(FCNs)
of UV/EB workhorse materials. The FCNs will establish a
public baseline for what the FDA will accept in designing
UV/EB formulations for food packaging uses. Migration
studies are reported and substances cleared for use in paper
coatings, can coatings, films, adhesives and printing inks in
contact with foodstuffs are considered.
RadTech Food Packaging Alliance; US,Food & Drug
Administration
USA
Accession no.986389
71
 References and Abstracts
Item 47
2004 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Indianapolis, In., 29th Aug.-2nd Sept.2004.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2004, Paper 61, pp.12, CD-
ROM, 012
NEW EVAL EVOH RESINS FOR FLEXIBLE
PACKAGING
Armstrong R B, EVAL Americas (USA)
(TAPPI)
The use of ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers(EVOHs)
of varying mol % ethylene, including new grades of
EVOH optimised for high-speed coextrusion coating
and laminating, is discussed, with particular reference to
basic properties and processability, gas, flavour and aroma
barrier properties, and thermal stability. An overview of
applications and structures is presented. 8 refs.
USA
Accession no.986392
Item 48
Journal of Plastic Film and Sheeting
22, No.4, Oct.2006, p.265-274
COMPARATIVE PERFORMANCE
AND BARRIER PROPERTIES OF
BIODEGRADABLE THERMOPLASTICS AND
NANOBIOCOMPOSITES VERSUS PET FOR
FOOD PACKAGING APPLICATIONS
Cava D; Gimenez E; Gavara R; Lagaron J M
IATA; CSIC; Castellon,University; Nanobiomatters Ltd.
The performance of packaging films made from biodegradable
polylactic acid, amorphous polylactic acid, polycaprolactone,
hydroxyalkanoate-valerate copolymer and their clay-
containing nanocomposites is compared with those produced
from PETP in terms of heat and retort resistance and
permeability to water, aromas, oxygen and solvents. 10 refs.
(SPE, ANTEC 2005, 1st-5th May, Boston, Massachusetts)
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; SPAIN;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.985124
Item 49
Woodston, Recoup, 2006, pp.4, 30cm. Available from:
www.recoup.org/design/docs/recycability_hdpe.pdf
(Accessed 2nd October 2006)
DESIGNING POLYETHYLENE PACKAGING
FOR RECYCLABILITY: A BRIEF GUIDE
Reckitt Benckiser (Recoup)
This guideline focuses on the design of polyethylene
plastic packaging to facilitate recycling. It provides a
summary of key considerations to make plastic packaging
more recyclability. Advice is provided in the form of a set
of general guidelines together with compatibility matrices
for polyethylene materials.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.982664
72
Item 50
Woodston, Recoup, 2006, pp.4, 30cm. Available from:
www.recoup.org/design/docs/recycability_pet.pdf
(Accessed 2nd October 2006)
DESIGNING PET PACKAGING FOR
RECYCLABILITY: A BRIEF GUIDE
Reckitt Benckiser
(Recoup)
This guideline focuses on the design of PET bottles
to facilitate recycling. It provides a summary of
key considerations to make plastic packaging more
recyclability. Advice is provided in the form of a set of
general guidelines together with compatibility matrices
for PET bottles materials.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.982665
Item 51
Woodston, Recoup, 2006, pp.4, 30cm. Available from:
www.recoup.org/design/docs/recycability_pvc.pdf
(Accessed 2nd October 2006)
DESIGNING PVC PACKAGING FOR
RECYCLABILITY: A BRIEF GUIDE
Reckitt Benckiser
(Recoup)
This guideline focuses on the design of PVC packaging
to facilitate recycling. It provides a summary of
key considerations to make plastic packaging more
recyclability. Advice is provided in the form of a set of
general guidelines together with compatibility matrices
for PVC packaging materials.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.982666
Item 52
Woodston, Recoup, 2006, pp.4, 30cm. Available from:
www.recoup.org/design/docs/recycability_ps.pdf
(Accessed 2nd October 2006)
DESIGNING POLYSTYRENE PACKAGING FOR
RECYCLABILITY: A BRIEF GUIDE
Reckitt Benckiser
(Recoup)
This guideline focuses on the design of polystyrene
packaging to facilitate recycling. It provides a summary
of key considerations to make plastic packaging more
recyclability. Advice is provided in the form of a set of
general guidelines together with compatibility matrices
for polystyrene packaging materials.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.982667
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 53
Woodston, Recoup, 2006, pp.4, 30cm. Available from:
www.recoup.org/design/docs/recycability_pp.pdf
(Accessed 2nd October 2006)
DESIGNING POLYPROPYLENE FOR
RECYCLABILITY: A BRIEF GUIDE
Reckitt Benckiser
(Recoup)
This guideline focuses on the design of polypropylene
packaging to facilitate recycling. It provides a summary
of key considerations to make plastic packaging more
recyclability. Advice is provided in the form of a set of
general guidelines together with compatibility matrices
for polypropylene packaging materials.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.982668
Item 54
Journal of Applied Polymer Science
102, No.6, 15th Dec.2006 p.5841-5847
ANTIMICROBIAL POLY(N-VINYL-2-
PYRROLIDONE-ALT-MALEIC ANHYDRIDE)/
POLY(ETHYLENE IMINE) MACROCOMPLEXES
Temiz A; Togay S O; Sener A; Guven G; Rzaev Z M O;
Piskin E
Hacettepe,University
Preparation of antimicrobial polymer and polymer
macro complexes of poly(vinyl pyrrolidone-alt-maleic
anhydride), using radical alternating polymerisation
initiated by azobisisobutyronitrile) in dioxane and
interaction with polyethyleneimine (PEI) in aqueous
solution, is described. Characterisation was carried out
using elemental analysis, Fourier transform infrared
and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopies,
thermogravimetric analysis, differential scanning
calorimetry, determination of nitrogen content and
intrinsic viscosity measurements. Antimicrobial
properties of both alternating copolymer and its PEI
macrocomplexes were evaluated against gram-positive
and gram-negative bacteria. Differences in behaviour to
two gram-positive bacteria were discussed and explained.
49 refs.
TURKEY
Accession no.982907
Item 55
Japan Chemical Week
47, No.2394, 30th Nov.2006, p.2
ADEKA MARKETS NEW, FAST-HARDENING
POLYMER CEMENT
It is briefly reported that Adeka has started marketing
its new polymer cement as a floor material for kitchens
and food and chemicals factories. The new cement is an
improved version of the Adeka New Coat System, a floor
material with high resistance to boiling water, acid and
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
alkali. It is based on a modified polyol resin and two types
of polyisocyanate hardening accelerators.
Adeka Corp.
JAPAN
Accession no.981671
Item 56
High Performance Plastics
Aug.2006, p.8/9
BIODEGRADABLE PLASTIC THAT SOLIDIFIES
IN SECONDS
At the Tokyo Institute of Technology in Japan, scientists
have now found a method of rapidly curing polylactic
acid (PLA), in order to make biodegradable plastic for
applications such as food containers. This small item
reports very briefly on their research, which involves
adding cyclodextrin microparticles to the PLA.
Tokyo,Institute of Technology
JAPAN
Accession no.982084
Item 57
Chemical Week
167, No.41, 30th Nov.-7th Dec.2005, p.42
RAD TECHNOLOGY
Technology advances help UV/EB-curable adhesives
expand into new applications. With a reduced level of
VOCs, ease of handling, high performance and flow
characteristics said to be better than solvent- and water-
based formulations, adhesives usage for radiation curing is
sustaining double-digit growth. Laminating glues is by far
the largest application, while pressure-sensitive adhesives
is among the fastest-growing UV/EB end products. Cytec
is focusing on developing the next generation of UV-
curable waterborne resins for plastic and wood substrates,
leading-edge UV/EB applications in coil coatings and auto
refinish, and environmentally friendly, low-odour and low-
extractable products for use in food packaging.
RadTech International North America; Cytec
USA
Accession no.954744
Item 58
ANTEC 2005. Proceedings of the 63rd SPE Annual
conference held Boston, Ma., 1st-5th May.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2005, pp.7, PDF 101619, CD-
ROM, 012
ADVANCED TECHNOLOGIES FOR HIGH
CONTRAST & COLOR LASER MARKING OF
PLASTICS
Sabreen S R
Sabreen Group Inc.
(SPE)
The newest generation of laser material science and hardware/
software is driving strong industry demand for indelible, high
73
 References and Abstracts
speed laser marking processes to replace conventional ink
printing. This paper presents a total solutions methodology
for achieving unprecedented marking contrast quality and
colour laser marking of plastics via concomitant engineering
of: 1) laser additive material science, 2) primary moulding
operations, 3) laser/software technology, and 4) systems
integration. The first of its kind laser pigment to receive U.S.
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for use in
laser processes is introduced as well as techniques to achieve
high speed vector marking of alphanumeric text, graphics
and product security codes. 4 refs.
USA
Accession no.955951
Item 59
Food Additives and Contaminants
22, No.10, Oct.2005, p.1012-22
NON-TARGETED MULTI-COMPONENT
ANALYTICAL SURVEILLANCE OF
PLASTIC FOOD CONTACT MATERIALS:
IDENTIFICATION OF SUBSTANCES NOT
INCLUDED IN EU POSITIVE LISTS AND THEIR
RISK ASSESSMENT
Skjevrak I; Brede C; Steffensen I-L; Mikalsen A;
Alexander J; Fjeldal P; Herikstad H
Norwegian Food Safety Authority; Norwegian Institute
of Public Health
A procedure used by the Norwegian Food Safety Authority
for surveillance of contaminants from plastic food materials,
based on GC-MS analysis of food simulants exposed to
the plastic materials, is described. Migrants identified from
polyolefin water bottles, electric kettles, polyamide cooking
utensils and laminated food packaging included polymer
degradation products and impurities, as well as extraneous
materials such as adhesives, solvents and coatings. 36 refs.
NORWAY; SCANDINAVIA; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.958019
Item 60
ANTEC 2005. Proceedings of the 63rd SPE Annual
conference held Boston, Ma., 1st-5th May.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2005, pp.3, PDF 102096, CD-
ROM, 012
IMPACT OF UV CURED INKS AND UV
EXPOSURE ON PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF
BOPP FILMS
Shrotri K; Upasani T; Williams S; Seung Kim;
Kamaran Rab
Rochester,Institute of Technology
(SPE)
Biaxially-oriented PP(BOPP) films are extensively used
in the food packaging industry primarily because of their
good barrier properties, machinability and printability. The
effect of flexographic UV-cured acrylic inks on BOPP films
was investigated with emphasis on permeability towards
oxygen and moisture. The temperature dependence of the
74
mechanical properties of the printed films was studied.
Instron tensile strength, Mocon permeability test and
thermodynamic results were obtained that suggested that
there was no appreciable change in the physical properties
when the films were printed with UV curing inks. 6 refs.
USA
Accession no.958685
Item 61
Asian Plastics News
Jan.-Feb.2006, p.14/7
BETTER LIVING THROUGH ADDITIVES
Boi K
End users from various industries are leveraging heavily
on the latest developments in polymer additives to provide
options for improving processing and for raising the
quality of everyday products. BASF is positioning its
Hexamoll DINCH as a choice non-phthalate plasticiser for
sensitive human contact applications in toys and childcare
articles, as well as food contact and medical applications.
Chemturas Anox No Dust Blends of antioxidants include
Anox FiberPlus for the process stabilisation of PP fibre
grades and Anox ProcessPlus for process stabilisation of
PP and HDPE. Hyperform HPN-68L nucleating agent from
Milliken is developed as a new class of nucleators that
offer improvements over the conventional and advanced
nucleation technologies used for PP. In nanocomposite
developments, PolyOne is investigating the use of its
Nanoblend concentrates for large injection moulded parts,
replacing traditional mineral or glass reinforcements
and flame-retardant additives in a wide variety of resin
compounds.
WORLD
Accession no.959514
Item 62
Progress in Rubber, Plastics and Recycling Technology
22, No.1, 2006, p.1-21
CONTAMINANTS AND THEIR LEVELS OF
RETENTION IN EXTRUDED, RECYCLED
POLY(ETHYLENE TEREPHTHALATE)
FROM CURBSIDE COLLECTION. PART 1:
EXTRACTION KINETICS AND PARTICLE SIZE
EFFECTS
Konkol L M; Cross R F; Harding I H; Kosior E
Swinburne,University of Technology; Visy Technical
Centre
Extruded recycled poly(ethylene terephthalate)(PET) from
kerbside collections was subjected to solvent extraction and
GC-MS analysis as particles after annealing and grinding
to determine contaminants and their levels. The effects of
particle size on the extraction and analysis process were
investigated, and the results are discussed in terms of food
contact applications of the recycled PET. 13 refs.
AUSTRALIA
Accession no.959703
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 63
China Chemical Reporter
17, No.4-5, 6th-16th Feb.2006, p.22-3
MALEIC ANHYDRIDE CAPACITY IS SERIOUS
SURPLUS
Maleic anhydride is an important organic chemical raw
material and fine chemical product mainly used in the
production of unsaturated polyester and alkyd resin, and
also in pesticides, pharmaceuticals, coatings, ink, lubricants,
food additives and surfactants. The total capacity of maleic
anhydride in China is more than 420,000 t/y, with an output
of 236,000 tons in 2004. Capacity is concentrated in the
north and the market is already saturated. East China and
South China, however, are the major producing areas of
UPR and there is a supply shortage of maleic anhydride.
Several units are to be constructed or expanded in the near
future. If these projects can start production on schedule,
capacity of maleic anhydride in China will be more than
500,000 t/y in 2010. Demand was around 227,000 tons in
2004 and will reach 393,000 tons in 2010.
CHINA
Accession no.960278
Item 64
Plastics and Rubber Weekly
24th Feb.2006, p.11
PLASTICS PACKAGING, YES PLEASE
According to a new report from Frost & Sullivan, market
revenues for flexible food packaging in western Europe
will increase from Euro1.491bn in 2005 to Euro1.926bn by
2012. Greater demand for processed foods by consumers is
supporting the need for plastic packaging, with emphasis
on multilayer structures and vacuum packaging. Low-
weight stand-up pouches are replacing alternatives such as
cans and glass jars. Improvements in the properties of PE,
achieved by new synthesis methods, will contribute to the
polymers sustained growth. PP producers are investing
in R&D efforts for catalysis development, aiming at
commercialising new grades, which are expected to reach
the market by 2006-07.
Frost & Sullivan
WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.960295
Item 65
Injection Moulding 2005. Proceedings of a conference
held Copenhagen, Denmark, 1st.-2nd. March 2005..
Copenhagen, Hexagon Holdings Aps, 2005, Paper 10,
pp.12, CD-ROM, 012
TAILORED MOULD RELEASE FOR OPTIMUM
OUTPUT
Read M
Croda Polymer Additives
(Hexagon Holdings Aps)
Details are given of the IncroMold range of additives
which aid in the injection moulding process at various
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
stages in the moulding cycle. The additives are mixed
with the polymer prior to melting in the injection extruder.
Since the additive works internally, it works automatically
within the polymer during the moulding cycle to effect
many benefits. These include effective mould release,
and post-moulding benefits such as torque release, a
reduction in surface friction, scratch and scuff resistance,
post-moulding part assembly, and pigment dispersion.
Improvements to cycle time are also examined.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.961389
Item 66
China Chemical Reporter
17, No.7, 6th March 2006, p.15
WHAT IS LEADING FLEXIBLE PACKAGE
MATERIAL TO GROW
Wang D
China has over 5,000 flexible packaging producers
with a total capacity of more than 1.8 million t/y. Film
manufacturers such as DuPont, Dow and Shell have been
active suppliers of BOPP and BOPETP in Chinas market,
while the OPS thermal shrink film market is controlled
by Japanese companies. PVDC, EVOH, high-insulating
aluminium foil film and modified PVA coating film will
be the future development direction in Chinas flexible
packaging market. In inks, chlori-PP ink holds a 60%
market share in China and polyamide ink a 30% market
share. Water-based adhesives and alcohol-based ink have
entered a good development period in China. Currently,
90% of flexible packaging adhesives are solvent-based,
but water-based acrylic adhesives, mainly sold by Rohm
& Haas, and PU adhesives are gaining more market share
in China.
CHINA
Accession no.961486
Item 67
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2005, 18 papers, 30cm, 012
4TH EUROPEAN ADDITIVES AND COLORS
CONFERENCE. PROCEEDINGS OF A
CONFERENCE HELD AACHEN, GERMANY,
16TH-17TH MARCH 2005
(SPE,Additives & Color Europe Div.)
Eighteen papers are published following this 2 day
conference focusing on the modification and colouration
of plastics and polymers in Europe. Papers include:
additives for improved optical appearance of plastics, low
warping pigments for colouration of moulded articles,
wetting agents for pigment dispersion: advantages and
disadvantages, nano clay additives for oxygen and
humidity barrier of polymers.
EUROPE-GENERAL; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN
UNION; GERMANY; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.961604
75
 References and Abstracts
Item 68
POLYOLEFINS 2005. Proceedings of a conference held
Houston, Tx., 27th. Feb. - 2nd. March 2005.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2005, Paper 3, pp.10, CD-ROM,
012
METALLOCENE-CATALYZED
POLYETHYLENES FOR THE GLOBAL LLDPE
MARKET
Farley J M; Davey C R; Kolb R
Univation Technologies
(SPE,South Texas Section; SPE,Thermoplastic
Materials & Foams Div.; SPE,Polymer Modifiers &
Additives Div.; Society of Plastics Engineers)
A description is given of next generation metallocene-
catalysed linear, low density polyethylenes. Advances
in catalyst and process technologies have allowed the
production of polymers with tailored microstructures using
a single, gas-phase reactor. The comonomer and molecular
weight distributions are determiners of the ultimate balance
of properties. Both can be controlled by the choice of catalyst
system and reactor process conditions. This ability to tune
polymer properties allows the resin producer to optimise
grades for specific applications. In addition, the converter
can further optimise the balance of film properties by
adjusting the fabrication process. Commodity grades such as
liners or stretch film as well as value-added grades for food
packaging can be produced without a catalyst transition. The
enhanced polymer performance combined with the attractive
economics of the Unipol gas-phase reactor are claimed to
make this new technology widely applicable to the global
LLDPE market. Market trends and recent developments at
Univation Technologies are discussed.
USA
Accession no.962363
Item 69
POLYOLEFINS 2005. Proceedings of a conference held
Houston, Tx., 27th. Feb. - 2nd. March 2005.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2005, Paper 29, pp.13, CD-ROM,
012
A NEW APPROACH TO ENHANCING
POLYETHYLENE PRODUCT PERFORMANCE
FOR RIGID THIN WALL LIDS USED FOR FOOD
PACKAGING
(SPE,South Texas Section; SPE,Thermoplastic
Materials & Foams Div.; SPE,Polymer Modifiers &
Additives Div.; Society of Plastics Engineers)
A new linear low density polyethylene has been developed
for thin walled lids used in rigid food packaging
applications. The resin Surpass IFs932-A from Nova
Chemicals Corp. is claimed to combine outstanding
processability with excellent physical properties and
part aesthetics. It is a single-site based ethylene-octene
copolymer which is produced using Nova Chemicals
advanced Sclairtech technology and patented single-
site catalyst. It is compared to a Ziegler-Natta solution
process ethylene-butene resin and a Ziegler-Natta gas
76
phase process ethylene-hexene resin. The resins were
characterised to evaluate their behaviour under processing
conditions and their overall performance in injection
moulding applications. 4 refs.
USA
Accession no.962389
Item 70
Brand
5, No.2, Jan.-Feb.2006, p.34-9
LET THERE BE LIGHT
Vine K
Pira
In todays market, point of purchase decisions are all
important and there is an increasing market trend for the
use of transparent packaging. However, the disadvantage of
using clear packaging is that it lets in unfiltered light, which
has a detrimental effect on food and drink, particularly dairy,
meats and fresh juices. As well as discolouration, more
serious effects include reducing shelf-life, effect on product
flavour and reduction of nutritional content. The quest is on
to develop packaging films and containers with high clarity
and high barrier to sun and artificial light. Research has
shown that the main cause of the damaging effects of light
on food and drink products is the process of photooxidation.
To an extent, products can be protected from the effects of
light by reducing exposure to oxygen. The number of factors
that influence the effects of light makes it very difficult to
provide a universal packaging structure.
WORLD
Accession no.962452
Item 71
Flexible
4, No.5, Jan.-Feb.2006, p.40/8
SOLUBLE ISSUES
Preston N
Polyvinyl alcohol is the most commonly used water-
soluble film and dissolves within about one minute when
immersed in water. The first soluble packaging application
on the consumer market was for the packaging of pre-
measured pouches of laundry detergents. In Europe alone,
15% of the laundry detergent market is accounted for
by PVAL unit-dose products. The personal care sector,
including body wash, shampoo and conditioner, is the next
big area expected to be hit by the soluble film phenomenon.
Sanitary items are another growth area, with significant
potential for soluble films for tampon packages that the
consumer can flush down the toilet. Edible, food-based
films represent an alternative to PVAL and have obvious
application in food packaging. The US Agricultural
Research Service has developed food-based films that can
be used as food wrap or straws, but also dissolve in liquid
so that they can be eaten too.
WORLD
Accession no.962458
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 72
High Performance Plastics
Aug.2005, p.4
POLYESTER ELASTOMERS WITH BETTER
THERMAL PROPERTIES
Ticona, the US engineering thermoplastics company, has
recently introduced a series of thermoplastic copolyester
elastomers that offer enhanced thermal properties. This
short article provides us with brief details of the five new
grades, which are known as Riteflex 425, Riteflex 430,
Riteflex 435, Riteflex 440, and Riteflex 447. Item 75
Ticona; US,Food & Drug Administration
USA
Accession no.962970
Item 73
Plastics Technology
51, No.8, Aug.2005, p.52/9
BARRIER BOTTLE TECHNOLOGIES SQUARE
OFF
Grande J A
Single-serve packaging containers are raising shelf life
demands, so packaging producers are looking for the
barrier with the best cost-performance for PETP bottles.
This article discusses in detail the latest developments in
multilayer barrier solutions, as well as monolayer, coating,
and oxygen-scavenging technologies.
Advanced Plastics Technologies; Amcor PET
Packaging; Business Development Associates;
Colormatrix Corp.; DevTech Labs; Futura
Polyesters; Honeywell Specialty Polymers; Husky
Injection Molding Systems Ltd.; Coca-Cola Co.;
Germany,Institute of Plastics Processing; Invista; Kortec
Inc.; M and G Polymers; Mitsubishi Gas Chemical
America Inc.; Nanocor Inc.; Schoenwald Consulting;
Sidel Inc.; SIG Corpoplast; SIPA Inc.; Valspar Corp.;
Wellman Inc.; SBA-CCI WorldPET; Martens; Coors
Brewing Co.; Anheuser-Busch; Hite Brewery Co.;
Hyosong Corp.; Oriental Brewing; Graham Packaging;
Schott Hicotec; Shell Chemical; Kosa; US,Food &
Drug Administration; Rexam; Foroya Bjor; Honeywell
Performance Products
ASIA; BELGIUM; CANADA; DENMARK; EU; EUROPE-
GENERAL; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
GERMANY; INDIA; KOREA; NORTH AMERICA; RUSSIA;
SCANDINAVIA; SOUTH KOREA; UK; UKRAINE; USA;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL; WORLD
Accession no.963005
Item 74
Plastics Technology
51, No.8, Aug.2005, p.67
COLOR MATCHING GOES ONLINE
This short article informs us that a new subscription-based
service for formulating custom colours on the Internet
(aimed at smaller companies that do not have their own
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
colour-matching system and database) was launched in
July 2005. It is called Matchmycolor.com. Brief details
are given.
Matchmycolor.com; SpecialChem; Ciba Specialty
Chemicals; DuPont Titanium Technologies; X-Rite;
Nelli Rodi TrendLab
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FRANCE;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.963006
Polimeri
26, No.3, 2005, p.128-32
Croatian
SUSPENSION GRADE POLY(VINYL CHLORIDE)
AND HAZARDS OF ITS PRODUCTION
Kovacic T; Andricic B
Split,University
In suspension polymerisation of PVC, the monomer, liquid
vinyl chloride(VC), is mechanically dispersed in water and
polymerised by monomer-soluble initiator in the presence
of protective colloid. The process is carried out in a batch
reactor, in a closed system. From the environmental
viewpoint, modern suspension polymerisation exhibits a
relatively small number of problems. Among them, the most
important is monomer carcinogenicity, as demonstrated
in 1973. Technologists, physicians and scientists were
soon engaged and new technological solutions were
found, which eliminated monomer emission during the
technological process, exposure of workers to VC, as well
as the danger of high residual monomer concentration in
the polymer. The maximum allowed concentrations of VC
were also defined. Modern technology, using degassing
and recovery of excess VC, removal of monomer from
the polymer suspension, wastewater treatment and good
process control, are shown to enable safe plant operation
and use of PVC in the food and pharmaceutical industries
and in medicine. 11 refs.
CROATIA
Accession no.965084
Item 76
Plastics Additives and Compounding
8, No.2, March-April 2006, p.40-2
STABILIZERS: SOME RECENT
DEVELOPMENTS
Ferro has introduced five environmentally-friendly non-
lead mixed-metal heat stabilisers that offer improved
performance compared to currently available alternatives
to lead stabilisers. Therm-Chek 7208P is a calcium-
zinc powder stabiliser for high temperature cable and
automotive wire applications. Chemturas Mark OBS
Organic Based Stabilizers for rigid and flexible PVC are
heavy-metal-free alternatives to traditional lead, Ba/Zn
and Ca/Zn stabilisers. To meet the growing need for a
high performance UV screener for the PETP packaging
77
 References and Abstracts
industry, Cytec has introduced Cyasorb 3638F light
stabiliser. Another product, Cyasorb 3808PP5 light
stabiliser, is said to provide outstanding weatherability
in interior and exterior automotive TPO. Cytec is also
introducing CEC 350, a light stabiliser product for two-
and three-year greenhouse film applications.
WORLD
Accession no.965451
Item 77
New Scientist
190, No.2549, 29th April 2006, p.25
DISAPPEARING TATTOO
It is briefly reported that new tattoo inks that are safer to
use and far easier to remove are set to be launched next
year. Freedom-2 is planning to introduce a range of dyes
that have already been approved by the FDA for use in
cosmetics, food, drugs and medical devices. To prevent the
dyes being absorbed by the body, they are encapsulated in
protective polymer beads just 1-3 micrometres in diameter.
This is small enough to allow them to be injected into
the skin and absorbed by skin cells to form a tattoo. The
pigment can be removed by a single laser treatment which
splits the beads open, dumping the dye into cells where
it is absorbed.
Freedom-2
USA
Accession no.965474
Item 78
Journal of Macromolecular Science A
A43, No.2, 2006, p.315-26
GRAFT COPOLYMERIZATION OF
POLYACRYLAMIDE ONTO TAMARIND
MUCILAGE
Mishra A; Bajpai M
Kanpur,Chhatrapati Shahu Ji Maharaj University
The graft copolymerisation of polyacrylamide onto a water-
soluble food grade polysaccharide, Tamarind mucilage,
initiated by ceric ion, and characterisation of the products
by viscosity, FTIR, SEM, DSC, TGA and biodegradation
studies is described. The effects of monomer concentration,
initiator concentration, reaction time and temperature on
grafting efficiency and degree of grafting were investigated
and the results are discussed. 15 refs.
INDIA
Accession no.965602
Item 79
Polymer Testing
25, No.2, 2006, p.254-61
EFFECT OF ETHYLENE CONTENT ON THE
INTERACTION BETWEEN ETHYLENE-VINYL
ALCOHOL COPOLYMERS AND WATER. I.
APPLICATION OF FT-IR SPECTROSCOPY TO
78
DETERMINE TRANSPORT PROPERTIES AND
INTERACTIONS IN FOOD PACKAGING FILMS
Cava D; Cabedo L; Gimenez E; Gavara R; Lagaron J M
CSIC; Jaume I,Universitat
A simultaneous analysis of the transport properties of water
through extruded food packaging films made of ethylene-
vinyl alcohol copolymers with various ethylene contents
(26 to 48 mol %) and of water/polymer interactions was
carried out using FTIR spectroscopy. A characterisation of
solvent uptake (water sorption isotherms), diffusion and
permeability coefficients as a function of ethylene content
and relative humidity was performed across the above
composition range. From the results, a previously unreported
Langmuir contribution was found at low relative humidity
conditions for the copolymers, which could be responsible
for the unusual trend in oxygen permeability reported earlier
for these materials. Furthermore, a distribution of water
molecules with different hydrogen bonding strengths and
different diffusion rates was encountered, which suggested
that the interaction and transport properties of moisture in
these polymers was not a simple and homogeneous process.
14 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; SPAIN;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.966205
Item 80
Package Print and Converting International
May-June 2006, p.8
HIGH PERFORMANCE PHTHALATE-FREE
WATER-BASED COATING
In recent years, phthalate ester emissions have become a
major environmental and health concern. Food packaging
concerns have been focused on the use of phthalate
plasticisers in inks and coatings, and some packaging films,
as there is a risk that the phthalates may migrate into foods.
A new generation of water-based coatings available from
Starna Industries, which is free from phthalates such as
DINP, DIDP, DNOP, BBP and DEHP, is Curecoat. Not only
is Curecoat free from phthalates, the formulae is also free
from VOCs and HAPs. Application is via flexo, gravure or
roller coater and drying is via hot air or infrared. Curecoat
can be used as a primer on coated and non-coated papers,
foils and fabrics and offers users the possibility as a primer
on metallised films and papers.
Starna Industries
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.967417
Item 81
Brand
5, No.3, March-April 2006, p.42-8
OIL CHANGE
Vine K
In March 2006, for the first time, biopolymers and oil-based
polymers have reached the same price by weight. This
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
removes one of the main barriers to the use of bioplastics,
material costs. Biopackaging refers to packaging that is
either biodegradable (it will break down or compost) or
sustainable (it is made from a renewable resource). There
are three main forms of renewable biopackaging: polylactic
acid, polyhydroxyalkanoates and thermoplastic starch.
Despite the fact that the use of biopackaging is on the
increase, applications are still relatively few and it remains
a niche market. This article looks at whether biopackaging
will ever be able to move into the mainstream packaging
market. It examines the main drivers for the biopackaging
industry and how these differ between different global
markets, the types of biopackaging being used by retailers
and brand owners, and the downsides to biopackaging that
are holding the market back.
WORLD
Accession no.967425
Item 82
Shawbury, Smithers Rapra Ltd., 2006, pp.viii, 280,
ISBN 1859575277, 25cm, 6P
ASSESSING FOOD SAFETY OF POLYMER
PACKAGING
Vergnaud, J; Rosca I
(Rapra Technology)
This book is designed to help current and prospective
researchers in the field of food safety in plastic packaging.
The book is divided into 7 chapters. Chapter 1 is devoted to
a theoretical discussion of the process of diffusion through
a sheet. Chapter 2 is concerned with the transfer of the
contaminants taking place in packages before they are in
contact with food. Chapter 3 is devoted to the problems
caused by the process of co-extrusion or co-moulding of
the films or of the packages. Chapter 4 is the chapter in
which some applications of the theoretical considerations
established in Chapters 1 to 3 are developed further. Chapter
5 considers the future, when use of active packaging will be
widespread. Chapter 6 discusses the misconceptions arising
from the processes or misuse of equations. Chapter 7 details
the conclusions arising from the book.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.967542
Item 83
Analytica Chimica Acta
566, No.1, 27th April 2006, p.60-8
PREDICTING THE PERFORMANCE OF
MOLECULARLY IMPRINTED POLYMERS:
SELECTIVE EXTRACTION OF CAFFEINE BY
MOLECULARLY IMPRINTED SOLID PHASE
EXTRACTION
Farrington K; Magner E; Regan F
Dublin,City University; Limerick,University
The design and synthesis of a molecularly imprinted
polymer capable of extracting caffeine as template from a
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
standard solution and from food samples was investigated.
The use of NMR titration experiments and molecular
modelling in determining the relative ratios of template
to functional monomer, and in the choice of solvent as
porogen and the amount used is discussed. A stepwise
procedure for the development and testing of a molecularly
imprinted polymer is proposed.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; IRELAND;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.967738
Item 84
Shawbury, Rapra Technology, 2006, pp. 148, 29 cm.
Rapra Review Rept. No. 182, vol. 16, No. 2, 2006
FOOD CONTACT RUBBERS 2 - PRODUCTS,
MIGRATION AND REGULATION
Forrest M J
Rapra Technology
Edited by: Humphreys S
(Rapra Technology)
Rapra Review Report No.182
This review report gives a comprehensive overview of
the use of rubber as a food contact material. It includes
information on the types of rubber and rubber products
used in the industry, formulations, contact regulations and
migration testing regimes. Also included are details of
on-going research to improve its safety, and future trends.
Some major research projects carried out in the UK are
discussed, and a comprehensive survey of the available
migration data is included. 257 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; WESTERN
EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.969308
Item 85
Rubber and Plastics News
35, No.24, 26th June 2006, p.14-16
REVIEWING SCIENCE OF COLORING RUBBER
COMPOUNDS
Stewart W M
Excel Polymers LLC
Colour science is often misunderstood. Rubber
technologists spend years learning how to compound
and develop excellent compound properties, yet few
truly understand the importance of colour selection and
dispersion to overall compound properties. This paper
reviews the science of colour and appearance then focuses
upon pigment selection and several types of pigment
incorporation technologies. Different light sources can lead
to metamerism and surface texture may dramatically affect
the appearance of the colour. The basics of colour science
and some different methods for introducing colourants into
production batches are examined. Looking beyond the
initial raw material cost allows the evaluation of various
methods for lower total production cost. It is important
to review the costs associated with scrap, cleanup and
79
 References and Abstracts
efficiency of manufacturing process. Knowledge, quality,
consistency and innovation are important characteristics
to look for in colour suppliers.
USA
Accession no.970315
Item 86
Plastics Additives and Compounding
8, No.3, May-June 2006, p.9
EUPOLEN PE BLUE RECEIVES FDA APPROVAL
BASFs pigment preparation Eupolen PE Blue 69-1501
has received Food Contact Notification approval from the
American FDA, it is briefly reported. As a result, the product
can be used in concentrations up to 2% in plastic items
that come into contact with food, including closures for
drinks bottles, crates for fruit and vegetables, freezer boxes,
drinks cans, plastic cups and packaging films. Eupolen PE
Blue 69-1501 is a highly concentrated polyolefin-based,
dispersed mono-pigment concentrate. High colour strength,
good fastness to light and weathering, constant colouristic
properties, good metering properties and a low-dust physical
form are the characteristics of Eupolen PE Blue 69-1501.
BASF
USA
Accession no.970380
Item 87
Plastic Packaging Innovation News
2, No.8, 13th June 2006, p.7-8
RESEARCHERS DISCOVER COLOURANT
THAT DOESNT STAIN
It is briefly reported that researchers have discovered a
natural yellow pigment that will not stain plastic packaging.
The pigment, called phloridzine oxidation product (POP),
a by-product of the cider industry, could provide a natural
alternative to existing yellow pigments such as tartrazine
and carotene. POP is completely water soluble and can be
used in both the food and cosmetics industries.
INRA
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FRANCE;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.970426
Item 88
LCGC Europe
19, No.7, Suppl., July 2006, p.41
ANALYSIS OF POLYDIMETHYL SILOXANE BY
GPC VISCOMETRY
Saunders G
Polymer Laboratories Ltd.
Polydimethyl siloxane or PDMS is a non-toxic, non-
flammable silicon-based polymeric material noted
for its unusual rheological behaviour. PDMS is a
viscoelastic material, which with long flow times or at high
temperatures behaves similar to a liquid. However, with
80
short flow times or at low temperatures, it behaves in the
same way as rubber. This application note describes the
analysis of PDMS by GPC using the PL-GPC 50 integrated
GPC instrument. Due to the importance of the viscometric
properties of the material in many final applications, a PL-
BV 400 viscometer was included in the PL-GPC 50 as well
as the standard refractive index detector. This combination
of detectors also allows analysis of the material by the
Universal Calibration method, giving accurate molecular
weights which are not reliant on the chemistry of the
standards used for calibration.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.970438
Item 89
Plastic Packaging Innovation News
2, No.9, 27th June 2006, p.8
BASF RECEIVES FOOD CONTACT APPROVAL
FOR BLUE PIGMENT
It is briefly reported that BASFs new pigment preparation
could be used in plastic packaging within weeks. Although
the pigment is already on the market, BASF only received
approval for food contact use from the US FDA in March
2006. The pigment preparation, Eupolen PE Blue 69-1501,
can now be used in concentrations of up to 2% in plastic
packaging that comes into contact with food, such as
closures for drinks bottles, plastic cups or packaging films.
The pigment is also suited for use in all kinds of injection
moulding applications such as flatware, plates or closures.
BASF
USA
Accession no.970443
Item 90
Food Additives and Contaminants
23, No.7, July 2006, p.726-737
EXAMINATION OF STYRENE-
DIVINYLBENZENE ION-EXCHANGE RESINS,
USED IN CONTACT WITH FOOD, FOR
POTENTIAL MIGRANTS
Sidwell J A; Willoughby B G
Rapra Technology Ltd.
The nature of extractable substances from various styrene-
divinylbenzene ion exchange resins, including strong
acid cation resins, strong and weak base anion resins
and an active carbon replacement resin (macroporous
crosslinked PS based Macronet with a very high internal
surface area) was investigated by means of electrospray
liquid chromatography-mass spectroscopy- and gas
chromatography-mass spectroscopy techniques. Volatile
species were detected and the possible implications of the
data obtained on food safety briefly discussed. 7 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.971848
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 91
Food Additives and Contaminants
23, No.7, July 2006, p.738-746
DIFFUSION OF LIMONENE IN
POLYETHYLENE
Limm W; Begley T H; Lickly T; Hentges S G
US,Food & Drug Administration; Dow Chemical Co.;
American Plastics Council
Diffusion coefficients of limonene in various LLDPEs,
HDPEs and LDPEs were determined from sorption
data by TGA and the effects of comonomers, catalysts
and processing methods on the barrier properties of the
polyethylenes at 30C investigated using limonene as the
probe sorbent. Absorption and desorption tests were also
carried out on heat-pressed films made from the resins, the
results of which indicated that the diffusion coefficients of
limonene did not change substantially. 31 refs.
USA
Accession no.971849
Item 92
Campus Datasheet
CAMPUS DATASHEET FOR MINLON EFE6096
GY090A, A MINERAL-FILLED POLYAMIDE-6,6
FROM DUPONT ENGINEERING POLYMERS
DuPont Engineering Polymers
(M-Base Engineering and Software GmbH)
CAMPUS datasheet for an impact-modified, heat-
stabilised, 15% mineral-filled polyamide-6,6 for injection
moulding applications. It exhibits very low warpage and
improved impact resistance. It contains grey pigment.
Identification: ISO 1043: PA66-IMD15. ISO 3795 /
FMVSS 302 burning rate: < 100 mm/min. Specific
certification is available on request. This grade is not
compliant with European food contact requirements.
Applications include wheel covers. This datasheet is
one in a range of datasheets provided by Materials Data
Center from the CAMPUS (Computer Aided Material
Preselection By Uniform Standards) database. All data
is measured according to strict CAMPUS ISO standards,
thus ensuring a high standard of data comparability across
different manufacturers datasets. For an indication of
properties given on the datasheet, please see the list
of keywords below. If appropriate, this datasheet PDF
is updated at 3 monthly intervals. For subscription
information regarding the Materials Data Center, please
follow the link on the Rapra Polymer Library home page
http://www.polymerlibrary.com
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; WESTERN
EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.972268
Item 93
Campus Datasheet
CAMPUS DATASHEET FOR MINLON EFE6091
BK375, A GLASS FIBRE AND MINERAL
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
REINFORCED A POLYAMIDE-6,6 FROM
DUPONT ENGINEERING POLYMERS
DuPont Engineering Polymers
(M-Base Engineering and Software GmbH)
CAMPUS datasheet for a heat-stabilised, 25% glass
fibre, 15% mineral reinforced polyamide-6,6 for injection
moulding applications. It exhibits very low warpage,
and improved mechanical strength and temperature
resistance. It contains black pigment. Identification:
ISO 1043: PA66-(GF+MD)40. ISO 3795 / FMVSS
302 burning rate: B51 mm/min. Specific certification is
available on request. This grade is not compliant with
European food contact requirements. Applications include
automotive fan shrouds. This datasheet is one in a range
of datasheets provided by Materials Data Center from
the CAMPUS (Computer Aided Material Preselection
By Uniform Standards) database. All data is measured
according to strict CAMPUS ISO standards, thus ensuring
a high standard of data comparability across different
manufacturers datasets. For an indication of properties
given on the datasheet, please see the list of keywords
below. If appropriate, this datasheet PDF is updated
at 3 monthly intervals. For subscription information
regarding the Materials Data Center, please follow the
link on the Rapra Polymer Library home page http://www.
polymerlibrary.com
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; WESTERN
EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.972269
Item 94
Food Additives and Contaminants
23, No.8, Aug.2006, p.854-860
MIGRATION OF DEHYDROABIETIC
AND ABIETIC ACIDS FROM PAPER AND
PAPERBOARD FOOD PACKAGING INTO FOOD-
SIMULATING SOLVENTS AND TENAX TA
Asako Ozaki; Tomoko Ooshima; Yoshiaki Mori
Osaka,City Institute of Public Health and Environmental
Sciences
An investigation was undertaken to establish the
concentration in paper products of dehydroabietic(DHA)
and abietic(AA) resin acids, present in rosin, which are
major toxicants of pulp- and paper-mill effluent. Their
migration was studied from paper and paperboard products
into various food-simulating solvents and the substitute
fatty food simulant Tenax TA (modified polyphenylene
oxide). DHA and AA were detected in 5 of 10 virgin paper
products and in all 10 recycled paperboard products for
food-contact use at concentrations of 14-500 and 110-1200
microgram/g, respectively. In virgin paper products, the
highest migration was into 95% ethanol or heptane, with
negligible or no migration into other solvents. In recycled
paperboard products, migration was highest into 95%
ethanol, but was also observed into 20% ethanol, water
and heptane. Migration to Tenax TA was also observed and
the migration level increased with time. The maximum
81
 References and Abstracts
migration levels of DHA and AA into food simulants were
0.853 and 3.14 microgram/g, respectively. The results
suggested that, in the worst case, the daily intake of DHA
and AA from paper and paperboard products was 50 times
lower than the tolerable daily intake of rosin. 21 refs.
JAPAN
Accession no.975308
Item 95
Plastics Additives and Compounding
8, No.4, July-Aug.2006, p.40-43
SETTING NEW STANDARDS FOR THE
ANALYSIS OF ADDITIVES IN POLYETHYLENE
Van Der Maten T
PANalytical BV
The analysis of additives in polymers is an essential
part of the production process. Recent advances in X-
ray fluorescence spectroscopy have provided polymer
and plastics manufacturers with better process control,
higher cost efficiency and a much clearer overview of
their environmental impact. The data presented clearly
demonstrates that the new PANalytical XRF spectrometer,
Axios-Poly, with ADPOL calibration standards delivers the
accurate and repeatable measurement that is required in the
industry today. The combination offers a highly effective
method of measuring sub-ppm levels for a wide range of
important elements.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
NETHERLANDS; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.975912
Item 96
Woodston, UK, Recoup, 2006, 30cm, pp.39, Available
online from http://www.recoup.org/design/docs/
Recyclability_40page.pdf (Accessed on 22/09/06)
PLASTICS PACKAGING: RECYCLABILITY BY
DESIGN
Reckitt Benckiser
(Recoup)
The objective of this guide was to produce definitive
guidance to designers and specifiers on the design of plastic
packaging to facilitate recycling. The guide is divided into
the following main sections: aims, general guidelines, and
material specific guidelines for containers and film.
Nestle waters; SPI
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.976040
Item 97
European Plastics News
33, No.9, Oct.2006, p.33
CUTTING THE HAZE IN PP RESINS
PolyOnes OnColor PProTint and PProTintPlus are two
new products designed to mask the haze that develops
82
in PP resins subjected to multiple heat histories. The
materials are expected to find applications in end-uses
such as pharmaceuticals, infant products and some food
packaging, allowing processors to benefit from the technical
and physical properties of clarified PP without sacrificing
clarity and transparency. Several grades in the PProTint
range are now FDA compliant. This abstract includes all
the information contained in the original article.
PolyOne
USA
Accession no.976953
Item 98
Plastic Packaging Innovation News
2, No.16, 3rd Oct.2006, p.6-7
POLYVAL PUSHES SOLUBLE BAGS AT FRESH
FOOD INDUSTRY
It is briefly reported that Polyval is looking to supply its
PVAL film to the packaging industry for fresh produce.
Although the bags are made from fossil fuels, they dissolve
in water within a few hours and then fully degrade into
water and carbon dioxide after 12 weeks. Polyval has food
contact approval for the film, but the major limitation is
that it can only be used to package dry foods. One of the
main advantages of the film over PE is that it is impervious
to gases, but it allows water vapour to be transmitted,
preventing condensation from forming on the inside of a
package. Other potential applications of the dissolvable
material are laundry bags and cement bags.
Polyval plc
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.977006
Item 99
LNW Label and Narrow Web
11, No.6, Sept.2006, p.50/57
FILM LABEL ADVANCEMENTS
Sartor M
According to Fasson Roll North America, the largest
film markets for narrow web include home and personal
care, beer and beverage, security and food labelling. The
company expects 3-5% growth for films in the home and
personal care industry and double digit growth in the beer
and beverage industry. One of the largest growth areas for
film is the use of pressure sensitive labels in the beverage
market with some notable key users switching to PP-based
PS labels, primarily in the beer sector. Plastic Suppliers
manufactures EarthFirst PLA film which is used in the
flexible packaging, labelling, shrink sleeve labelling,
tamper evident and windowing markets. Working with
films poses different challenges for converters than
working with papers. Surface treatment of most films is
important for adhesion of inks, toner and adhesives.
USA
Accession no.977020
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 100
2005 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Las Vegas, Nv., 27th-29th Sept.2005.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2005, Paper 23, pp.23, CD-
ROM, 012
THE EFFECTS OF RETORT CONDITIONS
ON CLEAR HIGH BARRIER LAMINATED
STRUCTURES
Mueller T R
Rohm & Haas Co.
(TAPPI)
The performance of solventless and solvent-based
adhesives in retort structures was evaluated. Tests
were conducted on pouches made from four ply PETP
laminations with and without aluminium foil, which were
filled with water and retorted at 121 deg.C for one hour,
132 deg.C for 30 minutes or 132 deg.C for 30 minutes and
water quenched. The barrier properties and interlaminar
bond strengths before and after retort were assessed and
compared with those of conventional foil structures.
USA
Accession no.977614
Item 101
High Performance Plastics
May 2006, p.4
METALLIZED POLYESTER FILM
A new thermal silver-metallised PETP film has been
introduced by GBC Films Group Europe of the Netherlands,
it is reported here. The film, known as 7100 Metallized
PET, is geared at applications in food and retail packaging.
Brief details are given in this little item.
GBC Films Group Europe; Acco Brands Corp.
EUROPE-GENERAL; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN
UNION; NETHERLANDS; USA; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.977751
Item 102
Modern Plastics World Encyclopedia
2006, p.87-88
MULTIPLE USES MEAN PP SPANS
COMMODITIES TO VALUE-ADDED PRODUCTS
Herrgard G
Borealis Polymers Oy
The ability of polypropylene to be used in a variety of
applications is discussed with reference to market trends
and material developments. PP is the worlds third most
popular polymer after polyethylene and polyester. Its
production is estimated to be 44.38 million tonnes in
2005. demand for PP in mature areas of application is
being stimulated by improved resin performance. Injection
moulding, pipe, automotive and some film applications
have growth rates above the average. Technology
developments in these areas are described, and include
products providing a stiffness/impact balance, grater
stiffness, achieved by means of multimodal polymerisation
using high isotacticity catalysts, and flexural moduli
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
reaching 2500 MPa in future. Other developments include
impact resistance grades for food packaging and durable
goods, improved melt flow rates to meet the demands of
complex mouldings, and heat resistant, scratch resistant
and paintable products for automotive applications. Film
and pipe applications are also examined.
EUROPEAN UNION; FINLAND; SCANDINAVIA; WESTERN
EUROPE; WORLD
Accession no.977989
Item 103
Flexible
5, No.2, July-Aug.2006, p.10-17
ASIAN FILMS
This article discusses the prospects for Asias flexible
packaging industry. China is developing the worlds
largest packaging industry, which is expected to grow by
12% annually through to 2010. The main end-users of
flexible packaging are ranked as pharmaceutical, fast food,
pet food and personal care and hygiene. In India flexible
packaging is the most common packaging format, with
many traditional rigid pack formats being replaced with
flexible versions. For many years, India has been exporting
unconverted BOPP, PETP and PE films, and more recently
converted products. Vietnam has been growing at a rate of
7% annually and its emerging flexible packaging industry
has been experiencing extraordinary growth rates.
ASIA
Accession no.978244
Item 104
Flexible
5, No.2, July-Aug.2006, p.18/27
FLEXED FOR GROWTH
With the increasing demand volume of flexible packaging
in each end-user market, the annual output of the Chinese
flexible packaging plants is surging. In 2004, shipments
of flexible packaging in China amounted to 3.09 million
tonnes, with the market growing at an annual rate of more
than 10%. This article gives an overall description of the
raw materials market, focusing on the main properties of
the materials and their application status in the Chinese
flexible packaging plants. Films include PE, BOPP, CPP,
EVOH, metallised film, PA/BOPA, PVC, PVDC, PETP/
BOPETP and metallocene polymers. Adhesive, ink and
heat/cold seal coatings are also examined.
CHINA
Accession no.978245
Item 105
Plastic Packaging Innovation News
2, No.17, 17th Oct.2006, p.5
PACKAGING STICKS
According to a 2006 Pira market report, the global market
for adhesives in flexible packaging in 2004 was almost 245
83
 References and Abstracts
million kg. It was expected to increase by 8.4% in 2005
and by a further 13.2% between 2005 and 2010. Growth
is expected to continue across all main end use markets
between 2005 and 2010, with the exception of cosmetics
and toiletries, where a slight decline is noted. The largest
rise in demand is anticipated in the meat, fish and poultry,
pet food and savoury snacks product sectors as these
markets evolve in developing economies. Technological
developments are being driven by legislation as well as
cost-reduction considerations. In the coming years, there
is likely to be a significant improvement in the range
of laminating adhesives available, involving the use of
new and improved chemistry, films and resins. Broad
changes are anticipated in the use of adhesives, reflecting
a move away from solvent-based adhesives towards more
environmentally friendly products such as water-based
adhesives.
Pira International
WORLD
Accession no.978345
Item 106
Polymers Paint Colour Journal
196, No.4504, Sept.2006, p.48/50
FOOD FOR THOUGHT
James V
Dow Corning Ltd.
U.S. Food and Drug Administration and Council of Europe
food packaging regulations which could severely limit
material choice for the ink and varnish industries are
discussed. It is shown that with expertise in modifying the
architecture of silicone-polyether copolymer technology,
structures can be designed which can achieve good foam
control and film quality in the manufacture and application
of waterborne inks and varnishes while, most importantly,
allowing compliance with food packaging legislation in
place to protect the public. 2 refs.
US,Food & Drug Administration; Council of Europe
EUROPE-GENERAL; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN
UNION; UK; USA; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.979151
Item 107
ANTEC 2006. Proceedings of the 64th SPE Annual
conference held Charlotte, NC., 7th-11th May 2006.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2006, p.92-7, PDF 103578, CD-
ROM, 012
WORKING WITH ORGANIC PIGMENTS IN
YELLOW COLOR SPACE
Cole D T; Reinicker R A
Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.
(SPE)
Formulators colouring plastics and synthetic fibres
can select from a variety of organic colorants in order
to achieve a final desired colour. The choices can be
confusing unless the colorants are previously specified
84
or are well known to the formulator. This paper will deal
with a subset of the colorants in yellow colour space while
clarifying the selection process with respect to some of
the most important properties of the colorants for plastics
and fibres. 4 refs.
USA
Accession no.979210
Item 108
Silicone Elastomers 2006. Proceedings of a conference
held Frankfurt, Germany, 19th-20th Sept. 2006.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology, 2006, Paper 3, pp.24, 29
cm, 012
THE USE OF GCXGC-TOFMS AND LC-MS FOR
THE DETERMINATION OF MIGRANTS FROM
SILICONE RUBBERS INTO FOOD SIMULANTS
AND FOOD PRODUCTS
Forrest M J; Holding S R; Howells D; Eardley M
Rapra Technology
(Rapra Technology)
The aim of this work is to demonstrate how the enhanced
capabilities of GC-GCxTOFMS and LC-MS can be used
to generate migration data on silicone rubbers in contact
with both aqueous and fatty food simulants and foods,
that would not be possible using standard GC-MS and
HPLC instruments. Specific migration experiments were
carried out using both food simulants (distilled water and
95% ethanol), and a number of food products (carbonated
water, white wine and olive oil). The results obtained from
the analysis of these samples by GCxGC-TOFMS and
LC-MS showed that the principal species of interest were
siloxane oligomers. 4 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.979244
Item 109
Przemyst Chemiczny
85, No.7, July 2006, p.471-477
Polish
THE TRENDS IN INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
OF REACTIVE POLYMERS ON THE EXAMPLE
OF ROHM AND HAAS COMPANYS PRODUCTS
Kociolek-Balawejder E; Surowiec J
Wroclaw,Academy of Economics; Rohm & Haas France
SAS
A review is presented on ion exchange resins for the
treatment of industrial water, potable water, polymeric
catalysts and resins for food purification, environmental
protection and pharmaceutical and medical diagnostic
applications. 16 refs.
EASTERN EUROPE; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN
UNION; FRANCE; POLAND; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.980073
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts

Item 110 materials with optimised and enhanced agricultural

European Coatings Journal and food packaging performances. Microhardness
No. 10, 2004, p.31/6 measurements are used to analyse the mechanical
UV SYSTEM HAS STICKING POWER response of the materials in order to obtain information
Tonnoir O about the dispersion of the two immiscible components.
SICPA Good versatility is achieved although properties may
be improved by addition of a compatibilising agent. 23
Adhesion issues relating to UV ink technology in
refs.
converting applications are discussed, and an alternative
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; SPAIN;
UV technology is presented which is claimed to provide
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
outstanding adhesion. This involves the use of new resins
based on chemically-modified epoxy acrylate, and a Accession no.927180
dual curing mechanism. The modification results in an
isocyanate prepolymer which can be cured under UV light. Item 113
When the film is cured under UV light, it becomes a part Popular Plastics and Packaging
of the substrate, linked by a strong molecular bonding 49, No.10, Oct.2004, p.100-2
within the ink film and between the film and substrate. LATEST DEVELOPMENTS IN PLASTICS
The technique is reported to be able to address the PACKAGING
continuous problem of how to achieve a good printability Kulshreshtha A K
without altering adhesion, and is proposed as an economic Indian Petrochemical Corp.Ltd.
alternative to expensive technical solutions to the adhesion
problem. 3 refs. This article discusses the latest developments in active
packaging, including oxygen scavengers, antimicrobial
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FRANCE;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL films and intelligent films.
INDIA
Accession no.926596
Accession no.927262
Item 111
Modern Plastics International Item 114
34, No.11, Nov.2004, p.52 Plastics News(USA)
HIGH-PERFORMANCE PE TARGETS 16, No.39, 29th Nov.2004, p.4
THINWALLED PARTS TORAY EXPANDS PET, PP FILMS
Pryweller J
A new grade of Surpass single-site catalyst-produced PE,
IFs932A, targets thin-wall injection moulding applications, It is briefly reported that Toray Plastics (America) is
it is briefly reported. This material has low viscosity to expanding into PETP film packaging applications in North
allow easier mould fills with high cavitation tools, shorter America. The company has introduced a coextruded,
cycle times, high clarity and energy savings due to lower chemically treated film that offers good adhesion to water-
barrel temperatures. It has a balance of toughness and and solvent-based inks and a one-sided, heat-sealable
stiffness. The organoleptic properties are said to be superior film for wrapping portable foods. The company has also
to other PE grades on the market, making it ideal for food launched a heat-sealable oriented PP film for food packets
packaging applications such as lids and closures. and stand-up pouches. To make the films, the company will
Nova Chemicals shift production in North Kingston, R.I., away from the
CANADA manufacture of PETP tape films for the video market.
Accession no.926682 Toray Plastics (America) Inc.
NORTH AMERICA
Accession no.927265
Item 112
Journal of Polymer Science: Polymer Physics Edition
42, No.20, Oct. 2004, p.3766-74 Item 115
OXYGEN PERMEABILITY IN BLENDS OF A Polymers Paint Colour Journal
VINYL ALCOHOL/ETHYLENE COPOLYMER 194, No.4482, Nov.2004, p.15-6
AND A METALLOCENIC ETHYLENE/1-OCTENE PACKAGING INKS GO GREEN
COPOLYMER Ivory N
Laguna M F; Cerrada M L; Benavente R; Perez E Sun Chemical Ltd.
Instituto de Ciencia y Tecnologia de Polimeros
Problems experienced in the application of cationically-
The preparation, morphological characterisation and cured printing inks to non-food contact packaging
oxygen permeability of blends of a vinyl alcohol-ethylene resulting from the by-products of photolysis of the
(VAE) copolymer with a metallocenic ethylene-1-octene photoinitiators causing odour or taint and the potential
copolymer (CEO) are presented. The study aims to design for migration of chemical species into food, are reviewed.

Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology 85

 References and Abstracts
The commercial development of new cationic initiators
to overcome these problems is described.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.927672
Item 116
European Plastics News
32, No.1, Jan.2005, p.10
BIOPOLYMERS KEEP GROWING
Proctor & Gamble is continuing its research into bio-based
biodegradable aliphatic polyester (PHA). Although there
has been progress towards commercialisation, there are
still performance and design barriers to be addressed.
In blow and injection moulding the challenges are cycle
time and impact resistance. However, one tableware
application already looks attractive for P&G in Nodax
PHA, painted tableware, where Nodax provides not only
an enhancement over the conventionally used PP materials
in terms of strong adhesion without using a primer coat,
but cost savings as well. Italian packaging company
Alcas has released a range of ice-cream cups made
from NatureWorks PLA. In film, Dutch fresh produce
distribution company The Greenery plans to produce its
first produce packed in biopolymer film.
WORLD
Accession no.928478
Item 117
Macromolecular Bioscience
4, No.11, 20th Nov.2004, p.1053-60
PHYSICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF
COUPLED POLY(LACTIC ACID)/STARCH/
MALEIC ANHYDRIDE BLENDS PLASTICIZED
BY ACETYL TRIETHYL CITRATE
Zhang J-F; Sun X
Kansas State University
The effects of acetyl triethyl citrate as plasticiser on the
properties of blends of poly(lactic acid) with starch,
compatibilised with maleic anhydride using 2,5-bis(tert-
butylperoxy)-2,5-dimethylhexane as initiator, were
investigated by tensile testing, water absorption, DSC and
SEM. Migration and leaching of the plasticiser into water
is discussed in terms of potential food-contact applications
of the blends. 31 refs.
USA
Accession no.929443
Item 118
Food Additives and Contaminants
21, No.10, Oct.2004, p.1007-14
MIGRATION OF A UV STABILIZER FROM
POLYETHYLENE TEREPHTHALATE(PET)
INTO FOOD SIMULANT
Begley T H; Biles J E; Cunningham C; Piringer O
86
US,Food & Drug Administration; Fabes GmbH
The migration of Tinuvin 234 (2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-
4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol) into food simulants
from PETP was measured using high-performance liquid
chromatography with UV detection. Ethanol/water,
isooctane and a fractionated coconut oil simulant (Miglyol)
were used as food simulating solvents. The migration
characteristics were measured at temperatures in the range
40 to 70C. Diffusion coefficients were determined. At 40C,
the amount of migration into 95% ethanol after 10 days was
2 microgram/sq dm. Isooctane was found to be a good fatty
food simulant which provided similar results for PETP to
those of fatty foods. 12 refs.
Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.
USA
Accession no.929906
Item 119
Plastics Additives and Compounding
6, No.6, Nov.-Dec.2004, p.11
RECYCLABLE PRODUCTS BENEFIT FROM
YELLOW PIGMENT
It is briefly reported that Shepherd Color has introduced
a chrome-free yellow pigment which the company says
can be used in products that need to meet recycling and
food contact legislation. The pigment, Yellow 20P296, is
part of the companys Artic infrared reflecting pigment
line and is a clean, red, buff shade. Because it is heavy
metal free, it can be used in an variety of products that
fall under environment or food contact legislation. These
include applications in the automotive and electrical
markets where materials are often recycled at the end of
the product life.
Shepherd Color Co.
USA
Accession no.930311
Item 120
Plastic Packaging Innovation News
1, No.1, 16th Dec.2004, p.7
ROHM AND HAAS GETS STUCK INTO WATER-
BASED ADHESIVES
Rohm & Haas has revealed it is developing a water-based
adhesive for foods that are challenging to pack because of
their moisture content, such as cheese, meat and coffee.
The company plans to have an improved version of its
Robond L, an acrylic water-based adhesive for dry bond
lamination applications, commercialised during 2005.
The advanced version of Robond L will have improved
product resistance for use with fat, vinegar, oil and fruit
juice and temperature resistance for withstanding the high
temperatures during pasteurisation.
Rohm & Haas Co.
USA
Accession no.930367
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 121
Patent Number: EP 1475425 A1 20041110
THERMAL PROCESS FOR THE
MANUFACTURE OF A LAMINATE AND
APPARATUS THEREFOR
Narumiya T; Asano I; Kasahara H; Tanaka R
Nakamoto Packs Co.Ltd.; Nissei Chemical Co.Ltd.
The manufacturing method involves laminating a first
substrate film layer and a second substrate film layer
through an adhesive resin layer, integrating the adhesive
resin layer with the first substrate film layer, heating the
surface of the adhesive resin layer by heat rays in the
presence of oxygen to induce functional groups which
contribute to adhesion and superimposing the second
substrate film layer on the adhesive resin layer to be bonded
thereto with pressure. The thermal laminate is strong
without the need for solvent and is safe and hygienic in
contact with food.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; JAPAN;
WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.930660
Item 122
British Plastics and Rubber
Jan.2005, p.22-3
RINGING THE CHANGES ON ENGINEERING
THERMOPLASTICS
Cyclics Corporation is planning to double the size of its
2,500 t/y plant at Schwarzeheide, Germany, towards the
end of this year and has started planning for a second
plant of 25-50,000 t/y capacity which could be on-line by
2009. Cyclics makes cyclic PBTP, CBT, a low viscosity
form of PBTP. CBT has particular potential in processes
where its water-like viscosity can be used to advantage,
such as rotational moulding, casting and infusing fibre
reinforcements. CBT has an inherent high gloss surface and
for Class A applications can also be painted. Mechanically
and thermally it outperforms PE, so can achieve high
stiffness at lower wall thicknesses with lower part weight.
Cyclics has signed up with Ahlstrom Glassfibre to supply
CBT resins for Ahlstrom to combine with its glass fibre
reinforcements to produce composite systems for wind
turbine and marine applications.
Cyclics Corp.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
GERMANY; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-
GENERAL
Accession no.931332
Item 123
Japan Chemical Week
46, No.2304, 3rd Feb.2005, p.4
MITSUI CHEM INTRODUCES PROPYLENE-
BASED PERFORMANCE ELASTOMERS
It is briefly reported that Mitsui Chemicals has used
metallocene catalysis in the development of a new series of
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
propylene-based performance elastomers, the Tafmer XM
Series, which feature greatly enhanced homogeneity. When
used in blends in the heat sealing layer of a PP film, the new
series will allow heat sealing at a temperature 20C lower
compared to the existing conventional propylene-based
Tafmer, thereby significantly enhancing the efficiency
of the food packaging process. Furthermore, the series
can be expected to improve efficiency in the OPP film
coating process, and also to make inroads into a wide
variety of applications in addition to resin modifiers, such
as automotive.
Mitsui Chemicals
JAPAN
Accession no.932496
Item 124
Japan Chemical Week
46, No.2305, 10th Feb.2005, p.2
DAINICHI BARES 100% BIODEGRADABLE
ANTIMICROBIAL SHEET
Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals has developed a totally
biodegradable lunch box sheet, it is briefly reported. Not
only the sheet itself, but also the ink and adhesive are
biodegradable and after use the sheet can be disposed of in
compost. The antimicrobial sheet, Wasapearl, comprises a
laminate of polylactic acid film, made from corn, and paper
from rayon pulp, impregnated with an extract of natural
wasabi (Japanese horseradish) and mustard possessing
bacteriostatic activity.
Dainichiseika Color & Chemicals Mfg.Co.
JAPAN
Accession no.932543
Item 125
Brussels, Cefic, 2004, pp.2, 30 cm, 3/3/05
MIGRATION OF STYRENE FROM
UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESINS
Cefic; PIRA; APME
The migration of styrene from unsaturated polyester
resins was tested in four commercially available resins
subjected to a number of post cure conditions. Styrene
migration into three food stimulants, 3% acetic acid,
10% ethanol, and olive oil, was determined using single
sided migration cells. The exposure conditions for the
migration measurements were 2 hours at 70 deg.C and
40 days at 40 deg.C. The residual styrene levels for all
samples were measured to assess the possible correlation
between migration of styrene into the stimulants and the
residual styrene content in the material. The materials
tested were SMC, solid surface materials, gel coated flat
sheeting, and flat sheeting, and GRP pipe with a resin-rich
liner. Apart from the pipe sample, the correlation between
styrene migration and residual styrene content is claimed
to be sufficiently encouraging to speculate that by simply
measuring the residual styrene level of food contact
products manufactured from unsaturated polyester resin,
87
 References and Abstracts
an assessment of an acceptable styrene migration level
can be made.
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.933574
Item 126
European Polymer Journal
41, No.4, April 2005, p.707-14
FTIR INVESTIGATION OF THE SPECIFIC
MIGRATION OF ADDITIVES FROM RIGID
POLY(VINYL CHLORIDE)
Atek D; Belhaneche-Bensemra N
Algiers,Ecole Nationale Polytechnique
The migration of additives from rigid poly(vinyl chloride)
(PVC) containing epoxidised sunflower oil as an organic
costabiliser, zinc and calcium stearates as primary
stabilisers, and stearic acid as a lubricant was examined
by using sunflower oil and 15% (v/v) aqueous ethanol as
models for foods. Circular samples of the rigid PVC were
immersed in a known volume of the model food for 12 days
at 40 deg C. Samples of the polymer and the food model
were removed each day for analysis by Fourier-transform
IR spectroscopy. The direct analysis of the model foods
was complicated by the overlap of bands in the additives.
However, an analysis of the PVC films obtained by
dissolution of the circular samples in tetrahydrofuran and
evaporation of the solvent was more conclusive. Although
some migration of the additives was detected, the level of
migration was less than that legally permitted for food-
contact materials (10 mg/sq dm). 11 refs.
ALGERIA
Accession no.934921
Item 127
Additives for Polymers
Dec.2004, p.9
BASF GREEN PIGMENT RECEIVES FDA
APPROVAL
BASF has been granted approval from the US Food & Drug
Administration for its phthalocyanine pigment, known as
Heliogen Green K 9360, for food-contact applications.
Brief details are given in this very short article.
BASF; US,FOOD & DRUG ADMINISTRATION
USA
Accession no.935359
Item 128
Hot Colors, Cool Plastics 2004. Proceedings of a SPE
Retec conference held Marco Island, Fl., 20th.-21st.
Sept.2004.
Brookfield, Ct., SPE, 2004, p.51-9, CD-ROM, 012
GOING GREEN WITH ULTRAMARINE BLUE
Calvert D
Holliday Pigments Ltd.
(SPE,Color & Appearance Div.)
88
The pigment ultramarine blue is examined with respect to its
environmental impacts, health hazards and safety. Whilst the
pigment has a favourable toxicity profile and a long history
of application in sensitive applications such as cosmetics
and in food-contact applications, in order to meet the
requirements of discerning customers practice sustainable
procurement and look for products with a beneficial life
cycle analysis. This paper, therefore, outlines the results
of a study which shows how a commitment to sustainable
manufacture is an essential addition to the favourable
toxicity profile. Areas for improvement are recognised and
options for renewable energy resources are discussed.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.935629
Item 129
Plastics and Rubber Asia
20, No.132, March 2005, p.18
BASELLS FILM DEVELOPMENTS
Basell has introduced a family of Ziegler catalysts that
are designed for use in gas phase PE technologies, it
is briefly reported. Known as Avant Z230, the catalysts
are said to be able to produce narrow molecular weight
for film, injection moulding and rotomoulding grades of
LLDPE, MDPE and HDPE. Basell has also developed a
new generation PP copolymer, Clyrell RC1314. Based on
the Spherizone technology, Clyrell is said to have better
optical, stiffness and sealing properties as well as low
odours. Designed for use in side layers, processors have
reported that Clyrell displays no visible crystallisation line.
Potential applications include retort food pouches, hygiene
product packaging and large-size bags for animal feed.
Basell
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
NETHERLANDS; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-
GENERAL
Accession no.935930
Item 130
Food Additives and Contaminants
21, No.12, Dec.2004, p.1179-85
METHOD OF TEST AND SURVEY OF
CAPROLACTAM MIGRATION INTO FOODS
PACKAGED IN NYLON-6
Bradley E L; Speck D R; Read W A; Castle L
UK,Dept.of Environment,Food & Rural Affairs
An analytical method for determining residual caprolactam
content in foods is described and applied to an analysis of
50 retail foodstuffs in polyamide-6 packaging. The method
entails extraction of the foodstuff with ethanol/water
containing caprolactam as internal standard, defatting
of the extract with hexane and analysis of the defatted
extract by liquid chromatography combined with mass
spectrometry. 14 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.936458
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 131
Paint and Coatings Industry
21, No.4, April 2005, p.38/44
CHECKMATE FOR MICROBES
Zeren S; Preuss A; Konig B
Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.
Paints that repel microorganisms are increasingly in
demand, and biocides based on silver ions are suitable for
this purpose. In this study, a silver glass and a silver zeolite
were used as biocide additives. Two different powder
coating systems were used, namely a clear coat, based on
PU for use in the health and hospital sector, and a white
pigmented powder coating, based on a hybrid for the food-
processing industry. In order to characterise the overall
antimicrobial additive effectiveness in combating bacteria
and fungus on the powder coating surface, the following
tests were carried out to determine the bactericidal and
fungicidal activity at the surface: determination of the
lowest concentration of the A1-type biocide additive
necessary in the PU clear coat to repel all three types of
organisms; repeat testing of the antimicrobial effect on the
surfaces after a rinsing and light exposure test, allowing the
long-term effect of biocide additives to be monitored; and
characterisation of the surfaces of the powder coatings by
means of colour, gloss and haze measurements. 4 refs.
SWITZERLAND; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.938061
Item 132
Paper Film and Foil Converter
79, No.4, April 2005, p.12
FDA OKS BASF PIGMENT
BASF has been granted approval from the US FDA for its
phthalocyanine pigment Heliogen Green K 9360 under the
Food Contact Notification programme. BASF claims it is
the only supplier of a pigment with this Color Index number
(Pigment Green 36) to have been granted approval. The
pigment is approved for use as a food-contact substance
in all types of polymers. The coloured polymers may be
used according to the conditions of use C-G, table 2 of 21
CFR 176.170(c), and not to exceed temperatures of 70C.
Users are subject to the provisions of 21 CFR 178.3297.
This abstract includes all the information contained in the
original article.
BASF Corp.
USA
Accession no.939074
Item 133
Plastics Engineering Europe
3, No.1, Spring 2005, p.36-8
PLASTICS ADDITIVES ROUNDUP
Pritchard G
Rapra Technology Ltd.
This article examines some of the important technology
developments, economic issues and regulatory concerns
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
affecting the additives industry. About 75% of all additives
measured by tonnage and 60% by value are used in just one
polymer, PVC. PVC is the target destination for almost all
heat stabilisers and about 86% of all plasticisers by volume,
together with rather more than three-quarters of all impact
modifiers, over 60% of antimicrobial additives and more
than half of all chemical blowing or foaming agents. Over
90% of all antiblock and slip agents by volume go into
polyolefins, together with well over 60% of light stabilisers
and antioxidants and more than half of all nucleating and
clarifying agents. In the building and construction sector,
there are likely to be higher fire resistance standards in
future, offering opportunities for increased consumption
of flame retardants.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.940102
Item 134
Modern Plastics Worldwide
82, No.5, May 2005, p.23
REGULATORY SHOWDOWN?
Deligio T
According to the US FDA, substances that are not expected to
become a component of a food stuff, or those that do not pose
a health risk, are cleared using analytical chemistry data and
extrapolation to show they pose no toxicological concern. In
Europe, however, all materials present must be cleared using
relatively exhaustive toxicological evaluations, regardless of
the amount or likelihood of migration. As the European Union
works towards a Super-Regulation, differences that require
reconciliation seem likely, especially for companies looking
to employ one packaging platform across continents. One
current point of contention is migration, where, unlike the
EU, the FDA offers some exemptions.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; USA;
WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.941117
Item 135
British Plastics and Rubber
May 2005, p.16
FOOD CONTACT APPROVAL FOR LIGHT
STABILISER
It is briefly reported that BASFs Uvinul 5050 H light
stabiliser for polyolefins has been given a Food Contact
Notification by the US FDA. This enables its use in
applications such as woven tape bags like big bags for
flour and grain, packaging films and milk containers
when the requirements and definitions laid down in 21
CFR 177.1520 of FDA are observed. Uvinul 5050 H is
a sterically hindered amine which prevents plastics from
degrading by scavenging the free radicals that are formed
when plastics are exposed to UV light.
BASF
USA
Accession no.941148
89
 References and Abstracts
Item 136
Brand
4, No.4, May-June 2005, p.36-41
TINY MIRACLES
For the packaging industry, nanoparticles in the form of
nanoclays have gone into nanocomposites used in thin-
film barriers and rigid packaging to improve gas barrier
protection. These improved gas barriers increase the shelf
life of food and beverages. Nanoparticles are currently
made from a wide variety of materials, with the most
common of the new generation being ceramics. The big
story for nanotechnology in packaging applications may
be to enable low-cost devices that sense their environment
and process information. The two relevant areas are
sensing technologies, or smart dust, and radio frequency
identification. RFID technology has so far provided merely
self-identification in the form of bar codes, but through
nanotechnology it could have much greater functionality,
such as detecting when food has gone bad. Nanotechnology
in printing is also discussed.
WORLD
Accession no.942227
Item 137
Canadian Plastics
63, No.4, April 2005, p.13/6
SPECIAL ADVANTAGE
LeGault M
The US FDA recently approved Shepherd Colors
StarLight FL 105 for use as a colourant in all types of
food-contact applications. The pigment is designed to
create sparkling effects in items such as plastic tumblers,
dinnerware and packaging for food and cosmetics. EMD
Chemicals line of Iriodin WMD pearlescent special effects
pigments is produced using a new process that makes the
pigment easier to use, with improved throughput. Teknor
Color has launched a line of microbead colour concentrates
designed to create striking sparkling effects in PETP
beverage bottles. Clariant Masterbatches has expanded its
Soft-Touch special effects line, previously limited to blow
moulded containers, to injection-moulded products such
as caps and closures. Soft-Touch uses a soft-textured resin
compound in combination with a masterbatch colourant
system to provide a soft matte finish.
NORTH AMERICA
Accession no.942345
Item 138
Food Additives and Contaminants
22, No.3, March 2005, p.245-50
DETERMINATION OF ETHYLENETHIOUREA
(ETU) AND PROPYLENETHIOUREA (PTU) IN
FOODS BY HIGH PERFORMANCE LIQUID
CHROMATOGRAPHY-ATMOSPHERIC
PRESSURE CHEMICAL IONISATION-MEDIUM-
RESOLUTION MASS SPECTROMETRY
90
Startin J R; Hird S J; Sykes M D
UK,Central Science Laboratory
A novel method for determining ETU and PTU in food
is described. It involves extraction of ETU and PTU by
blending with dichloromethane in the presence of sodium
sulphate, sodium carbonate, thiourea and ascorbic acid,
removal of dichloromethane by rotary evaporation after
filtration, redissolving the extract in water, analysis by
reversed phase liquid chromatography and detection by
means of atmospheric pressure chemical ionisation-mass
spectrometry using a double focusing mass spectrometer.
27 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.942989
Item 139
Food Additives and Contaminants
22, No.3, March 2005, p.280-8
DIETARY EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT OF
INFANTS TO BISPHENOL A FROM THE USE OF
POLYCARBONATE BABY MILK BOTTLES
Kwok Onn Wong; Lay Woon Leo; Huay Leng Seah
Singapore,Agri-Food and Veterinary Authority
A study was made of residual Bisphenol A content in
various polycarbonate baby milk bottles available on the
Singapore market. The potential migration of Bisphenol A
from each bottle was also determined under more severe
temperatures than usual using food-simulating solvents
and time conditions recommended by the US,Food &
Drug Administration. It was established that the dietary
exposure of Bisphenol A from the bottles was below the
oral Reference Dose laid down by the US,Environmental
Protection Agency and that there was no health risk to
infants from use of the bottles. 17 refs.
US,Food & Drug Administration; US,Environmental
Protection Agency
SINGAPORE
Accession no.942990
Item 140
Journal of Membrane Science
253, No.1-2, 5th May 2005, p.139-47
WATER AND HEXANE PERMEATE FLUX
THROUGH ORGANIC AND CERAMIC
MEMBRANES. EFFECT OF PRETREATMENT
ON HEXANE PERMEATE FLUX
Garcia A; Alvarez S; Riera F; Alvarez R; Coca J
Oviedo,University; Valencia,Polytechnical University
The behaviour of several organic and inorganic membranes
in the presence of organic solvents (hexane) for application in
edible oil processing was studied. Ceramic membrane with
a zirconia filtration layer and molec.wt. cut-offs(MWCO)
of 1000 and 5000 g/mol and polyethersulphone(PES)
membranes with MWCO of 4000 and 9000 g/mol
were tested in pilot-plant scale equipment. The effect
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
of pretreatment, consisting of soaking the membranes
in mixtures of solvents of decreasing polarity, on the
performance of both types of membranes was evaluated.
The pretreatment was very effective for PES membranes,
but ineffective for zirconia membranes. Hexane flux was
higher through pretreated PES membranes than through
ceramic membranes with higher MWCO. The results
obtained could be explained by the different hydrophilicity
of PES and ceramic membranes. The Hagen-Poiseuille
equation was not able to predict the results on permeate
flux, which indicated that other parameters apart from
viscosity should be taken into account, e.g. surface tension,
hydrophobicity.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; SPAIN;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.943107
Item 141
Kunststoffe Plast Europe
95, No.4, 2005, p.102-5
NICKEL AND CHROMIUM RUTILE YELLOW
- PIGMENT CLASS WITH LOW RISK
Endriss H; Fischer R
BASF AG; Deutscher Verband der
Mineralfarbenindustrie
A risk assessment of nickel and chromium yellow pigments
is presented. It is shown that, although these pigments
contain heavy metals, they exhibit virtually inert behaviour,
as the metals are not bioavailable. Studies undertaken as
part of the OECD High Production Volume Programme,
which confirm that these yellow pigments have only low
hazard potential, are described. The use of rutile pigments
in food packaging is discussed. The colouration of plastics
with this class of pigments can be regarded as being more
or less harmless from a toxicological and ecological
perspective. 4 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
GERMANY; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-
GENERAL
Accession no.944171
Item 142
High Performance and Speciality Elastomers 2005.
Proceedings of a conference held Geneva, Switzerland,
20th-21st April 2005.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology Ltd., 2005, Paper 2,
pp.17, 29cm, 012
USE OF TWO-DIMENSIONAL GC-MS FOR THE
IDENTIFICATION AND QUANTIFICATION OF
LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT COMPOUNDS
FROM HIGH PERFORMANCE ELASTOMERS
Forrest M; Holding S; Howells D
Rapra Technology Ltd.
(Rapra Technology Ltd.)
The practical implications for the compositional analysis
of the low molec.wt. compounds in rubber using two-
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
dimensional gas chromatography(GC) with time-of-flight
mass spectroscopy(MS) are examined. The principles
and practice of the technique are described and results
of analyses of compounds based on nitrile rubber,
fluorocarbon rubber, acrylic rubber, epichlorohydrin rubber
and butyl rubber are presented and discussed. Comparison
is made between data generated by this two-dimensional
GC-MS technique and by conventional GC-MS. The main
applications of the new analysis technique are discussed,
including reverse engineering of unknown rubber samples,
extractables testing and food migration testing.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.944177
Item 143
Food Additives and Contaminants
22, No.5, May 2005, p.490-502
TEST METHOD FOR MEASURING NON-
VISIBLE SET-OFF FROM INKS AND LACQUERS
ON THE FOOD-CONTACT SURFACE OF
PRINTED PACKAGING MATERIALS
Bradley E L; Castle L; Dines T J; Fitzgerald A G;
Gonzalez Tunon P; Jickells S M; Johns S M; Layfield E
S; Mountfort K A; Onoh H; Ramsay I A
UK,Dept.for the Environment,Food & Rural Affairs;
Dundee,University; Laser Installations Ltd.
The development of a test method to measure invisible
set-off of inks and lacquers based on various resins such
as acrylics or polyurethanes on the food-contact surface
of food-packaging materials such as polyethylene is
described. A method using luminescence was found to
meet the requirements of sensitivity, together with low
cost, ease of use, non-destructive testing and a clear pass
or fail indication. 20 refs.
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.945764
Item 144
Plastics Technology
51, No.3, March 2005, p.61
ONLINE SERVICE HELPS MEET EU
PACKAGING SPECS
French company SpecialChem has launched a new
on-line calculation service called MigraPass, to help
manufacturers comply with the 2002 European Union
regulations on the migration of hazardous substances in
food packaging applications. Brief details are offered in
this concise article.
SPECIALCHEM; FABES GMBH RESEARCH CO.;
PIRA INTERNATIONAL
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FRANCE;
GERMANY; UK; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-
GENERAL
Accession no.946128
91
 References and Abstracts

Item 145 when exposed to ultraviolet light by scavenging free

High Performance Plastics radicals, has been granted a Food Contact Notification
April 2005, p.3 by the US Food & Drug Administration, it is reported in
HOMOGENEOUS PROPYLENE-BASED this small article.
ELASTOMERS FOR FOOD PACKAGING BASF AG; US,FOOD & DRUG ADMINISTRATION
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
Japanese company Mitsui Chemicals Inc. has launched
GERMANY; USA; WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-
a series of propylene-based elastomers intended for food GENERAL
packaging applications, it is announced in this small
Accession no.948316
article. Brief details are given of the new series, which is
known as Tafmer XM.
MITSUI CHEMICALS INC. Item 149
JAPAN High Performance Plastics
Accession no.946168 June 2005, p.3
SOLVENT-FREE POLYESTER FILMS

Item 146 In this short article two new coated PETP films from
High Performance Plastics ExxonMobil Chemical Co. of the USA are briefly
April 2005, p.8/9 introduced to us. The films, designated XPET 700 and
STABILIZER MIGRATES INTO FOOD XPET 800, are water-based and are intended for the
packaging of fresh food.
A study was carried out at the US Food & Drug
EXXONMOBIL CHEMICAL CO.
Administration to measure the migration of the commonly- USA
used UV stabiliser Tinuvin 234 from a PETP sample
into food simulants, using high-performance liquid Accession no.948321
chromatography with UV detection. Brief details are
presented in this short article. Item 150
US,FOOD & DRUG ADMINISTRATION PETplanet insider
USA 6, No.9, 2005, p.12/4
Accession no.946177 BEER IN PET: RECYCLING CONSIDERATIONS
As a global leader in bottle-to-bottle production, Amcor
Item 147 PET Packaging takes a keen interest in the impact of coated
Adhesives and Sealants Industry and multilayer beer bottles on the bottle-to-bottle recycling
12, No.8, Aug.2005, p.22/5 chain. At the companys recycling plant in Beaune, France,
FORMULATING CONCEPTS OF ENERGY- state-of-the-art technology produces food grade resin ready
CURABLE LAMINATING ADHESIVES to be reused in drinks bottles. The recycling facility is able
Des Roches S to handle coloured bottles, multilayer bottles, coloured
RAHN USA Corp. multilayer bottles and even coloured coated bottles. There
is no need for pre-sorting. Beaune can produce 24,000
Over the past decade, laminating adhesives have become
tonnes of resin pellets from over 30,000 tonnes of post-
a relevant sector of energy-curable technology. Recent
consumer PETP, equivalent to approximately 700 million
development work into the realm of food packaging
PETP bottles. Around 17,000 tonnes of the resin produced
has begun to build profitable businesses for those using
is of food grade quality, known as Amcor SuperCycle,
this technology. RAHN is a supplier of energy-curable
while the remaining 7,000 tonnes of NuCycle is used for
raw materials used in finished formulated products. The
non-food applications. Amcor recommends a 25% content
company has formulated four laminating adhesives with
of SuperCycle resin in new multilayer beer bottles.
different end properties to suit industry needs. T-peel
properties, viscosity and reactivity are discussed. Amcor PET Packaging
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FRANCE;
USA
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.947689 Accession no.948783

Item 148 Item 151

Additives for Polymers
China Chemical Reporter
May 2005, p.8
16, No.25, 6th Sept.2005, p.8
BASF LIGHT STABILIZER RECEIVES FDA
OPPORTUNITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL
APPROVAL
FRIENDLY FLEXIBLE PACKAGING
BASF AGs Uvinul 5050 H sterically hindered amine ADHESIVES IN CHINA
light stabiliser, which prevents plastics from degrading Wang D

92 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology

 References and Abstracts
Vinyl acetate- and toluene-borne two-component PU
adhesives are still the main varieties used in the flexible
packaging market in China. However, reports of solvent
residue problems in packaging and cost pressures
from upstream products such as crude oil, are pushing
the flexible packaging adhesive market towards more
environmentally friendly and healthy products. Water-
borne flexible adhesive producer Rohm & Haas sponsored
two flexible packaging seminars in China in 2002 and
2004 to promote green adhesive and ink. The company
is now the largest water-borne flexible adhesive player in
China. Henkel is also promoting its solvent-free adhesive
in China, but the development is very slow compared
with water-based adhesive as it needs new investment in
lamination machines.
CHINA
Accession no.950659
Item 152
Italia Imballaggio
No.10, Oct.2005, p.132-3
Italian; English
ENVIRONMENTALLY TESTED
The commitment of Italian converter Gerosa Group to
sustainable development is seen in the adoption of water-
based adhesives, replacing solvent-based ones, for the
production of laminated film for use with cold sealers.
Rohm & Haas supplied the innovative water-based
Robond L acrylic adhesives for dry bond laminating.
These adhesives have high solids formulations, so less
water evaporation is needed compared to other water-based
systems. Laminations cure quickly and exhibit high green
bonds, improving productivity.
Rohm & Haas; Gerosa
EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; ITALY;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.951641
Item 153
Journal of Applied Polymer Science
98, No.3, 5th Nov.2005, p.1186-91
SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF
POLYACRYLAMIDE GRAFTED COPOLYMERS
OF KUNDOOR MUCILAGE
Mishra A; Bajpai M
Kanpur,Chhatrapati Shahu Ji Maharaj University
Details are given of the grafting of acrylamide onto water-
soluble food-grade polysaccharide Kundoor mucilage
initiated by ceric ion in aqueous medium. The effect of
monomer concentration, initiator concentration, reaction
time, and temperature in terms of grafting efficiency and
percent of grafting were investigated. The graft copolymers
were characterised by FTIR, DSC, SEM, and X-ray
diffraction. 25 refs.
INDIA
Accession no.952096
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Item 154
Addcon World 2005. Proceedings of the 11th
International Plastics Additives and Modifiers
Conference, held Hamburg, 21st-22nd Sept.2005.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology Ltd., 2005, Paper 12,
pp.4, 29cm, 012
ANTIMICROBIALS IN FOOD-CONTACT
APPLICATIONS IN THE EU - A REGULATORY
PUZZLE
Gergely A
Keller & Heckman LLP
(Rapra Technology Ltd.)
The regulations concerning additives with antimicrobial
activity used in plastics in direct contact with foodstuffs
are discussed and an examination is made of the use
conditions and possible migration of the additive into food
to define whether the use of the additive in the intended
application complies with the regulations governing that
application.
BELGIUM; EU; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
WESTERN EUROPE; WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.952278
Item 155
Addcon World 2005. Proceedings of the 11th
International Plastics Additives and Modifiers
Conference, held Hamburg, 21st-22nd Sept.2005.
Shawbury, Rapra Technology Ltd., 2005, Paper 13,
pp.4, 29cm, 012
IMPACT OF SILVER GLASS CERAMIC
ANTIMICROBIAL ACTIVE INGREDIENT ON
COLD TOLERANT GERMS ON REFRIGERATOR
INTERIORS
Studer H
Sanitized AG
(Rapra Technology Ltd.)
Data are presented showing the effectiveness of Sanitized
Silver, an antimicrobial containing silver as active
ingredient, for reducing cold-tolerating listeria on the
surfaces of refrigerator interiors made from plastics and
coated with the silver compound. 3 refs.
SWITZERLAND; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.952279
Item 156
Asian Plastics News
Nov.2005, p.7
MITSUI CHEMICALS LAUNCHES NEW
ELASTOMER BRAND
It is briefly reported that Mitsui Chemicals is launching
a new line of alpha-olefin-based elastomers based on its
proprietary metallocene catalyst technology, with the
crystalline structure being controlled in nano-order. By
being able to control its structure in nano order, the Notio
elastomer achieves better performance balance in terms
of transparency, heat resistance, flexibility and rubber
93
 References and Abstracts
elasticity. Notio applications will be as the protection films
of electronic and optical parts, as well as for a variety of
sealing materials. When used as an impact modifier for PP,
Notio blends have impact resistance and scratch resistance
at high levels without impairing transparency.
Mitsui Chemicals
JAPAN
Accession no.952746
Item 157
Additives for Polymers
Feb.2004, p.2
BASF INTRODUCES ADVANCED SILVER
PIGMENT FOR PLASTICS COLORATION
Germanys BASF AG has introduced a new silver pigment
for colouring plastics, which is known as Variocrom
Magic Silver K 1000. This concise article provides
us with brief details about the new pigments special
properties and intended applications.
BASF AG
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.904520
Item 158
Flexible
2, No.5, Jan.-Feb.2004, p.40/8
ATOMIC EXPLOSION
Anyadike N
After a rapid increase in its adoption outside packaging,
nanotechnology has demonstrated its significant long-
term commercial potential. This article reviews current
developments and assesses the value of bringing this
technology into the packaging environment. The US is
the world leader in nanoscale science research with well
over 400 US domestic companies involved. The industrys
holy grail is to turn clay particles into smart materials by
combining them with functional organic molecules to form
hybrid materials. By doing this, a whole new spectrum of
materials can be developed that will respond in a particular
way in a particular environment. A team at Strathclyde
University is currently developing intelligent packaging,
using nanoparticles that change colour if there has been
any oxidation of food inside the packaging.
WORLD
Accession no.906457
Item 159
Package Print and Converting International
Jan.-Feb.2004, p.46-7
EB CURING OF SOLVENTLESS ADHESIVES
AND OVERPRINT VARNISHES
Wild L
Edlon Machinery Ltd.
The platform technology used to develop the low voltage,
low cost electron beam curing equipment type EZCure,
94
manufactured by Energy Sciences, is now further optimised
to meet the broader needs of the film packaging material
converter. Through these optimisations, smaller, lower
cost, energy efficient, second generation (EZCure 2) EB
equipment has been developed. The cost effective and
environmentally friendly electron beam curing process could
be the future curing/drying method of choice given certain
restrictions and problems which face the converter today,
particularly in the field of solventless laminating adhesives
and solvent based adhesives and lacquers. Electron beam
chemistry is 100% solids, not unlike UV, but does not require
the photoinitiator catalyst of UV and therefore presents a
much more viable case for use in food packaging.
ENERGY SCIENCES INC.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.906427
Item 160
Chemical and Engineering News
82, No.6, 9th Feb.2004, p.25-9
BIOCATALYSIS IN POLYMER SCIENCE
Freemantle M
Biocatalysis in polymer science is a highly interdisciplinary
area. Much of the research in this area has focused on the
use of enzymes for the synthesis of novel monomers
and polymers, for the catalysis of polymer modification
reactions and for polymer degradation. Researchers at
Hercules have used biocatalysis to modify and improve
the properties of polymeric materials. One such material
is Kymene G3-X, a water-soluble polymer manufactured
by Hercules that is used to make paper products stronger
when wet. Researchers at the University of Maryland
Biotechnology Institute are looking into the use of enzymes
to create functionally useful biopolymer-based materials
that would be difficult to obtain by alternative synthetic
routes. Nijmegen University is developing techniques for
the smart assembly of hybrid biopolymers. The work
has potential applications for protein purification and in
the biosensor field, for protein recognition.
WORLD
Accession no.906376
Item 161
Brand
3, No.2, Jan.-Feb.2004, p.42-8
CHALLENGING FILMS
Anyadike N
Intelligent packaging is set to take off as technologies to
manufacture films improve. The market for intelligent
packaging is forecast to double in value between 2002-07
to reach a total of Euro493.3m. Intelligent breathable films,
aimed at enhancing freshness, is one area of packaging
technology that is growing rapidly. A definition of intelligent
packaging is the kind of packaging that uses devices within
the pack or as part of the package itself to sense and register
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
certain changes in the pack and its contents. For example,
labels or films that change colour to signal an external
or internal temperature change. In intelligent packaging,
the package function is able to switch itself on and off in
response to changing external and/or internal conditions.
Active packaging systems consist of a matrix polymer, such
as PETP, plus an oxygen scavenging/absorbing component
and a catalyst. Antimicrobial technologies also have the
potential to extend the shelf life of perishable foods.
WORLD
Accession no.907122
Item 162
Chemical Week
166, No.8, 10th March 2004, p.4
FULLER ACQUIRES ADHESIVES AND RESINS
BUSINESS IN PORTUGAL
It is briefly reported that H.B. Fuller has acquired the
adhesives and resins operations of Probos (Oporto,
Portugal). The acquired business consists of water-
based, hot melt, reactive and solvent-based adhesives,
and emulsions for paints, textiles and food products. It
has sales of approximately 30m US dollars/year. Probos
manufactures Fullers Rakoll-brand woodworking
adhesives under a long-term contract.
Fuller H.B.; Probos SA
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; PORTUGAL;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.907161
Item 163
Chemical Market Reporter
265, No.10, 8th March 2004, p.3
H.B. FULLER ACQUIRES ADHESIVES AND
RESINS BUSINESS
H.B. Fuller has purchased the adhesives and resins
businesses of Probos SA, based in Oporto, Portugal, it is
briefly reported. The Probos businesses have combined
annual sales of roughly 30m US dollars and primarily
serve the Iberian peninsula. The acquired product lines
include water-based, hot melt, reactive and solvent-based
adhesives for the assembly, woodworking, footwear
and converting industries, and emulsions for the paints,
textiles and food product industries. For several years,
Probos has been the exclusive licensee of Fullers Rakoll
woodworking brand for the Portuguese market.
FULLER H.B.,CO.; PROBOS SA
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; PORTUGAL;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.907213
Item 164
Additives for Polymers
Jan.2004, p.2/3
ATOFINA LAUNCHES NEW PROCESS AID AND
IMPACT MODIFIERS
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Several new products which have been launched by Atofina
are drawn to our attention in this article. The company
has introduced Plastistrength 770, a high-performance
processing aid for rigid PVC packaging applications,
Thermolite 140 and Thermolite 179 heat stabilisers
for PVC building products, Finaclear 636 and Finaclear
609 impact modifiers for PS, and also Finaclear 540
and Finaclear 550 impact modifiers aimed at film and
sheet extrusion-thermoforming applications for food
packaging.
ATOFINA CHEMICALS INC.
EUROPE-GENERAL; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN
UNION; NETHERLANDS; USA; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.907903
Item 165
High Performance Plastics
Feb.2004, p.5/6
DAINIPPON AND ASAHI KASEI IN PS SHEET
DEAL
In Japan, Asahi Kasei Corp. and Dainippon Ink &
Chemicals Inc. are planning to integrate their PS sheet
business into a 50:50 joint venture. The new company
will become Japans largest supplier of PS sheet, a product
which is widely used in transparent food containers. Brief
details of the companies plans are given.
DAINIPPON INK & CHEMICALS INC.; ASAHI
KASEI CORP.; ASAHI KASEI LIFE & LIVING
CORP.; MITSUBISHI CHEMICAL
JAPAN
Accession no.909177
Item 166
Chemical Market Reporter
265, No.14, 5th April 2004, p.FR8-9
INDUSTRY GEARS UP FOR INDUSTRIAL
BIOTECHNOLOGY WAVE
Mirasol F
Although still far from being a well-established and well-
accepted sector, industrial biotechnology has already
set roots in a wide variety of practical applications.
These include the use of biofeedstocks such as sugars
and biomass to replace fossil oil and gas, the use of
bioprocesses such as fermentation and biocatalysis
for production of vitamins and active pharmaceutical
ingredients, and the production of bio-based products such
as biopolymers and enzymes. Cargill Dow is leading the
way in the biopolymer revolution with the rapid success
of its biology-based technology. A year ago the company
launched Ingeo, a natural fibre akin to cotton manufactured
from its NatureWorks polylactic acid. Last July, Metabolix
and BASF AG formed a research collaboration for
developing plastics from renewable resources. Metabolix
is expected to produce polyester plastics from sugar using
fermentation technology, supplying BASF with pilot-
scale sample quantities. In turn, BASF is investigating
95
 References and Abstracts
the materials technology and processing the properties
of the products.
WORLD
Accession no.909701
Item 167
New Scientist
182, No.2444, 24th April 2004, p.26
WRAPPERS SMARTEN UP TO PROTECT FOOD
Kleiner K
While conventional packaging simply acts as a barrier
that protects food, active packaging can do a lot more.
The French Monoprix supermarket chain is using a device
called a time temperature indicator on a number of fresh
foods. The TTI is a label that tracks the temperature a
package has been kept at and for how long. The bullseye-
like label has a central ring containing a chemical
which polymerises, changing colour as it does so from
clear to dark. Increasing the temperature speeds up the
polymerisation. The National Center for Toxicological
Research has developed a plastic disc impregnated with
a dye that sits inside food packaging and changes colour
if telltale gases produced by decay are present. Landec
has developed a membrane wrapper which changes its
permeability as the temperature changes in a way that
keeps different products at their optimal oxygen/carbon
dioxide concentrations.
WORLD
Accession no.909789
Item 168
Shawbury, Rapra Technology Ltd., 2004, pp. 164, 29
cm. Rapra Review Rept. No. 171, vol. 15, No. 3, 2004.
NALOAN
PVC COMPOUNDS AND PROCESSING
Patrick S
Edited by: Humphreys S
(Rapra Technology Ltd.)
Rapra Review Report No.171
This review of PVC compounds and processing techniques
includes information on health and environmental aspects,
and recycling and waste management of PVC. An
overview is given of the PVC industry, with an outline of
PVC resin producers and compounders, and details of the
global market by application. Key additives are identified
and specific consideration is given to heat stabilisers,
plasticisers, multifunctional additives, property modifiers,
lubricants, fillers, flame retardants, pigments, biocides,
blowing agents, antioxidants, and light stabilisers.
Compounding and processing technology is reviewed, with
reference to dry blend mixing, melt compounding, liquid
PVC blending, gelation, extrusion, injection moulding,
extrusion blow moulding, orientation, calendaring and
moulding processes for plastisols and pastes. 466 refs.
WORLD
Accession no.909981
96
Item 169
Materials World
12, No.5, May 2004, p.30-2
PERFECT PITCH
Inditherm is a Rotherham-based company that has
developed a material of the same name that looks like a
clothing textile, but that conducts low-voltage electricity
to provide an evenly heated surface for virtually any
purpose, from sports physiotherapy and warm steering
wheels to concrete structures and football pitches. The
essential ingredients of Inditherm are carbon black and
an elastomeric polymer. Unlike other heating solutions,
which are prone to hot and cold spots, Inditherms flexible
carbon-based polymer conducts electricity, in the range
of 6v to 48v, to provide a consistently heated surface that
can be controlled and monitored up to 120C in ambient
conditions as low as -40C.
Inditherm
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.910917
Item 170
Flexible
2, No.6, March-April 2004, p.5
EXXONMOBIL CHEMICAL INTRODUCES NEW
WAVE OF METALLOCENE POLYPROPYLENES
Building upon its Exxpol technology that produced the first
metallocene-catalysed PP in 1995, ExxonMobil Chemical
is introducing a new wave of Achieve metallocene PP
following the development of an additional catalyst
platform. The new Achieve lines have applications across a
range of markets, beginning with nonwovens, but also set
to include both flexible and rigid packaging applications.
Achieve TM 6936G1 is the first mPP designed for
meltblown applications. It has the high-melt flow rate and
narrow molecular weight distribution needed to reach the
next level of performance in meltblown processes. Tests
have shown that nonwoven fabrics made from Achieve
TM 6936G1 offer increased barrier properties, increased
comfort from reduced weight and greater air flow, reduced
spray impact penetration and FDA compliance for use
as articles or components of articles intended for food
contact.
ExxonMobil Chemical Co.
USA
Accession no.910948
Item 171
Flexible
2, No.6, March-April 2004, p.18/25
ADOPTION PROCESS
Ver-Bruggen S
Cryovacs oxygen scavenging film can be used in rigid
and flexible packaging with both high-moisture content
foods and dry products. The oxygen scavenger is
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
activated by light from a special UV lamp, supplied by
Cryovac and fixed to the packaging line. Wipak claims its
oxygen scavenging film, which has almost clear visibility,
is gaining interest on the continent. The film uses a
moisture-triggering technology that does not require
additional preparation or equipment to activate the
scavengers. However, for the foreseeable future, sachets,
even with the additional cost of inserting them into
packs, are much cheaper to use than film. Antibacterial
films have traditionally courted controversy because
they may be used to package foods that are going bad,
even if they are stifling the growth of microbes. Active
flexible packaging and active films are still very much
in the development stage and will only begin to thrive in
Europe once the revised food contact materials council
directive is implemented.
WORLD
Accession no.910952
Item 172
Flexible
2, No.6, March-April 2004, p.42-8
FAST CURES
Anyadike N
The world market for laminated food packaging materials
is growing at an annual average rate of approximately 4-
5%. There is growing interest in low-cost electron beam
curing technology in the flexible packaging industry, with
interest sparked by the recent availability of lower-cost
EB units. EB is seen as a more food packaging friendly
alternative to UV-curable technology. Today there are
around 150 different PUR laminating adhesives that can
realistically be substituted by UV or EB cure adhesives.
However, in order for this to happen, a considerable
amount of testing would need to be done. Therefore, a
cure primer, which accelerates the cure of well-proven
laminating adhesives is a much simpler and more cost-
effective technology approach.
WORLD
Accession no.910955
Item 173
Food Additives and Contaminants
21, No.4, April 2004, p.390-405
MIGRATION FROM CAN COATINGS: PART
3. SYNTHESIS, IDENTIFICATION AND
QUANTIFICATION OF MIGRATING EPOXY-
BASED SUBSTANCES BELOW 1000 DA
Schaefer A; Simat T J
Hamburg,University; Dresden,Technische Universitat
A report is presented on the development of a method for
identifying and quantifying Bisphenol A-diglycidyl ether-
related substances below 1000 Da migrating from epoxy-
based can coatings. The analysis is performed using HPLC
coupled with UV light, fluorescence and electrospray
ionisation-mass selective detection. Microreactions of
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
technical Bisphenol A diglycidyl ether with solvents and
phenols are employed to confirm the identification of
migrants and the method is validated using several epoxy
coatings applied to tinplate strips. (Pt.2, ibid, p.377-89)
35 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.911080
Item 174
2003 PLACE Conference and the Global Hot Melt
Symposium. Proceedings of a Conference held Orlando,
Fl., 3rd-7th Aug. 2003.
Atlanta, Ga., TAPPI Press, 2003, Paper 27-2, 30 cm.
012
EMBRACING EB/UV CURABLE TECHNOLOGY
FOR FOOD PACKAGING END-USED THROUGH
FDA COMPLIANCE SELF-CERTIFICATION
PROCESS
Lin A; Wind G; Wornick F
Sovereign Specialty Chemicals Inc.
(TAPPI)
The development of a comprehensive testing protocol
employing cell extraction and liquid chromatography
with a mass selective spectrometer for UV/electron
beam curable, acrylated coatings/adhesives/inks is
described. FDA compliance of UV/electron beam
curable chemistry can be determined with the aid of this
testing protocol through support of the No Migration/
No Food Additive statutory exemptions under FDA
regulations. Possible commercial applications of this
technology are indicated as are the steps necessary to
ensure continuous FDA compliance of food packaging
materials using UV/electron beam curable chemistry.
14 refs.
US,Federal Drugs Administration
USA
Accession no.912030
Item 175
Canadian Plastics
62, No.5, May 2004, p.22
OPTIMIZING USE OF TPES
RTP has introduced a new series of TPE compounds
formulated for specific properties and optimised
performance. RTP 6002 and RTP 6003 have been
specifically developed for improved bonding in two-shot
or insert overmoulded applications. Bayer Polymers is
expanding its line of aromatic Desmopan thermoplastic
PUs with four new highly transparent grades. These are
primarily targeted for ski boots and sports and leisure
footwear, applications for which good abrasion resistance
is required.
NORTH AMERICA
Accession no.914372
97
 References and Abstracts
Item 176
European Plastics News
31, No.7, July-Aug.2004, p.15
L/LDPE HINTS AT RECOVERY
Platt D
According to Nexant Chem Systems, Western European
consumption of LDPE fell 2.2% to 4.8 million tonnes
in 2003, reflecting a poor economic performance in
major European economies. At the same time, LLDPE
consumption increased 4.6% to 2.6 million tonnes. While
LDPE tends to remain fairly stable, LLDPE takes most
of the growth in the market because it costs less and is a
tougher material. Nexant is predicting around 1%/year
growth for LDPE consumption during the next five years,
while LLDPE demand is expected to grow by 7.6%.
Film accounted for around 72% of total LDPE and 80%
of LLDPE consumption in 2003. Growth in demand is
being driven primarily by the increasing use of plastic
for food packaging. The consultancy expects very limited
additional LLDPE capacity to come onstream in Europe
during the next five years. As such, most of the growth in
European LLDPE demand will be taken up by imports. In
2009, it is projected that over a million tonnes of LLDPE
will come into Europe from the Middle East.
Nexant Chem Systems
WESTERN EUROPE-GENERAL
Accession no.914398
Item 177
Brand
3, No.4, May-June 2004, p.22-7
DIVINE COMBINATION
Ver-Bruggen S
Within the diagnostic packaging sector, most investment
and research is directed into developing time-temperature
indicators and wireless time-temperature labels. However,
another hot area is the work being done by various institutes
to develop non-invasive oxygen sensors. Oxygen scavengers
provide the second biggest market for active packaging,
after moisture scavengers. Packaging which extends product
shelf life by either removing oxygen through absorption
or displacing the oxygen with other gases, as in the case
with MAP, is becoming the industrys preferred method of
preserving fresh produce. The Acosic project, funded by
the EU, aims to develop combined indicator and scavenger
systems, which can absorb oxygen, whilst indicating the
functionality of the scavenger and whether the pack has
any leaks. VTT Technical Research Centre of Finland is
working on improving the properties of its oxygen sensor
so that it can be printed as an ink onto packaging.
WORLD
Accession no.914434
Item 178
European Chemical News
81, No.2108, 12th-18th July 2004, p.16
98
PROPYLENE GLYCOL
The major outlet for propylene glycol (PG) is the
production of unsaturated polyester resins, which are used
in surface coatings and GRP. The second largest consumer
is antifreeze where it is replacing ethylene glycol in de-
icing aircraft and as a coolant in the food industry. The PG
market is currently well balanced to tight due to various
production problems in Spain and scheduled outages in
France and Germany. Demand in Europe is said to be
relatively healthy and in line with expectations. Overall,
the market in western Europe was up by 6% last year on
2002, but exports were down because of the weak dollar.
Future demand growth in Europe is forecast at GDP rates.
Asia is the fastest growing market and consumption here
is predicted to grow between 6-10%.
WORLD
Accession no.915123
Item 179
Shawbury, Rapra Technology Ltd., 2004, pp. 120, 29
cm. Rapra Review Rept. No. 173, vol. 15, No. 5, 2004.
NALOAN
REGULATION OF FOOD PACKAGING IN
EUROPE AND THE USA
Knight D J; Creighton L A
Safepharm Laboratories Ltd.
Edited by: Humphreys S
(Rapra Technology Ltd.)
Rapra Review Report No.173
This report updates Rapra Review Report 61, and covers
food packaging regulations in the EU, the general
framework Directive and the main daughter Directive
on plastics. This is followed by a brief description of the
national legislation relating to food packaging for most of
the important European countries. Consideration is given
to the safety of food packaging, whose absence from EU
or national regulation, means that this is assessed largely
from CoE Recommendations, draft Recommendations,
other European national approvals, (in particular from
Germany), or US approval. Safety evaluation of food
packaging includes exposure assessments, toxicology
testing and risk assessment. Future developments relating
to food packing in the EU are discussed, and include the
use of active and intelligent packaging materials, and the
disposal and recycling of plastics, and control of migration
is also addressed. 449 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; USA;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.916375
Item 180
Chemical Week
166, No.24, 21st-28th July 2004, p.31-2
UV/EB IS FUTURE FORCE TO BE RECKONED
WITH
Valero G
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
RadTech International North America reports the use of
UV/EB formulated products reached 82,800 metric tons in
2003, up 8% over 2001. Graphic arts applications and the
wood finishes industry continue to be the largest market
segments with a combined 45% share. Because UV-cured
coatings provide the durability required by automotive
coatings, industry observers say it has opened the door
for expanded developments by OEM paint manufacturers
and peaked the interest of auto makers. UV-cured powder
coatings is another market with vast growth potential.
Performance issues surrounding the use of photoinitiators
in UV curing are being overcome by the development
of new raw materials that are inherently photoreactive,
enabling no-odour coatings and inks that are potentially
usable in food packaging.
NORTH AMERICA
Accession no.917844
Item 181
Journal of Applied Polymer Science
92, No.5, 5th June 2004, p.2845-58
FUNCTIONAL BARRIERS IN PET RECYCLED
BOTTLES. PART I. DETERMINATION OF
DIFFUSION COEFFICIENTS IN BIORIENTED
PET WITH AND WITHOUT CONTACT WITH
FOOD SIMULANTS
Pennarun P Y; Dole P; Feigenbaum A
Reims,Institut National de la Recherches Agronomiques
The presence of a layer of virgin polymer (a functional
barrier) intercalated between a layer of recycled polymer
and foodstuff in order to prevent the migration of
contaminants of the recycled polymer into the food was
studied. Diffusion coefficients of a large set of model
pollutants (surrogates) at low concentrations in PETP
were measured under various conditions. A solid-to-solid
diffusion test was devised to avoid the use of a solvent
which may have plasticising and partitioning effects. The
diffusion coefficients obtained for the surrogates agreed
with published data for gases measured by permeation
experiments where no plasticisation occurred. Migration
from PETP into food simulants was then studied. Migration
into an aqueous medium was largely influenced by the
solubility of the surrogates. Less soluble ones were not
detected, despite high diffusion coefficient values. With
ethanol there were no partitioning effects and the high
plasticisation effect of PETP by ethanol considerably
increased the apparent diffusion coefficients. The larger
the molecular weight of the surrogate, the more important
was the plasticisation effect on the diffusion coefficients.
28 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FRANCE;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.920738
Item 182
Journal of Applied Polymer Science
92, No.5, 5th June 2004, p.2961-9
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
COLORANTS BASED ON RENEWABLE
RESOURCES AND FOOD-GRADE COLORANTS
FOR APPLICATIONS IN THERMOPLASTICS
van den Oever M J A; Boeriu C G; Blaauw R; van
Haveren J
Agrotechnology & Food Innovations BV
Colourants based on renewable resources and food grade
colourants covering most of the colour spectrum were
evaluated for use in PP and PVC. Most of them could be
processed in PP at 200C or even 260C while retaining
good colour intensity and colour brightness. In PP, the
light stability of alizarin (red), carmine (red), indigo
(blue), purpurin (red), quinizarin (red) and the aluminium
lakes of quinoline yellow and indigo carmine (blue) was
close to the requirements for indoor applications. A few
colourants showed bleeding from PP but this was reduced
to a large extent by bonding these colourants to the reactive
carrier maleic anhydride grafted PP. After processing in
PVC at 200C, good colour intensity and saturation was
maintained. Quinizarin (a structural analogue of alizarin
and purpurin) showed a light stability which was close to
that of commercial lead chromate/molybdate orange-based
colourants. The best performing natural colourants were
suitable for applications such as underground PVC water
drainage pipes and indoor PP applications where moderate
heat resistance and UV light stability are required. 27
refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
NETHERLANDS; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.920749
Item 183
High Performance Plastics
June 2004, p.3
ALLOY POLYMER SHEETS
In the USA, Spartech Corp. has recently introduced a range
of new products: Acrylloy XLB (acrylic film), Enviro-
Guard AM (acrylic/ABS sheet), Laser Pro (olefin-based
additive), Millennium V (polycarbonate/ABS alloy
sheet), Packalloy LTO (olefin-based sheet and rollstock),
Polyshield CR (transparent cell-cast sheet), StatPro
SD (colour concentrate), SoundX Plus (mineral-filled
polymer sheet), Solarex SV (copolyester sheet), and
WeatherPro S (coextruded ABS sheet). Brief details of
each are supplied here.
SPARTECH CORP.
USA
Accession no.920804
Item 184
Flexible
3, No.3, Sept.-Oct.2004, p.16/24
BRAND NEW BARRIER
Anyadike N
Cyclic olefin copolymers (COCs) are produced by
polymerising ethylene and norbornene using metallocene
99
 References and Abstracts

catalyst technology. They have a better water vapour solvent-free polyurethane laminating adhesives with smart
barrier than PP or PE, although the oxygen barrier is cure for compliance with food packaging regulations is
similar to both PP and PE. The major difference is in discussed.
their mechanical characteristics. They are considerably EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
stiffer than LDPE, but with the same layer thickness, WESTERN EUROPE
making it possible to maintain film stiffness in much Accession no.922631
thinner coextruded materials. Applications for COCs
are as a discrete layer in a multilayer structure, either by
Item 187
coextrusion or extrusion coating, and as a blend with PE.
Plastics Technology
Ticona is by far the most prominent supplier of COCs and
50, No.9, Sept.2004, p.41-2
recently launched a range of proprietary COCs marketed
ANTIOXIDANTS FOR OLEFINS, PVC
under the Topas name. They are approved for food-contact
applications such as flexible packaging in both Europe and Several large chemical additive companies will introduce
the US. Blister packs represent an area of major potential new polymer antioxidants at the K 2004 show to be held in
for COCs. Medical-grade blister packs must be designed Dusseldorf in Germany. This short article provides a brief
in such a way as to protect the contents from moisture and overview of what is to be unveiled at the show, including
other environmental factors. Anox ProcessPlus from Great Lakes Chemical Corp.,
WORLD and a new environmentally-friendly antioxidant for PVC
Accession no.921290 from Ciba Specialty Chemicals, called Irgastab PVC 11
EM.
Item 185 GREAT LAKES CHEMICAL CORP.; CIBA
Polymer Engineering plus SPECIALTY CHEMICALS; CROMPTON CORP.; GE
No.74, 9th-15th Sept.2004, p.6 SPECIALTY CHEMICALS
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
FDA APPROVAL FOR STARLIGHT PIGMENT USA; WESTERN EUROPE
StarLight FL 105 pigment has been approved by the US Accession no.925189
FDA for use as a colourant in all types of food-contact
polymers. Approval will allow the pigment to be used in
Item 188
items such as plastic tumblers, dinnerware and packaging
Plastics Technology
for food and cosmetics. The product line has been
50, No.9, Sept.2004, p.43
developed using innovative MicroMirror technology to
NON-WARPING PIGMENTS
obtain a brilliance and sparkle in a variety of different
applications. With StarLight, the edges are coated, making Ciba Specialty Chemicals, BASF Corp., and Lanxess will
the effect visible at any orientation. The sparkle can be all be introducing new polymer non-warping pigments at
created at low pigment levels, even as low as 500ppm and the K 2004 show, which is shortly to be held in Dusseldorf,
can even be achieved with opaque pigments. StarLight in Germany. This small article briefly highlights for
pigments are compatible with most polymers, blends and us the new pigments they will be exhibiting, and their
alloys and can be processed at high temperatures without advantageous properties.
problem. CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICALS; BASF CORP.;
Shepherd Color Co. LANXESS CORP.; BAYER AG
USA EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
USA; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.921331
Accession no.925192
Item 186
Adhasion Kleben und Dichten Item 189
48, No.9, Suppl.(within original), 2004, p.24/8 Plastics Technology
German; English 50, No.9, Sept.2004, p.91
TRENDS IN PACKAGING - A CHALLENGE FOR SPECIALTY PE RESINS
PACKAGING ADHESIVES Two new families of polyethylenes (PEs) made with a
Onusseit H single-site catalyst by Borealis are to be launched by
Henkel KGaA the company at the forthcoming K 2004 exhibition in
Developments in the field of packaging adhesives, initiated October, we are informed in this small article. The new
by new materials, new production processes and additional developments are briefly introduced here.
requirements to be met by packaging, are reviewed in terms BOREALIS COMPOUNDS LLC
of application methods, bonding of more sophisticated EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
coated and printed packaging materials and high speed USA; WESTERN EUROPE
production lines. The development of solvent-based and Accession no.925203

100 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology

 References and Abstracts
Item 190
Flexible
2, No.2, July-Aug.2003, p.34/41
ADDED FLAVOUR
Anyadike N
The market for films and coatings that have the ability
to interact with the packaged product or act as a barrier
is growing. In the area of food packaging it is important
for films to function as a flavour, odour and fragrance
barrier, and it is also important from a point of preventing
contamination that there be no unwanted migration from
the packaging to the product. Active packaging involves
plastics designed to increase shelf life of specific products.
It is vital that food remains stable in terms of aroma
concentration and composition during the shelf life of
the product.
WORLD
Accession no.902321
Item 191
Packaging Technology and Science
16, No.5, Sept.-Oct.2003, p.209-20
SAFETY AND QUALITY OF PLASTIC FOOD
CONTACT MATERIALS. OPTIMIZATION OF
EXTRACTION TIME AND EXTRACTION YIELD,
BASED ON ARITHMETIC RULES DERIVED
FROM MATHEMATICAL DESCRIPTION OF
DIFFUSION. APPLICATION TO CONTROL
STRATEGIES
Scholler D; Vergnaud J M; Bouquant J; Vergallen H;
Feigenbaum A
Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique
Migration of packaging constituents into food may raise
concerns about food safety. This paper describes the
conclusions of a EU research project aiming to facilitate the
introduction of migration control into good manufacturing
practice and into enforcement policies. The first part
describes a re-evaluation of analytical approaches to
extract and identify potential migrants released by plastic
materials, viz. comparison of analytical methods, choice of
extraction solvents and of fat simulants. The study focuses
on the extraction time needed to achieve a given extraction
yield. By correlating these parameters with simple and
practical equations, it is possible to design alternative
tests for control of compliance of packaging plastics.
Using a reference experiment, it is possible to calculate the
percentage of extraction which can be achieved in a given
time, or the time necessary to reach a target extraction level
for other polymer/solvent combinations. A global control
scheme is proposed, which indicates whether and when
calculation and testing should be applied. Guidelines are
proposed and can be adapted to both industrial control and
to enforcement laboratories. 11 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; FRANCE;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.900965
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Item 192
Packaging Technology and Science
16, No.3, May-June 2003, p.99-106
WIDE-SPECTRUM ANTIMICROBIAL
PACKAGING MATERIALS INCORPORATING
NISIN AND CHITOSAN IN THE COATING
Lee C H; An D S; Park H J; Lee D S
Kyungnam,University; Korea,University
Nisin and/or chitosan were coated, in 3% concentrations,
onto paper with a binder medium of EVA to provide
antimicrobial activity for use in food packaging. The
combined use of nisin and chitosan in the coating was an
attempt to give a wide antimicrobial spectrum that could
inhibit the growth of several food spoilage and poisonous
microorganisms. The migration of the preservative from
the coatings to water was evaluated at 10C and related to
the suppressed microbial growth in the water and microbial
medium. The paper coated with nisin was more effective
than the chitosan-coated paper in inhibiting the Gram-
positive bacterium, Listeria monocytogenes, whereas the
latter was more effective against Escherichia coli O157:
H7. Combined inclusion of nisin and chitosan in the
coating gave antimicrobial activity against both bacterial
strains and could improve the microbial stability of milk
and orange juice stored at 10C. 24 refs.
SOUTH KOREA
Accession no.895898
Item 193
Food Additives and Contaminants
20, No.6, June 2003, p.607-18
BENZOPHENONE IN CARTONBOARD
PACKAGING MATERIALS AND THE FACTORS
THAT INFLUENCE ITS MIGRATION INTO
FOOD
Anderson W A C; Castle L
UK,Dept.for the Environment,Food & Rural Affairs
A method is described to test for benzophenone in
cartonboard packaging materials and to test for migration
levels in foodstuffs. The extracts were analysed by gas
chromatography-mass spectrometry. 11 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.891699
Item 194
ENDS Report
No.339, April 2003, p.32
BOOTS REMOVES BISPHENOL A FROM FOOD
JAR LIDS
Boots has become the latest member of a small band of
retailers to have produced strategies for managing the
health, environmental and reputational risks posed by
chemicals in products. The strategy includes plans to
phase out the use of lacquers containing bisphenol A in
food jar lids and to encourage suppliers to seek alternatives
101
 References and Abstracts
to phthalates. Three years ago, Boots was potentially
the prime target of a campaign by Friends of the Earth
to persuade retailers to stop using hazardous chemicals
and to post information about the chemicals they did use
on their websites. Due to potential public opinion, the
company has become one of the initial group of retailers
- also including Marks & Spencer, the Co-op, B&Q and
the Early Learning Centre - to sign up to FoEs risky
chemical pledge in 2002. This has committed them to
identify known or suspected endocrine disrupters or
bioaccumulative substances, and to aim to phase them out
within five years. Details are given.
BOOTS CO.PLC; FRIENDS OF THE EARTH
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.889235
Item 195
Shawbury, Rapra Technology Ltd., 2003, p.viii, 244,
ISBN 1859573746, 25cm, 123-921T
AIR MONITORING IN THE RUBBER AND
PLASTICS INDUSTRIES
Willoughby B G
This book examines the types of chemicals found in the
polymer industry and the potential hazards. It goes on
to explain the common chemical reactions of concern to
health and safety. Monitoring methods are described in
some detail together with their limitations. This book is
divided into the following seven chapters: Chapter 1 - What
to look for - Whats there at the start; Chapter 2 - What
to look for - Whats created during processing; Chapter 3
- Air monitoring strategies; Chapter 4 - Indirect methods
- Trapping species from air; Chapter 5 - Indirect methods
- Laboratory analysis; Chapter 6 - Indirect methods - Data
Analysis; Chapter 7 - Direct methods
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.888365
Item 196
2002 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Boston, Ma., 9th-12th Sept. 2002.
Atlanta, GA, TAPPI Press, 2002, Session 16 Paper 58,
pp.14, CD Rom, 012
ESTABLISHING A SUITABLE FDA STATUS FOR
COATINGS AND ADHESIVES
Baughan J S
Keller & Heckman LLP
(TAPPI)
This powerpoint presentation discusses the establishment of
a suitable FDA status for coatings and adhesives used in the
food industry or in food-contact applications, with respect
to the FDAs definitions of a food additive or a food contact
substance. The latter is defined as any substance intended
for use as a component of materials used in manufacturing,
packing, packaging, transporting or holding food if such use
102
is not intended to have a technical effect in food. Options
for establishing FDA status are examined.
USA
Accession no.883522
Item 197
2002 PLACE Conference. Proceedings of a conference
held Boston, Ma., 9th-12th Sept. 2002.
Atlanta, GA, TAPPI Press, 2002, Session 13, Paper 48,
pp.27, CD Rom, 012
RECENT ADVANCEMENTS IN TESTING
PROTOCOLS FOR FDA COMPLIANT EB
COATINGS AND ADHESIVES
Lin A; Gao H; Wind G; Wornick F
Sovereign Specialty Chemicals Inc.
(TAPPI)
A comprehensive testing protocol utilising cell extraction
method and liquid chromatography with a mass selective
spectrometer has been developed for testing UV/EB
curable, acrylated coatings, adhesives and inks, in order
to determine the suitability of the chemistry as part of
the food packaging materials. The testing protocol helps
to determine FDA compliance of the UV/EB curable
chemistry by supporting the no migration/ no food
additive statutory exemptions under FDA regulations.
Examples are described, which demonstrate the suitability,
advantages and selectivity of LC-MS/LC-MS-MS detection
methods over the GC-MS method. Also demonstrated is
the possibility of achieving FDA compliance with EB
curable, acrylated chemistry, and to be able to maintain
the same compliance with normal process variation, e.g.
coat weight, curing voltage, curing dosage. A powerpoint
version of this paper is also included. 6 refs.
USA
Accession no.883512
Item 198
Packaging Technology and Science
15, No.5, Sept.-Oct.2002, p.247-54
PROPERTIES OF NISIN-INCORPORATED
POLYMER COATINGS AS ANTIMICROBIAL
PACKAGING MATERIALS
Young-Min Kim
Kyungnam,University
Nisin was incorporated into binder solutions of acrylic
polymer and EVA and then coated onto paper. Diffusive
migration of incorporated nisin and the antimicrobial
activity of the polymer coatings were investigated in
order to understand the way of controlling nisin migration
and the extent of microbial suppression by the coated
paper. EVA exhibited faster rate and higher degree of
migration into aqueous food simulant solutions compared
to acrylic polymers, and also exhibited a higher degree
of suppression against Micrococcus flavus ATCC 10240
inoculated into the microbial medium. 28 refs.
SOUTH KOREA
Accession no.879348
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Item 199
Paper Film and Foil Converter
77, No.2, Feb.2003, p.22
CONCERN OVER PHTHALATES IN FOOD
PACKAGING
Podhajny R M
Plasticisers are used extensively to soften plastics,
building products, blood bags, cosmetics and personal
care products, as well as packaging inks and coatings. The
majority of plasticisers fall into a broad class of chemicals
called esters. In recent years, phthalate esters emissions
have become a major environmental and health concern.
Phthalate esters vary in their toxicity, but the most widely
used phthalate, DEHP, has been labelled as a probable
human carcinogen. Food packaging concerns have been
focused recently on the use of phthalate plasticisers in
many inks, coatings and packaging films, as phthalates
can migrate into food from these products.
WORLD
Accession no.879267
Item 200
Plastics in Contact with Foodstuffs. Proceedings of a
conference held London, 12th Dec. 2000.
Leatherhead, Pira International, 2000, Paper 8, pp.8, 31
cm, 012
DETERMINATION OF BADGE, BFDGE AND
NOGE IN FOODS, FOOD SIMULANTS AND
COATINGS
Rijk R; Bas R
TNO Nutrition & Food Research
(Pira International)
In order to enforce the draft EU directive which intends to
exclude the use of Novolac diglycidyl ethers (BADGE) as
a hydrogen chloride scavenger in organosol based coatings,
analytical methods are required. TNO has been working for
several years on the development of a suitable analytical
method to determine both BADGE, NOGE (Novolac
diglycidyl ethers), and BFDGE, (the smallest molecule
in the series of NOGE) including their derivatives in food
simulants, foodstuffs and coatings.. Details are given of the
development of an analytical method and a confirmation
procedure for the determination of the epoxides and their
reaction products.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
NETHERLANDS; UK; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.878454
Item 201
Surface Coatings International Part B
85, No.B4, Nov.2002, p.309-12
ORGANIC-MODIFIED
POLYDIMETHYLSILOXANES FOR UV-
CURABLE COATINGS
Stalker D L; Sandmeyer F
Wacker Silicones Corp.; Wacker-Chemie GmbH
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Because additives have been around for decades, they have
never diminished from research focus in formulations.
Even though additives represent a minor portion of a
formulators paint or milk formula, without them surface
defects can be significant. In particular, silicone additives
bring to the coatings table a range of surface-modifying and
enhancing properties. As a result of the increasing pressure
to reduce VOCs, UV-curable technology is experiencing
a significant growth in the market. The technological
advancements of silicone additives are examined as they
have progressed through simple polyether modification,
which have helped overcome incompatibilities in coatings
formulations. The more reactive functional modifications
that silicones are heading towards still help to maintain
compatibility but offer more permanent results. Typical
coating film defects such as cratering and orange peel
are avoided, and the negative effects of floating can be
suppressed. Furthermore, these additives provide smooth
surfaces as well as improving the gloss and allowing the
coating to be more scratch resistant. 4 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; GERMANY;
USA; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.878217
Item 202
Adhesives Age
45, No.11, Nov.2002, p.22-5
LIGHTING IT UP
Lin A
Sovereign Specialty Chemicals Inc.
More and more flexible packaging applications including
adhesives, coatings and inks have been drawn to electron
beam and UV curable chemistry for many obvious reasons.
These reasons include zero or very low VOC and HAPS,
space saving, increase in productivity and lower energy
consumption. However, the applications in food packaging
segments have been limited, especially the food use
flexible packaging area. Some of the common concerns
from the converters, in the past, have been related to odour,
potential migration, lack of proper testing protocols, lack
of a simple and secure cure monitoring mechanism and
lack of understanding regarding FDA status/regulations
of the chemistry. This article discusses the advancements
that have been made in the industry to address these
concerns.
USA
Accession no.874611
Item 203
Hygenic Coatings. Proceedings of a conference held
Brussels, Belgium, 8th-9th July 2002.
Teddington, Paint Research Association, 2002, Paper 8,
p.1-7, 29cm, 012
THE NEED TO IMPROVE HYGIENE IN FOOD
PROCESSING PLANTS
Notermans S; Hoornstra E
TNO Nutrition & Food Research
103
 References and Abstracts
(Paint Research Association)
Food-borne disease statistics and data on endemic bacteria
in food processing plants are presented and discussed.
Factors contributing to the outbreak of disease and
related to inadequate handling are considered and a new
strategy for improving hygiene in food processing plants is
proposed. The results of experiments carried out using UV-
disinfection to inactivate microorganisms on a conveyor
belt (Ammaraal Nonex) are also reported. 6 refs.
BELGIUM; EUROPE-GENERAL; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY;
EUROPEAN UNION; NETHERLANDS; USA; WESTERN
EUROPE; WORLD
Accession no.873118
Item 204
Paper Film and Foil Converter
76, No.8, Aug.2002, p.18
REDEFINING PLASTICIZERS IN INKS AND
COATINGS
Podhajny R M
Plasticisers are chemicals that can soften binders used
in ink and coatings, improving their flexibility. Most
plasticisers are high boiling liquids that partially dissolve
the polymer framework of select binders. These plasticisers
effectively reduce the softening point of the ink or coating
binder. One of the undesirable effects of using plasticisers
is they can raise the COF by making the ink or coating
formulation softer. Not only is this effect evident in
the ink and coating surface, but some plasticisers can
migrate from front to back of the film within the roll.
Higher temperature and pressure will increase the rate of
migration. As a rule of thumb, if the COF of a printed or
coated film rises with time, plasticiser migration would
be suspected.
USA
Accession no.865441
Item 205
Polymers Paint Colour Journal
192, No.4454, July 2002, p.21-2
INKS FOR NEW MARKETS
Sime K
Ink formulation relies heavily upon the end use requirement.
A growth area is in the food packaging industry, where
solvent-based inks are frowned upon due to the VOCs
present. There are several classes of ink grades from direct
contact with the food, e.g. printing onto eggs, all the way
through to exterior packaging. Direct contact with food
obviously has the most stringent parameters to fulfil in
safety terms. Food packaging that will not come into direct
contact with the food item has less stringent rules and much
of the testing is done inhouse. Often, for historical reasons,
an ink is used with no testing, simply relying on the fact
that it has always been used and everybody else uses it.
Very little is understood about the possible migration of
materials through food packaging, especially in the areas
104
of uncured monomers. Several barrier layers are often
employed to minimise migration, but long-term effects are
only estimated, as information is often gathered through
simulated accelerated age testing. Despite these issues, UV
curing inks are growing in usage because of their durability
and gloss. Aspects covered include formulation with UV,
applications and personalisation.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.863726
Item 206
Food Additives and Contaminants
19, No.2, Feb.2002, p.184-201
SAFETY AND QUALITY OF FOOD CONTACT
MATERIALS. I. EVALUATION OF ANALYTICAL
STRATEGIES TO INTRODUCE MIGRATION
TESTING INTO GOOD MANUFACTURING
PRACTICE
Feigenbaum A; Scholler D; Bouquant J; Brigot G;
Ferrier D; Franz R; Lillemark L; Riquet A M; Petersen J
H; van Lierop B; Yagoubi N
Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique;
Reims,University; Paris II,Universite;
DenmarkVeterinary & Food Administration;
Keuringdients van Waren
Results of a research project (EU AUR Research
Programme CT94-1025) aimed at introduction of control
of migration into good manufacturing practice and into
enforcement work are reported. Representative classes of
polymer were defined on the basis of chemical structure,
technological function, migration behaviour and market
share. These classes were characterised by analytical
methods. High-temp. gas chromatography was shown
to be a powerful method for identification of potential
migrants and PMR provided a convenient fingerprint of
plastics materials. Volatile compounds were characterised
by headspace techniques, in which it was shown to be
essential to differentiate volatile compounds desorbed
from those generated during the thermal desorption
itself. For metal trace analysis, microwave mineralisation
followed by atomic absorption was employed. These
different techniques were introduced into a systematic
testing scheme that was envisaged as being suitable both
for industrial control and for enforcement laboratories.
24 refs.
DENMARK; EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION;
FRANCE; GERMANY; NETHERLANDS; SCANDINAVIA;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.863624
Item 207
Food Additives and Contaminants
19, No.2, Feb.2002, p.168-75
ANALYSIS OF FOOD PACKAGING UV INKS
FOR CHEMICALS WITH POTENTIAL TO
MIGRATE INTO FOOD SIMULANTS
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Papilloud S; Baudraz D
Sicpa Printing Inks
Chromatographic methods developed for analysis of the
level of ink ingredients potentially available to migrate
into food simulants are described and results obtained by
application of gas chromatography/mass spectrometry to
quantification of the levels of photoinitiators and acrylates
are presented and discussed. It is shown that these methods
can be used to assess the quality of printing inks intended
for primary food packaging to ensure that the release of
chemicals is negligible. 10 refs.
SWITZERLAND; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.863622
Item 208
Food Additives and Contaminants
Vol.19, Suppl., 2002, p.185-91
COMPREHENSIVE ANALYSIS OF MIGRATES
FROM FOOD-PACKAGING MATERIALS: A
CHALLENGE
Grob K
Zurich Canton,Official Food Control Authority
It is suggested that present European regulation of food
packaging materials does not provide the assessment for
safety corresponding to the opinion of toxicologists that
migrants ingested in amounts exceeding a threshold of
1.5 microgram/day should be identified and evaluated
toxicologically. Many substances that migrate are neither
starting point materials nor obvious derivatives thereof
and are, therefore, not covered by existing systems based
on positive lists. Safety presupposes the comprehensive
analysis of the migrating substances, ultimately to the
limits in terms of concentration and molec.wt. considered
to be of toxicological concern. Expected problems with this
analytical challenge are considered, leading to the conclusion
that it will be difficult to achieve comprehensive analysis
down to the concentrations presently considered safe, but
that systematic work should start to define the possibilities
and limitations of analytical chemistry for a migrate-oriented
coating legislation. 12 refs. (2nd International Symposium
on Food Packaging: Ensuring the Safety and Quality of
Foods, Vienna, Austria, Nov.2000)
SWITZERLAND; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.863618
Item 209
Food Additives and Contaminants
Vol.19, Suppl., 2002, p.73-8
TIME-TEMPERATURE STUDY OF THE
KINETICS OF MIGRATION OF BADGE
(BISPHENOL-A-DIGLYCIDYL-ETHER) INTO A
FATTY MEDIUM
Simoneau C; Theobald A; Roncari P; Hannaert P;
Anklam E
European Commission
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
The migration kinetics of BADGE from processed and
non-processed model cans with epoxy resin-based lacquers
into vegetable oil were investigated as a function of the
process treatment and the temp. of storage. Aliquots from the
samples were taken at regular intervals for more than a year.
Samples were analysed for BADGE by high-performance
liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection. The
results showed that heat processing had the greatest effect
on migration of BADGE. Storage temp. also significantly
influenced migration from non-processed cans, particularly
at higher storage temps. such as 60C. Some samples were
subjected to 60C storage after an initial period at 20C and an
effect on migration was also noted, although to a lesser extent
than from processing. The results of migration at higher
temps. were also correlated with the potential degradation of
BADGE from oxidation products. 15 refs. (2nd International
Symposium on Food Packaging: Ensuring the Safety and
Quality of Foods, Vienna, Austria, Nov.2000)
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; ITALY;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.863610
Item 210
Epoxy Technologies for Ambient Cure Protective
Coatings. Conference proceedings.
Brussels, 12th-14th May 1997, paper 23
INFLUENCE OF THE BENZYL ALCOHOL
ON THE REACTIVITY RATIO, SECONDARY
AMINE/PRIMARY AMINE, IN THE CURE OF
EPOXY AMINE. CASE APPLICATION: COATING
FOR DRINKING WATER
Paz-Abuin S; Lopez-Quintela A; Pazos M; Prendes P;
Varela M; Paseito P
Gairesa
(Paint Research Association)
Based on a kinetic model proposed, the ratio of rate
constants (R), secondary amine (k2) to primary amine
(k1) is directly obtained by evaluation of concentrations
of the primary and secondary amines. The measurements
are carried out by IR spectroscopy (FTIR) in the near-
IR. Two epoxy formulations are prepared. Bisphenol A
epoxy resin (DGEBA)/m-xylenediamine and DGEBA/
mXDA/12.8% benzyl alcohol (BA), being R determined
at different temperatures. The BA formulation at 250 deg.
C has the highest value of R which should be related to
the maximum chemical resistance. A coating based on this
formulation is prepared, cured at 250 deg.C and tested
following UE regulations (foods and drinks). Global and
specific migration is obtained. 20 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; SPAIN;
WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.769455
Item 211
Journal of Coatings Technology
70, No.877, Feb.1998, p.69-74
POTENTIAL EXPOSURE TO BISPHENOL
105
 References and Abstracts
A FROM FOOD-CONTACT USE OF EPOXY
COATED CANS
Howe S R; Borodinsky L; Lyon R S
SPI; Keller & Heckman LLP; US,National Food
Processors Assn.
The potential dietary exposure to bisphenol A from the use
of food and beverage cans coated with bisphenol A-based
epoxy resins was investigated. The calculation was based
on migration data from extraction studies using food-
simulating solvents and time and temperature conditions
recommended by the FDA. It was demonstrated that no
detectable BPA was found in the extracts from beverage
cans using a method sensitive to five parts per billion in
the food stimulant. 6 refs.
USA
Accession no.671437
Item 212
Surrey, PIRA International, 1997, pp.xi,334. 125.00.
28cms. 10/11/97. 938
FOOD PACKAGING MIGRATION AND
LEGISLATION
Ashby R; Cooper I; Harvey S; Tice P
PIRA International
Comprehensive information both on new directives
published on food contact materials and draft directives
related to the topic. Chapter headings include EU
regulations on food contact materials and articles, standard
methods of test for plastics and polymeric coatings intended
to come in contact with food, practical aspects of migration
testing, paper and board and regenerated cellulose films
intended for contact with foodstuffs, and rationalising the
testing of food contact plastics. Also covered are the future
developments in directives for food contact materials and
a review of recent migration research.
Accession no.653405
Item 213
RadTech 96 North America. Volume 1. Conference
proceedings.
Nashville, Tn., 28th April-2nd May 1996, p.29-34. 895
CATIONIC UV COATING EXTRACTABLES
Carter J W; Davis M S; Jupina M J
Union Carbide Corp.
(RadTech International)
FDA-type migration experiments were conducted using a
model cationic UV coating in an attempt to demonstrate
that good container and packaging hygiene can be achieved
if cationic UV inks and overprint varnishes are properly
used to decorate and protect food containers and food
packaging. After thermal processing, the coating samples
were extracted two hours later using different food
simulants (aq. ethanol solutions) and processing conditions
to simulate different foods and applications. Extraction
samples were analysed for epoxide and photoinitiator
106
substances using GC and HPLC methods. Generally, ppb
levels of UVR 6110, propylene carbonate (PC), diphenyl
sulphide (DPS), and bis and thio salts were found. The
concentrations of extractables depended on thermal
treatment, processing temperature and solvent. 5 refs.
USA
Accession no.628048
Item 214
Food Additives and Contaminants
12, No.2, March/April 1995, p.223-34
COMPOSITIONAL ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES OF
THERMOSET POLYESTER AND MIGRATION
OF ETHYLBENZENE AND STYRENE FROM
THERMOSET POLYESTER INTO PORK
DURING COOKING
Gramshaw J W; Vandenburg H J
Leeds,University
The levels of ethylbenzene, styrene, benzene and
benzaldehyde in samples of thermoset polyester were
determined by dynamic headspace/gas chromatography.
Styrene was present at levels from 50 to 1400 mg/kg,
ethylbenzene up to 25 mg/kg and benzaldehyde up to 180
mg/kg. Benzene levels were usually less than 1 mg/kg,
but one article contained 19 mg/kg. Levels of styrene
dimers and trimers were estimated using SEC followed
by gas chromatographic analysis and were present at
about 100 and 700 mg/kg, respectively. The principal
identified constituents of solvent extracts were stearic and
palmitic acids, present at a combined level of nearly 1 wt
% of the plastic. Styrene was shown to be produced by
thermal depolymerisation at temps. of 175C and above.
The migration of ethylbenzene and styrene into belly pork
cooked in thermoset polyester dishes for 1.5 h at 175C was
measured by Likens-Nickerson extraction of the cooked
meat and GC/MS analysis of the extracts. Migration ranged
from 6 to 2400 micro g/kg for styrene and from less than
6 to 34 micro g/kg for ethylbenzene. 13 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; EUROPEAN UNION; UK; WESTERN
EUROPE
Accession no.548000
Item 215
Progress in Organic Coatings
22, No.1-4, May-Sept.1993, p.145-59
DIFFUSION CONTROLLED KINETICS OF
CROSSLINKING
Dusek K; Havlicek I
Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences
Reactions of polymer formation and crosslinking become
diffusion-controlled when, during the reaction, the
increasing Tg comes close to the reaction temp. The reaction
still continues below the Tg, but the reaction rate decreases
markedly. A theory is presented relating the apparent rate
constant to the difference between the reaction temp. and
Tg based on the free volume or the Adams-Gibbs theory of
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
 References and Abstracts
Tg. The theory is correlated with experiments on curing of
diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A with 1,3-propanediamine.
The implications for formation of chemically-crosslinked
protective films are discussed. The presence of a solvent and
its evaporation are shown to affect the reaction rate through
a change in concentrations of reactants as well as in Tg. 34
refs. (18th International Conference in Organic Coatings
Science & Technology, Athens, Greece, July 1992)
CZECH REPUBLIC
Accession no.497034
Item 216
Radtech Europe - Creating Tomorrows Technology.
Conference Proceedings.
Edinburgh, 29th Sept-2nd Oct.1991, Paper 36, p.461-70.
89
PARAMETERS AFFECTING EXTRACTABLES
OF CATIONIC UV CURED COATINGS IN
CARDBOARD APPLICATION
Gaube H; Ohlemacher J
Degussa AG
(Radtech Europe)
The results are reported of a study of the critical parameters
affecting extractable and potentially migratable residues
from pigment-coated cardboard to which a cationic
UV varnish based on a low odour epoxide monomer
had been applied. Emphasis was placed upon substrate
pretreatment and UV coating composition in order to
minimise extractable residues along with increasing
coating reactivity. 6 refs.
EUROPEAN COMMUNITY; GERMANY; WESTERN EUROPE
Accession no.496359
Item 217
Analyst
113,No.2,Feb.1988,p.239-42
DETERMINATION OF OLIGOMER 340 AND
POLYAMINES IN CURED EPOXY RESINS BY
EXTRACTION AND HIGH-PERFORMANCE
LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY
Henriks-Eckerman M.Laijoki T
TURKU REGIONAL INSTITUTE OF
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH
The efficiency of acetone in extracting unreacted oligomer
340 and aliphatic polyamine hardeners (diethylenetriamine
and triethylenetetramine) from cold-cured epoxy resins
was investigated by HPLC. Several epoxy resins, including
coatings and adhesives, were tested. Acetone-soluble
amounts of oligomer 340 and polyamine were determined
as a function of cure time and extraction was performed
in an ultrasonic bath. The data obtained demonstrated the
suitability of the method to evaluate health risks of cured
epoxy resins and to obtain additional information on the
curing kinetics of epoxy resins. 13 refs.
FINLAND
Accession no.352838
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Item 218
Structural Adhesives:Developments in Resins and
Primers.
Barking,Elsevier Applied Science Publishers
Ltd.,1986,p.1-27. 6A1
CURE AND PROPERTIES OF THERMOSETTING
POLYMERS
Gillham J K
PRINCETON,UNIVERSITY
Edited by: Kinloch A J
The time-temperature-transformation cure diagram
(showing Tgs of fully cured system and of reactants, and
temperature at which gelation and vitrification occurred
together), properties of thermosetting systems, and the
torsional braid analysis/torsion pendulum technique for
characterising thermosetting systems were described
with relevant equations. They were used to characterise
rubber-modified (CTBN: prereacted carboxy-terminated
NBR and ATBN: amino-terminated NBR) epoxy resin
(cure, transitions, morphology, mechanical properties).
Mechanical properties of the ATBN-modified system were
more sensitive to cure history than those of the prereacted
CTBN one. Fracture energy rose with temperature for all
systems (due to rising matrix ductility) and usually in the
order neat to CABN to ATBN systems. 22 refs.
USA
Accession no.331091
Item 219
Step-Growth polymerizations
New York, Dekker, 1972, p.95-113. 7221
POLYURETHANES: THE CHEMISTRY OF THE
DIISOCYANATE-DIOL REACTION
Lyman D J
Solomon D H
This chapter focuses primarily on the kinetics and
mechanism of the diisocyanate-diol reaction. The effects
of the structure of the reactants and the reaction medium
are discussed. 87 refs.
Accession no.731
107
 References and Abstracts

108 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology


A ADHESION PROMOTION, 99 172
ABIETIC ACID, 94
ABRASION RESISTANCE, 36
175 183
ABSORPTION SPECTRA, 13 182
ACCELERATED AGEING, 205
ACCELERATOR, 32 55 84 195
ACETIC ACID, 4
ACETONE, 217
ACETYL TRIETHYL CITRATE,
117
ACID SCAVENGER, 76
ACRYLAMIDE COPOLYMER, 8
78 153
ACRYLATE, 12 207
ACRYLATE COPOLYMER, 27
ACRYLATE POLYMER, 202
ACRYLIC, 66 105 152 166 183
198
ACRYLIC ACID COPOLYMER,
160
ACRYLIC COPOLYMER, 15 16
164
ACRYLIC ELASTOMER, 32 84
142
ACRYLIC ESTER, 12 207
ACRYLIC ESTER COPOLYMER,
27
ACRYLIC ESTER POLYMER, 202
ACRYLIC POLYMER, 14 27 42 60
106 120 143
ACRYLIC RESIN, 14 143
ACRYLIC RUBBER, 32 84 142
ACRYLONITRILE POLYMER, 82
ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE
COPOLYMER, 142
ACRYLONITRILE-BUTADIENE-
STYRENE TERPOLYMER, 3
16 22 74 175 183
ACRYLOYLOXY GROUP, 27
ACTIVATED CARBON, 6
ACTIVATION ENERGY, 181
ACTIVE PACKAGING, 29 39
ACTIVE POLYMER MATERIAL,
161 167 179
ADDITIVE, 3 15 22 26 29 30 31
32 33 39 40 61 63 65 67 73 74
82 84 87 88 95 107 118 133 134
141 144 148 154 164 168 179
183 187 188 191 196 200 212
215 218
ADHESION, 27 35 100 101 110
114 121 122 147 168 204
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Subject Index
Subject Index
ADHESIVE, 27 28 34 35 39 40 42
45 46 49 50 51 52 53 57 59 66
96 99 100 103 104 105 120 121
122 124 147 151 152 159 162
163 166 172 174 186 196 197
202 217
ADHESIVE LABEL, 39 71 99
ADHESIVE TAPE, 27
AEROPLANE, 183
AEROSPACE APPLICATION, 183
AGEING, 37
AGGREGATE, 2
AGRICULTURAL APPLICATION,
22 70 76 81 84 98 103 148
AGROCHEMICAL, 40 71
AIR BARRIER, 44
AIR POLLUTION, 195
AIRCRAFT, 183
ALKENE POLYMER, 3 9 16 22 43
59 60 76 86 89 102 112 135 148
156 183 187 188 196
ALKYD RESIN, 63
ALKYL HYDROXIDE, 12
ALKYLPHENOL, 32
ALLOY, 183
ALPHA-OLEFIN POLYMER, 156
ALTERNATING COPOLYMER,
54
ALTERNATING
COPOLYMERISATION, 54
ALTERNATING POLYMER, 54
ALTERNATING
POLYMERIZATION, 54
ALUMINIUM, 73 100 157
ALUMINIUM FOIL, 35
ALUMINOSILICATE, 128
AMIDE POLYMER, 3 16 35 45 59
64 66 73 82 103 104 144 171
188 198
AMINE, 32 35 84 187 210
ANTI-BLOCKING AGENT, 26
133, 145
ANTI-FOAMING AGENT, 14
ANTI-SCORCH AGENT, 195
ANTIBLOCKING AGENT, 26 133
ANTIDEGRADANT, 32 84
ANTIFOULING AGENT, 41
ANTIFREEZE, 178
ANTIFUNGAL, 131
ANTIMICROBIAL ACTIVITY, 54
113 198
ANTIMICROBIAL AGENT, 124
131 133 154 155 161 192
ANTIMONY, 3 23
ANTIOXIDANT, 22 30 31 37 39
61 76 133 168 187
ANTISTATIC AGENT, 39 133 168
AQUEOUS PHASE, 4
ARCHITECTURAL
APPLICATION, 183
AROMA, 47 48
AROMATIC AMINE, 34 35 39
ARRHENIUSS LAW, 198
ARYL ALKYL KETONE, 13
ARYL ARYL KETONE, 13
ASCORBIC ACID, 138
ATOM TRANSFER RADICAL
POLYMERISATION, 160
ATOMIC ABSORPTION
SPECTROSCOPY, 206
AUTOMOTIVE APPLICATION,
22 61 72 76 92 93 102 119 123
133 156 157 180 183
AZO COMPOUND, 8
B
BACTERIA, 54 155 203
BACTERICIDE, 167 183 198
BAG, 12 26 31 71 98 135 148 188
189
BAG-IN-BOX, 35
BAKERY APPLICATION, 19
BAR CODE, 136
BARRIER COATING, 150
BARRIER FILM, 136 158 159
BARRIER LAYER, 129 136
BARRIER PROPERTIES, 12 25 34
38 39 40 44 47 49 50 51 52 53
70 73 81 91 100 122 149 150
158 170 171 181 183 184 190
197 202
BARRIER RESIN, 104
BATCH POLYMERISATION, 75
BEADS, 77 137
BEER, 167 211
BEER BOTTLE, 73 150 158
BELTING, 32
BELTS, 19 32 203
BENZALDEHYDE, 214
BENZENE, 214
BENZOPHENONE, 27 39 193
BENZOPHENONE POLYMER,
193
BENZOTRIAZOLE, 118 146
BENZOTRIAZOLYLBISMETHYL
109

PHENYLETHYLPHENOL, 118
BENZOTRIAZOLYLPHENOL
COMPOUND, 118
BENZYL ALCOHOL, 210
BEVERAGE, 38 99 108 189
BIAXIAL ORIENTATION, 12 22
38 60 66 99 103 104 187
BINDER, 12 33 85 192 198 204
BIOABSORPTION, 77
BIOCATALYST, 160
BIOCIDE, 30 41 131 133 161 168
BIOCOMPATIBILITY, 15 16
BIODEGRADABILITY, 12 16 48
56 71 78 81 96 105 116 124 133
166
BIODETERIORATION, 12 16 48
56 71 78 81 82 96 105 116 124
133 166
BIOLOGICAL ATTACK, 203
BIOLOGICAL DEGRADATION,
128
BIOMASS, 81
BIOMATERIAL, 2
BIOPOLYMER, 12 16 81 116 160
166
BIORIENTATION, 181
BIOSENSOR, 136 160
BIOTECHNOLOGY, 166
BIREFRINGENCE, 38
BISHYDROXYMETHACRYLOX
YPROPOXYPHENYLPROPA
NE COPOLYMER, 15
BISPHENOL A, 17 139 173 210
211 215
BISPHENOL A DIGLYCIDYL
ETHER, 34 35 39 200
BISPHENOL DIGLYCIDYL
ETHER, 34 35 39 200
BLEND, 22 23 43 73 76 116 117
123 145 164 175 184 187
BLISTER PACKAGING, 116 129
161 184
BLOCK COPOLYMER, 160
BLOW MOULDING, 12 16 73 116
137 164 168
BLOWING AGENT, 31 133 168
195
BLOWN FILM, 12 26 68 102 111
161 189
BOIL-IN-THE-BAG, 35
BOILING WATER RESISTANCE,
55
BOND STRENGTH, 100
BONDING, 101 107 121 175 183
186
BONDING AGENT, 27 168
BORON NITRIDE, 56
BOTTLES, 189 7 16 23 31 32 35
110
Subject Index
49 50 51 52 53 59 73 82 96 135
136 137 139 150 158 181 164
181 190
BOVINE SERUM ALBUMIN, 2
BREAKING STRAIN, 92 93
BREAKING STRESS, 92 93
BREWING APPLICATION, 84
BRIGHTNESS, 182
BRITTLENESS, 12
BUILDING APPLICATION, 16
119 122 133 156 164 169 183
BUTADIENE-ACRYLONITRILE
COPOLYMER, 32 84 142 218
BUTADIENE-STYRENE
COPOLYMER, 16 164
BUTENE, 26
BUTYL RUBBER, 32 84 142
BUTYLENE, 26
BUTYLTIN, 164
C CERAMIC POWDER, 136
CABLE, 76
CAFFEINE, 83
CALCIUM CARBONATE, 26 216
CALCIUM PHOSPHATE, 15
CALCIUM SILICATE, 61
CALCIUM STEARATE, 126
CALCULATION, 29 218
CALENDERING, 32 164 168
CALIBRATION, 4 88 95
CALORIMETRY, 54
CAMPUS DATASHEET, 92 93
CAN COATING, 46 173 200 209
211
CANS, 26 32 73 86 167 200 211
CAP, 189
CAPACITY, 7 12 22 23 26 61 63
66 73 76 81 99 102 103 104 114
122 123 145 150 156 166 176
178 184
CAPACITY EXPANSION, 12 26
102
CAPACITY UTILISATION, 63 176
CAPROLACTAM, 130
CAPROLACTAM POLYMER, 25
36 130 136
CAPROLACTONE POLYMER,
2 48
CAPRYLLACTAM, 130
CARBON, 12 73
CARBON BLACK, 6 29 169
CARBON DIOXIDE, 12 73
CARBON FIBRE-REINFORCED
PLASTIC, 122
CARBONATE POLYMER, 3 16 25
35 139 175 183 190 194
CARBONATED BEVERAGE, 108
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
CARBOXYL-TERMINATED, 218
CARCINOGEN, 30
CARCINOGENICITY, 75
CARDBOARD, 73 216
CARTON, 11 35 202
CAST FILM, 12 68 103 104 189
CASTING, 24 71 183
CATALYSIS, 69 111 145 189
CATALYST, 19 21 22 23 30 31 32
41 43 56 64 68 91 95 102 104
109 112 123 156 160 170 176
CATALYST SUPPORT, 129
CAULK, 88
CAVITATION, 69
CAVITY, 26
CELL MIGRATION, 31
CELLULAR MATERIAL, 16 82
116 122 133 201
CELLULOSE, 28 71 179 212
CELLULOSE NITRATE, 204
CERAMIC, 28 140 179
CERIC ION, 8 78 153
CHAIN CONFORMATION, 38
CHAIN EXTENDER, 16 35
CHAIN FLEXIBILITY, 15
CHALK, 26
CHAR, 6
CHARACTERISATION, 2 24 38
54 78 108 117 131 168 218
CHARPY, 92 93
CHARRING, 3
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION, 12
26 216
CHEMICAL IONISATION MASS
SPECTROSCOPY, 138
CHEMICAL MODIFICATION, 4
32 40 110 160
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES, 19 22
25 42 55 72 120 149 183 210
CHEMICAL REACTION, 32
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE, 19 22
25 42 48 55 72 120 149 183 210
CHEMICAL SENSOR, 136
CHEMICAL STRUCTURE, 8 12
13 15 24 26 38 54 56 68 106 182
CHEMICAL TREATMENT, 114
CHEMICALS, 166
CHINA CLAY, 128
CHITOSAN, 160 192
CHLOROBENZENE, 9
CHLOROPRENE POLYMER, 32
84
CHROMATOGRAPHY, 4 10 11 17
29 35 37 59 62 82 84 88 90 94
108 118 130 138 142 146 173
174 193 195 197 200 206 207
209 212 213
 Subject Index

CHROME-FREE, 119 12 22 26 66 74 92 93 103 158 CROSSLINK, 217

CHROMIUM COMPOUND, 141
CHROMOGEN, 1
CHROMOPHORE, 1
CIS-1,4-POLYISOPRENE, 84
CLARIFYING AGENT, 16 21 30
133
CLARITY, 12 21 25 61 73 97 102
111 164 171 184
CLAY, 48 61 73 136 158
CLEARCOAT, 131
CLING-TYPE FILM, 4
CLOSURE, 7 65 86 137 149 175
189
CLOTHING, 26 41 169
CO-COMBUSTION, 6
CO-INJECTION MOULDING, 73
COAT HANGER, 164 175
COATED FILM, 196 198
COATED METAL, 173 211
COATED PAPER, 35 46 192
COATHANGERS, 164 175
COATING WEIGHT, 152 159 197
198
COCONUT OIL, 118 146
COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION, 36
204
COEXTRUSION, 35 43 102 104
114 164 179 183 184
COEXTRUSION COAT, 47
COHESION, 35
COHESIVE ENERGY DENSITY,
40
COHESIVE STRENGTH, 147
COINJECTION MOULDING, 73
COLD-CURING, 217
COLD-SEAL, 34 104 152
COLORANT, 2 3 6 8 12 26 30 33
67 74 107 137 179 182 188 195
COLORATION, 58 157
COLORIMETRY, 34 35 74
COLOUR, 3 29 49 50 51 52 53 58
67 73 74 107 127 131 158 164
175 182 183 187 188
COLOUR BLEEDING, 182
COLOUR CHANGE, 158, 161 167
COLOUR COMPOUNDING, 85
COLOUR CONCENTRATE, 85
COLOUR CONTRAST, 3
COLOUR DENSITY, 107
COLOUR FASTNESS, 164
COLOUR MATCHING, 74 85 188
COLOUR MEASUREMENT, 107
COLOUR RETENTION, 85 182
COLOUR SHADING, 85
COLOUR STABILITY, 22 76
COLOUR STRENGTH, 86
COMMERCIAL INFORMATION,
162 163 165 166 178 187
COMMODITY POLYMER, 102
COMONOMER, 68 69 76 91
COMPACTION, 107
COMPATIBILISER, 32 76 117 133
COMPATIBILITY, 65 86 107 110
119 135 148 185 188 201
COMPOSITE, 15 16 36 67 92 93
96 117 122 125 183 195
COMPOSITION, 112
COMPOSTING, 12 81 99 124
COMPOUNDER, 144
COMPOUNDING, 12 26 85 168
COMPOUNDING INGREDIENT,
29 32 107
COMPRESSION, 188
COMPRESSION MOULDING, 19
COMPRESSION PROPERTIES,
107
COMPUTER CONTROL, 3
CONCRETE, 98 169
CONCURRENT ENGINEERING,
3 CYCLE TIME, 16 65 73 102 111
CONDENSATION
POLYMERISATION, 150
CONFORMABILITY, 99
CONSTRUCTION, 183
CONTACT AREA, 32 84
CONTACT TIME, 8 32 84
CONTAINER, 4 11 12 32 35 40 56
69 73 82 102 148 164 165 188
193 194
CONTAMINANT, 9 59 62 128 181
CONTAMINATION, 29 31 33
CONTROLLED ATMOSPHERE,
38 82 167
CONVERTING, 26 28 31 35 68
110 125 163 164
CONVEYOR BELT, 19 203
COOKWARE, 17 39 214
COOLANT, 178
COPOLYESTER, 72 160 183
COPOLYETHER, 14 106
COPOLYMER, 26
COPOLYMER COMPOSITION,
47 79
COPOLYMERISATION, 54
CORN STARCH, 12
CORONA TREATMENT, 26 147
172
COSTS, 3 7 26 68 73 74 96 99 144
150 151 159 161 172 177 180
187
COUPLING AGENT, 32 133
CRACKING, 12
CRATERING, 14
CROSS-FRACTIONATION, 68
CROSSLINKING, 24 56 90 159
168 189 195 210 215
CROSSLINKING AGENT, 35 76
105
CRUDE OIL, 12
CRYSTALLINITY, 21 36 38 164
CRYSTALLISATION RATE, 21
CRYSTALLISATION
TEMPERATURE, 21 68
CUP, 11 31 65 86 116
CURE TIME, 57 217
CURING, 11 13 19 27 32 33 35 42
45 46 55 56 57 60 105 110 115
147 152 159 172 174 180 186
189 197 201 202 205 207 213
215 218
CURING AGENT, 32 35 37 55 76
84 105 215 217
CURING LAMP, 110
CURING RATE, 172
CUSHIONING, 16
CUTLERY, 12 166
116
CYCLODEXTRINS, 56
CYCLOOLEFIN COPOLYMER,
184
D
DAIRY APPLICATION, 70 84
DAMPING, 88
DART IMPACT, 26
DEBOTTLENECKING, 12 178
DECOMPOSITION, 195
DECOMPOSITION PRODUCT, 37
DECOMPOSITION RATE, 98
DECORATION, 58
DEFATTING, 130
DEFECT, 14 164
DEFLECTION TEMPERATURE
UNDER LOAD, 92 93
DEFOAMING AGENT, 14
DEFORMATION, 12
DEFORMATION
TEMPERATURE, 102
DEGASSING, 75 190
DEGRADATION, 12 16 31 33 37
48 56 71 81 96 105 107 108 116
124 127 133 148 160 166 171
195 205 209
DEGRADATION PRODUCT, 13
59
DEGREE OF CONVERSION, 15
DEGREE OF CRYSTALLINITY,
21
DEGREE OF GRAFTING, 78

Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology 111


DEGREE OF POLYMERISATION,
15
DEHYDROABIETIC ACID, 94
DELAMINATION, 73
DELIVERY SYSTEM, 85
DENTAL APPLICATION, 15
DEPOLYMERISATION, 214
DESIGN, 43 49 50 51 52 53 83 96
164 183 187 189
DESIGN FOR RECYCLING, 49
50 51 52 53
DESORPTION, 40 82 91 206
DETERGENT, 71
DIAGNOSTIC APPLICATION,
109 177
DIAMINE, 215
DIATOMACEOUS EARTH, 26
DICHLOROMETHANE, 138
DIESEL FUEL, 25
DIETHYLENETRIAMINE, 217
DIETHYLTHIOXANTHONE, 11
DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING
CALORIMETRY, 38 54 78 112
117 153 181
DIFFERENTIAL THERMAL
ANALYSIS, 38 54 78 112 117
153
DIFFRACTION, 24 36 112 153
DIFFRACTION PATTERN, 24
DIFFUSION, 4 9 18 40 79 82 91
112 146 181 215
DIFFUSION BARRIER AGENT,
158
DIFFUSION COEFFICIENT, 9 18
48 91 118 181 191 198
DIGLYCIDYL ETHER, 173 215
DIGLYCIDYL ETHER
BISPHENOL A, 209
DIISOCYANATE 216
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY, 69
102 183
DIMETHACRYLATE
COPOLYMER, 15
DIMETHYL SILOXANE
POLYMER, 14 88
DIOL 216
DIPHENYLMETHANE
DIISOCYANATE, 35
DIRECTIVE, 18 29 31 32 34 39
125 144 179 200 212
DISCOLORATION, 70
DISCRIMINANT ANALYSIS, 4
8 11
DISEASE, 203
DISINFECTANT, 203
DISPERSIBILITY, 188
DISPERSION, 26 42 65 85 131 137
DISSOLUTION, 40 138
112
Subject Index
DISTORTION RESISTANCE, 107
137
DOMESTIC APPLIANCE, 155 183
DOMESTIC EQUIPMENT, 16 155
183 188 214
DOMESTIC REFUSE, 49 50
DOSE RATE, 8 16 21 45 76 86 89
137 139 185
DOSIMETRY, 45
DRAINAGE PIPE, 182
DRINKING VESSEL, 11 31 65 86
116
DRINKING WATER, 19 23 109
210
DRUG CARRIER, 160
DRUG PACKAGING, 103
DRUM, 175
DRY BLENDING, 168
DRY BONDING, 35 152
DRY FILM, 137
DRYING, 12 33 80 92 93
DRYING TIME, 92 93
DUAL CURING, 110
DUAL INJECTION MOULDING,
73
DUAL REACTOR, 69
DURABILITY, 76 205
DUST, 26 148 188 195
DWELL TIME, 12
DYE, 2 8 77 107 171 177 182
DYNAMIC STABILITY, 164
E 188
ECOLOGY, 141
EFFLUENT, 8
EFFLUENT TREATMENT, 6
EJECTION, 65
ELASTIC PROPERTIES, 88
ELASTICITY, 19 156
ELASTOMER, 3 6 16 19 28 32 34
37 42 57 67 72 76 84 85 108
121 123 137 138 142 145 148
156 164 175 179 194 195 200
201 203 212 213
ELECTRIC CABLE, 76
ELECTRIC KETTLE, 59
ELECTRICAL APPLICATION, 16
119 133
ELECTRICAL CABLE, 76
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY,
136 160 169
ELECTRON BEAM, 197
ELECTRON BEAM CURING, 35
42 45 46 57 147 159 172 174
180 202
ELECTRON MICROSCOPY, 36
78 112 117 153
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
ELECTRON SCANNING
MICROSCOPY, 36 78 112 117
153
ELECTRONIC APPLICATION, 16
57 71 136 156 183
ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY, 158
ELECTRONIC NOSE, 10
ELECTROSPRAY IONISATION,
90 173
ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS, 54
ELONGATION, 116 147
ELONGATION AT BREAK, 12
92 93
ELUTION, 5
EMBOSSING, 101
EMISSION CONTROL, 128
EMPLOYEE, 165
EMULSION, 105 162 163 187
EMULSION POLYMERISATION,
22
ENCAPSULATION, 77
ENDOCRINE DISRUPTER, 194
ENERGY CONSERVATION, 26
ENERGY CONSUMPTION, 150
169
ENERGY RECOVERY, 6 152 168
ENERGY SAVING, 111
ENGINEERING APPLICATION,
72 107 122 185
ENGINEERING PLASTIC, 22 72
107 122 185 188
ENGINEERING
THERMOPLASTIC, 22 122
ENVIRONMENT, 49 50 51 52 53
75 82 96 141 194
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT, 12
57 128 152
ENVIRONMENTAL
LEGISLATION, 73 84 107 128
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION, 12 109 128 168
ENVIRONMENTALLY
FRIENDLY, 12 187
ENZYMAIC SYNTHESIS, 160
EPICHLOROHYDRIN, 17
EPICHLOROHYDRIN
POLYMER, 160
EPICHLOROHYDRIN RUBBER,
142
EPOXIDE POLYMER, 34 173 179
216
EPOXIDE RESIN, 34 173 179 194
200 209 210 211 215
EPOXIDISED OIL, 126
EPOXIDISED SUNFLOWER OIL,
126
EPOXY ACRYLATE, 197

EPOXY ACRYLATE POLYMER,
110
EPOXY OLIGOMER, 197
EPOXY RESIN, 34 173 179 194
200 209 210 211 215 217 218
ESTER COPOLYMER, 72 160 183
ESTERIFICATION, 160
ETCHING, 5 58 183
ETHANOL, 10 90 94 108 118 130
146 166 181
ETHENE, 12
ETHENE COPOLYMER, 47 79
ETHER COPOLYMER, 14 106
ETHYL ACETATE, 10
ETHYL ALCOHOL, 10 90 94 108
118 130 146 166 181
ETHYL HEXANOIC ACID
BISPHENOL A, 39
ETHYL LACTATE, 7
ETHYLBENZENE, 214
ETHYLENE, 12
ETHYLENE BUTENE
COPOLYMER, 69
ETHYLENE COPOLYMER, 47 79
ETHYLENE GLYCOL
DIMETHACRYLATE
COPOLYMER, 15
ETHYLENE POLYMER, 7 9 10 12
16 26 31 35 40 43 49 50 51 52
53 61 64 65 68 69 74 91 95 96
99 103 104 111 113 114 129 133
143 144 161 172 176 179 184
185 187 188 189 190 192
ETHYLENE THIOUREA, 138
ETHYLENE-BUTENE
COPOLYMER, 69
ETHYLENE-BUTYLENE
COPOLYMER, 69
ETHYLENE-HEXENE
COPOLYMER, 69
ETHYLENE-OCTENE
COPOLYMER, 69
ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE
COPOLYMER, 32 38 84
ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE
RUBBER, 32 84
ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-
DIENE TERPOLYMER, 16 156
ETHYLENE-VINYL ACETATE
COPOLYMER, 35 43 192 198
ETHYLENE-VINYL ALCOHOL
COPOLYMER, 35 64 66 104
112 150
ETHYLENIMINE POLYMER, 54
EXCLUSION
CHROMATOGRAPHY, 214
EXPORTS, 7 63 103 178
EXPOSURE, 195
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Subject Index
EXPOSURE LEVEL, 25 30
EXPOSURE LIMIT, 18 23 41
EXPOSURE TIME, 12
EXTRACTION, 1 4 5 17 29 34 35
37 39 62 82 83 90 130 138 142
144 174 191 211 216
EXTRUDER, 12 26
EXTRUSION, 12 16 19 25 32 35
68 71 137 150 161 164 168 175
185 189
EXTRUSION BLOW
MOULDING, 164 168
EXTRUSION COATING, 47 102
F FLUORESCENCE
FABRIC, 169 170
FABRICATION, 68
FACTOR ANALYSIS, 10
FAN SHROUD, 93
FAST-CURING, 55 152 172
FATIGUE RESISTANCE, 72
FEEDSTOCK, 12 29 166
FENCING, 164
FERMENTATION, 12
FIBRE, 5 12 22 76 107 148 166
187
FIBRE-REINFORCED PLASTIC,
122 133
FICKS SECOND LAW, 198
FILAMENT, 5 12
FILLER, 6 15 26 32 36 49 50 51 52
53 84 168 169 183 195
FILLER CONTENT, 16
FILMS, 1 4 10 11 12 20 22 25 26
38 43 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
50 51 52 53 60 61 64 66 67 68
70 71 73 76 79 86 91 98 99 101
102 103 104 106 110 113 114
116 121 123 129 135 136 137
148 149 151 156 157 158 159
161 164 166 171 172 176 181
183 187 188 190 196 198 202
204 212 215
FILTRATION, 138 169
FIRE RESISTANCE, 6
FISH-EYE, 14
FLAKE, 12
FLAME PROOFING, 16 67 95 122
133 168
FLAME RETARDANCE, 16 67 95
122 133 168
FLAME RETARDANT, 16 67 95
122 133 168
FLAMMABILITY, 6 16 61 76
FLAVOUR, 10 40 47 190
FLEXIBILITY, 12 35 42 47 156
164 188
FLEXOGRAPHIC PRINTING, 14
FLEXURAL MODULUS, 21 102
FLEXURAL PROPERTIES, 21 38
68 69 72 102 111 122 129 184
FLOCCULANT, 8
FLOORING, 41 55
FLOW, 26 148 188
FLOW LINE, 157 185
FLOW PROPERTIES, 57 65
FLUORESCEIN
ISOTHIOCYANATE, 2
FLUORESCENCE LIFETIME
SPECTROSCOPY, 2
FLUORESCENCE OPTICAL
MICROSCOPY, 29
SPECTROSCOPY, 2 95
FLUOROCARBON RUBBER, 32
84 142
FLUOROELASTOMER, 32 84 142
FLUORORUBBER, 32 84 142
FLUX, 140
FOAM,3 16 82 116 122 133 201
FOAMING AGENT, 31 133 168
195
FOIL, 101 104
FOOD ADDITIVE, 29 30 63 82 87
88 196
FOOD APPLICATION, 54 67 75
83 108 140
FOOD INDUSTRY, 6 19 28 32 84
200
FOOD SIMULANT, 1 17 18 29 32
33 35 59 94 108 118 181 198
200 207 209 211
FOOD STORAGE, 32
FOODSTUFF, 146 148 149 181
FOOTWEAR, 163 175
FORM-FILL-SEAL, 71
FORMULATION, 14 32 74 84 107
110 131 144 147 164 168 188
201 205 210
FOURIER TRANSFORM
INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY,
8 24 40 54 78 79 126 153
FRACTIONATION, 68
FRACTURE ENERGY, 218
FRACTURE MORPHOLOGY, 5
68 153
FRAGRANCE, 190
FRAGRANCE ADDITIVE, 40
FREE RADICAL
COPOLYMERISATION, 8
FREE RADICAL
POLYMERISATION, 8 54
FREE VOLUME, 9 215
FREE-RADICAL GENERATOR, 1
FREEZE-THAW STABILITY, 102
113
 Subject Index

FRICTION, 65 78 HEAVY METAL, 188

FRICTION COEFFICIENT, 36 204
FRUIT JUICE, 70
FUEL, 6
FUEL TANK, 40 122
FUNCTIONAL BARRIER, 34 181
197 202
FUNCTIONAL GROUP, 121
FUNCTIONAL MONOMER, 83
FUNCTIONALITY, 110
FUNGICIDE, 183
G GREEN STRENGTH, 152
GAS ABSORPTION, 113
GAS BARRIER, 38 98 136
GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY, 4 10
17 29 35 37 59 62 82 84 90 108
142 193 206 207 214
GAS LIQUID
CHROMATOGRAPHY, 39
GAS PERMEABILITY, 19 44 47
48 60 79 112 113
GAS PHASE POLYMERISATION,
68 129
GAS SENSOR, 167
GAS TRANSMISSION, 44
GAS TRANSPORT, 38
GASES, 12 149 195
GASKET, 39 175
GASOLINE, 25
GAUGE, 26
GEL COAT, 125 183
GEL CONTENT, 129
GEL FORMATION, 110
GEL PERMEATION
CHROMATOGRAPHY, 88
GELATION, 164 168 218
GELLING, 164 168 218
GELLING AGENT, 160
GENETIC ENGINEERING, 81
GLASS, 73
GLASS FIBRE-REINFORCED, 93
122 125
GLASS FIBRE-REINFORCED
PLASTICS, 16 93 122 125 178
183
GLASS TRANSITION
TEMPERATURE, 184 199 215
218
GLOSS, 14 85 122 131 159 183
201 205
GLOVE, 32
GLYCEROL COPOLYMER, 160
GOGGLES, 25
GRAFT, 78 110 189
GRAFT COPOLYMER, 8 153 182
GRAFT COPOLYMERISATION,
GRAFT POLYMERISATION, 153
GRAFT YIELD, 78
GRAFTING, 78 110 189
GRANITE LIKE, 137
GRANULATION, 12
GRANULE, 148 188
GRAPHIC ART APPLICATION,
122 180
GRAVIMETRIC ANALYSIS, 3 24
54 78 91
GRAVURE COAT, 44
GREASE RESISTANCE, 72
GREENHOUSE, 76 148
GRIP, 72
GROUP IV A METAL
COMPOUND, 4 41
H HORTICULTURAL
HARDNESS, 26 72 112
HARMONISATION, 19 84
HAZARDOUS MATERIAL, 144
HAZE, 21 26 97 131 164
HEADSPACE ANALYSIS, 37
HEADSPACE
CHROMATOGRAPHY, 214
HEALTH HAZARD, 13 29 30 31
33 41 46 56 75 80 82 94 108
128 139 141 168 178 195 199
208 216 217
HEAT BUILD-UP, 119
HEAT CURING, 19
HEAT DEFLECTION
TEMPERATURE, 92 93
HEAT DEGRADATION, 3 12
HEAT DISTORTION
TEMPERATURE, 102
HEAT EXCHANGER, 32
HEAT INSULATION, 101
HEAT RESISTANCE, 12 47 48 65
76 102 120 129 137 156 164
182 187 188
HEAT SEAL, 34
HEAT SEALABILITY, 68
HEAT SEALABLE, 102 114
HEAT SEALING, 104 123 145
HEAT SENSITIVE, 20
HEAT STABILISER, 4 76 133 164
168
HEAT STABILITY, 85 92 93 107
119
HEAT TRANSFER, 26 88
HEAT TREATMENT, 100
HEAT WELDING, 175
HEATER BLANKET, 169
HEATING, 12 121 169
HELICAL CONFIGURATION, 160
HEPTANE, 94
HERMETIC SEAL, 149
HEXANE, 4 130 140
HEXENE, 26
HIGH DENSITY
POLYETHYLENE, 7 9 26 31
35 40 49 50 61 65 74 91 96 99
104 129 179 187 188 189
HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT, 34
HIGH PERFORMANCE LIQUID
CHROMATOGRAPHY, 11 108
118 138 173 217
HIGH TEMPERATURE, 22
HINDERED AMINE, 135 148
HINGE, 164
HISTORY, 13 168
HOMOPOLYMER, 38 102 168
HOPPER, 12
APPLICATION, 183
HOSE, 32
HOT CURING, 19
HOT FILLING, 12 158
HOT MELT, 162
HOT MELT ADHESIVE, 34 163
HOUSEHOLD WASTE, 49 50 51
52 53
HOUSEWARES, 16 155 183 188
HOUSING, 25
HUE, 107
HUMIDITY, 79
HUMIDITY ABSORPTION, 92
HUMIDITY SENSOR, 177
HYALURONIC ACID, 166
HYDROGEN, 73
HYDROGEN ABSTRACTION, 27
HYDROGEN BOND, 79
HYDROGEN BONDING, 107
HYDROLYSIS, 200
HYDROLYSIS RESISTANCE, 22
HYDROPHILICITY, 140 198
HYDROPHOBICITY, 140
HYDROXYALKANOATE
COPOLYMER, 48
HYDROXYBENZENE, 173
HYDROXYETHYL
METHACRYLATE
COPOLYMER, 15
HYDROXYVALERATE
COPOLYMER, 48
HYGIENE, 26 121 203
I
ICE CUBE MAKER, 19
IDENTIFICATION, 17 50 51 52 53

114 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology


96 173 183
IDENTIFICATION TAG, 136
IMAGING, 2
IMPACT MODIFIED, 92
IMPACT MODIFIER, 133 156 164
IMPACT PROPERTIES, 25 55 68
92 93 102 116 156 164 183
IMPACT RESISTANCE, 25 55 68
102 116 156 164 183
IMPACT STRENGTH, 92 93
IMPLANT, 2 88
IMPORTS, 26 63 104 176
IMPURITIES, 31 59
IN-MOULD COATING, 16
IN-MOULD DECORATING, 137
157
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION,
189
INDUSTRIAL HAZARD, 75
INFRAED REFLECTION, 16
INFRARED SPECTRA, 40 54 78
79 126 153
INFRARED SPECTROSCOPY, 40
54 78 79 126 153
INITIATOR, 1 8 11 13 15 18 27 39
40 54 78 79 110 113 115 117
126 147 153 172 180 193 207
213
INJECTION MOULDABLE, 92 93
INJECTION MOULDING, 12 16
19 21 22 25 65 69 73 86 89 92
93 102 111 116 129 137 148 157
161 164 168 175 187 188
INJECTION MOULDING
MACHINE, 73
INJECTION STRETCH BLOW
MOULDING, 102
INK, 6 11 13 14 28 33 39 40 45 46
60 66 71 80 81 99 103 104 106
110 114 115 124 136 137 143
144 158 159 166 172 174 177
179 197 199 202 204 205 207
INK JET PRINTING, 177
INORGANIC PIGMENT, 85
INPUT-OUTPUT MODEL, 128
INSERT MOULD, 73 175
INSULATION, 101
INTELLIGENT MATERIAL, 28 29
113 136 161 179
INTENSIVE MIXING, 69
INTERFACIAL ADHESION, 44
INTERLAMINAR, 100
INTERMOLECULAR BONDING,
107
INTERNAL LUBRICANT, 65 133
INTERNAL MOULD RELEASE,
16 65
INTERNAL STANDARD, 130
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Subject Index
INTRINSIC VISCOSITY, 54
INVERSE CHROMATOGRAPHY,
82
INVISIBLE MARKING, 143
ION EXCHANGE RESIN, 28 90
109
IRRADIATION, 146 148
IRRADIATION CURING, 201 205
216
ISOCYANATE, 34 35 42
ISOCYANATE CONTENT, 110
ISOCYANATE POLYMER, 55
ISOOCTANE, 118 146
ISOPROPYLTHIOXANTHONE,
11 39
ISOTHERM, 79
K LINE SPEED, 44 116 152 159 180
KAOLIN, 128
KETONE, 13
KETTLE, 59
KINETICS, 9 79 198
209 210 215 217
KITCHENWARE, 19
KNIFE, 12
L LIQUID CRYSTAL POLYMER,
LABEL, 39 71 99 161 167
LABELLING, 34 39 82 183
LABORATORY APPARATUS, 45
LACQUER, 143 159 209
LACTIC ACID, 12
LAMINATED, 35 59 149
LAMINATED FILM, 104 124 147
152 172
LAMINATING, 49 96 100 121 184
LAMINATION, 12 34 35 39 47 57
105 147 159 186 202
LANDFILL, 128 168
LANGEVIN EQUATION, 110 191
198
LANGMUIR SORPTION, 79
LASER, 58 183
LASER ETCHING, 58
LASER INDUCED
BREAKDOWN
SPECTROSCOPY, 2 8
LASER IRRADIATION, 77
LASER MARKING, 3 58
LAUNDRY, 71 98
LAUROLACTAM POLYMER, 3
LEAKAGE, 195
LEGISLATION, 29 31 32 34 39 49
73 81 82 84 95 105 107 125 128
133 134 171 196 208 212
LEISURE APPLICATION, 183
LETDOWN RATIO, 137
LIDS, 39 69 149
LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS, 96 128
LIGHT ABSORPTION, 3 161
LIGHT AGEING, 127
LIGHT DEGRADATION, 25 70 86
107 127 175 182
LIGHT EXPOSURE, 131
LIGHT FASTNESS, 86 107 127
LIGHT INTENSITY, 70
LIGHT RESISTANCE, 182
LIGHT SOURCE, 85
LIGHT STABILISER, 76 134 135
148 168
LIGHT STABILITY, 182
LIGHT TRANSMISSION, 12 70
LIMESTONE, 26
LIMONENE, 48 91
LINEAR LOW-DENSITY
POLYETHYLENE, 26 64 68
69 91 104 129 176 179 184 185
189 190
LINER, 26 73 189
LIQUID ADDITIVE, 22
LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY,
11 17 84 90 94 108 118 130 138
146 173 174 197 209 217
185
LIQUID POLYMER, 123
LIQUID RUBBER, 19
LOW-DENSITY
POLYETHYLENE, 10 12 31 35
49 61 91 104 161 176 179 184
192
LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT, 32
34 108
LOW TEMPERATURE
PROPERTIES, 102 155
LOW VISCOSITY, 122
LOW VOLTAGE, 202
LUBRICANT, 63 65 88 95 133 168
LUBRICATION, 164
LUMINESCENCE, 20 143 177
M
MACHINERY, 12 26 32 73 121
152 202
MACROPOROUS, 90
MALEIC ANHYDRIDE, 63
MALEIC ANHYDRIDE
COPOLYMER, 54 117 182
MANUAL SORTING, 7
MANUFACTURER, 26 31 73 144
165 187
MANUFACTURING, 128 148 164
115

MARBLE, 26
MARINE APPLICATION, 122
MARK-HOUWINK CONSTANT,
88
MARKET ANALYSIS, 6 73 102
MARKET GROWTH, 26 43 73
MARKET RESEARCH, 73
MARKET SHARE, 22 23 61 64
66 71 103 104 105 120 133 136
166 176 180
MARKET SIZE, 6 68 102 168
MARKET SURVEY, 73
MARKET TREND, 68 102
MASS SELECTIVE DETECTOR,
197
MASS SPECTRA, 37 90 94 108
142 173 174 207
MASS SPECTROSCOPY, 4 17 29
35 37 39 59 62 84 90 94 108
130 138 142 173 174 193 197
207
MASS TRANSFER, 31
MASS TRANSPORT, 18
MASTERBATCH, 16 61 67 73 85
144 161 169
MATERIAL REPLACEMENT, 12
61 68 90 102 116 183 194 199
MATERIALS SELECTION, 42 47
85 107 110
MATERIALS SUBSTITUTION, 12
61 68 90 102 116 183 194 199
MATHEMATICAL MODEL, 18 29
33 113 191
MATT FINISH, 85 137
MEAT, 84
MEAT PACKAGING, 32 70
MEDICAL APPLICATION, 6 16
21 25 27 41 44 54 75 109 122
133 168 169 183 199
MEDICAL EQUIPMENT, 25
MEDIUM-DENSITY
POLYETHYLENE, 68 129
MELT BLOWN, 170
MELT FLOW, 65
MELT FLOW INDEX, 68
MELT FLOW RATE, 102 170
MELT INDEX, 68
MELT VISCOSITY INDEX, 68
MELTING, 26 48 56 72 164
MELTING POINT, 12 92 93
MELTING TEMPERATURE, 38
92 93
MELTS, 26 56 72 164
MEMBRANE, 24 112 140 168
MERCAPTIDE, 164
METAL, 100 164 183 206
METAL ADHESION, 110 122
METALLISED, 35 101 114
116
Subject Index
METALLISED FILM, 44 70 104
172
METALLOCENE, 21 43 68 91 104
112 123 145 156 170 176
METAMERISM, 74 85
METHACRYLATE COPOLYMER,
15
METHACRYLIC ACID
POLYMER, 5
METHACRYLIC ESTER
COPOLYMER, 15
METHANOL, 90
METHYL ALCOHOL, 90
METHYL CHLOROFORM, 9
METHYL METHACRYLATE
POLYMER, 175
METHYLBENZENE, 9 10 39
MICA, 44
MICHAEL REACTION, 1
MICROBEAD, 137
MICROEXTRACTION, 5
MICROGRANULE, 188
MICROHARDNESS, 112
MICROMETER, 198
MICROORGANISM, 203
MICROPARTICLE, 56
MICROSCOPY, 29 36 117
MICROSPHERE, 188
MICROSTRUCTURE, 9 68
MICROWAVE, 82 206
MICROWAVEABLE, 161
MIGRATION RESISTANCE, 76
107 108
MILK, 139 148
MILK BOTTLE, 135
MINERAL, 26 183
MINERAL FILLED, 92 93
MINERAL WATER, 108
MINERALISATION, 206
MIXING, 12 32 69 73
MODIFIED ATMOSPHERE, 35
113 177
MODIFIER, 12 123 145 168 199
218
MODULATED DIFFERENTIAL
SCANNING CALORIMETRY,
181
MODULUS, 38 184
MOISTURE ABSORPTION, 72
92 177
MOISTURE BARRIER, 184
MOISTURE RESISTANCE, 12 60
72 79 183
MOISTURE SENSITIVE, 71 171
MOLECULAR BONDING, 110
MOLECULAR CHAIN, 12
MOLECULAR
CONFIGURATION, 38
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
MOLECULAR
CONFORMATION, 38
MOLECULAR IMPRINTING, 5
83
MOLECULAR MASS, 13 18 26 32
34 88 106 107 108 110 129 140
142 168 181
MOLECULAR MOBILITY, 15 18
MOLECULAR MODELLING, 83
MOLECULAR SIZE, 110
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE, 8
12 13 15 24 26 38 54 56 68 106
182
MOLECULAR WEIGHT, 13 18 26
32 34 68 69 88 106 107 108 110
129 140 142 168 170 181 208
MOLECULAR WEIGHT
DISTRIBUTION, 68 69 129
170
MONOLAYER, 73 144 181
MONOMER, 12 25 29 30 31 32 39
84 195 200 212
MONOMER RATIO, 147
MONTMORILLONITE, 36
MORPHOLOGICAL
PROPERTIES, 5 68 153 218
MORPHOLOGY, 5 68 153 218
MOULD, 164
MOULD FILLING, 69 111
MOULD FLOW, 102
MOULD RELEASE, 164
MOULD RELEASE AGENT, 65
133
MOULD SHRINKAGE, 92 93
MOULD TEMPERATURE, 21 92
93
MOULDING, 12 16 19 21 22 25
56 65 67 69 73 86 89 92 93 102
111 116 122 129 137 148 168
185
MOULDING COMPOUND, 65
125
MULTILAYER, 33 34 35 39 73 144
150 183 184
MULTILAYER FILM, 64 99 113
129
MULTIMODAL, 102
N
NANOCLAY, 136
NANOCOMPOSITE, 36 48 61 73
122 133 136 158 160
NANOCRYSTALLINE, 156
NANOFIBRE, 136
NANOFILLER, 48 61 102 133 136
158 171
NANOPARTICLE, 71 73 160
 Subject Index

NANOSTRUCTURE, 123 158 ODOUR, 10 67 76 115 124 129 183 PACKAGING WASTE, 49 50 51
NANOTECHNOLOGY, 81 136 158 190 197 202 216 52 53
NANOTUBE, 136 158 ODOURLESS, 55 PAD PRINTING, 3
NAPPY, 41 OFFICE EQUIPMENT, 164 PAINTING, 102 122
NATURAL FIBRE, 166 OFFSET PRINTING, 110 PAINTS, 40 131 162 163
NATURAL FIBRE-REINFORCED OIL RESISTANCE, 72 120 PALLET, 43
PLASTIC, 16 133 OILS, 25 PALMITIC ACID, 214
NATURAL POLYMER, 12 OLEFIN POLYMER, 3 9 16 22 43 PAN, 82
NATURAL RUBBER, 16 32 84 59 60 76 86 89 102 112 135 148 PAPAIN, 160
NEAR-INFRARED 156 183 187 188 196 PAPER, 35 46 94 104 124 183 192
SPECTROSCOPY, 15 OLIGOACRYLATE, 1 PAPER COATING, 176 196 198
NEOPRENE, 32 84 OLIGOMER, 30 31 32 108 191 PAPER STRENGTH AGENT, 160
NETTING, 32 OLIVE OIL, 108 PAPERBOARD, 94
NEUTRALISING AGENT, 22 OPACITY, 107 167 PARTICLE, 56
NICKEL COMPOUND, 141 OPTICAL APPLICATION, 156 PARTICLE SIZE, 62 107 131 136
NILE RED, 2 OPTICAL DENSITY, 45 137 168 169 185
NIPPLE, 32 108 OPTICAL MICROSCOPY, 29 36 PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION,
NITRIC ACID, 8 OPTICAL PROPERTIES, 2 11 12 107
NITRILE RUBBER, 32 84 142 21 25 68 69 70 76 97 102 107 PARTITION COEFFICIENT, 82
NITROCELLULOSE, 204 127 129 131 149 156 160 164 190
NITROSAMINE, 32 84 179 165 173 183 209 PARTITIONING, 18 181
NITROSOAMINE, 32 84 179 ORGANIC PIGMENT, 85 PASSENGER TIRE, 74
NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING, ORGANOLEPTIC PROPERTIES, PASSENGER TYRE, 74
143 19 29 31 32 33 111 190 PASTE, 168
NON-HYGROSCOPIC, 122 ORGANOPOLYSILOXANE, 14 PASTEURISATION, 73
NON-SLIP, 72 29 88 PATENT, 205
NON-STAINING, 87 ORGANOSILICON POLYMER, PEARLESCENCE, 137
NON-STICK, 19 164 14 28 29 88 202 PECTIN, 160
NON-WOVEN, 12 170 ORGANOSILICONE POLYMER, PEEL STRENGTH, 27 147
NON-YELLOWING, 80 14 28 29 88 202 PELLET, 12 22 73 92 93
NORRISH-TYPE MECHANISM, ORGANOSILOXANE POLYMER, PELLETISATION, 26
110 14 28 29 88 202 PERMEABILITY, 12 19 24 38 40
NOTCHED IMPACT STRENGTH, ORGANOTIN COMPOUND, 41 44 47 48 60 79 112 113 150 167
92 93 OVERMOULDING, 73 175 190 193
NUCLEAR MAGNETIC OXIDATION, 31 70 108 171 209 PERMEABILITY COEFFICIENT,
RESONANCE SPECTRA, 54 83 OXIDATIVE DEGRADATION, 31 40
NUCLEAR MAGNETIC 108 171 209 PERMEATION, 140
RESONANCE OXIDISATION, 31 108 171 PEROXIDE, 32
SPECTROSCOPY, 54 83 193 OXYGEN, 24 44 47 60 73 79 149 PERSONAL CARE PRODUCT, 99
206 OXYGEN BARRIER, 44 PESTICIDE, 41 63
NUCLEATING AGENT, 16 61 OXYGEN PERMEABILITY, 24 38 PETROCHEMICAL, 12
NUCLEATION, 102 48 161 PETROLEUM, 12
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS, 29 OXYGEN SCAVENGER, 70 73 PHARMACEUTICAL
NURSERY APPLICATION, 19 113 133 161 167 171 177 190 APPLICATION, 75 103 109
NYLON, 3 16 35 45 59 64 66 73 82 OXYGEN SENSOR, 158 177 164
103 104 144 158 171 188 198 PHASE CHANGE, 161
NYLON-11, 3 PHENOL, 173
NYLON-12, 3 P PHENOLIC ANTIOXIDANT, 187
NYLON-12T, 3 PACKAGING ADHESIVE, 42 186 PHENOLIC COMPOUND, 187
NYLON-4,6, 3 PACKAGING APPLICATION, 12 PHOSPHITE, 187
NYLON-6, 25 36 130 136 25 26 46 47 56 73 101 144 145 PHOTOCHEMICAL
NYLON-6,6, 25 92 93 148 149 157 164 165 183 189 DEGRADATION, 127
PACKAGING CONTAINER, 11 35 PHOTOCHEMICAL STABILITY,
40 69 82 102 194 202 127
O PACKAGING FILM, 10 11 42 43 PHOTODECOMPOSITION, 127
OCTANE, 9 44 45 47 48 60 61 64 66 71 79 PHOTOINITIATOR, 1 11 13 15 18
OCTENE, 26 69 86 98 99 103 104 114 135 151 27 39 110 113 115 147 172 180
OCTYLTIN COMPOUND, 4 159 161 171 202 193 207 213

Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology 117


PHOTOLABILE, 1
PHOTOLYSIS, 115 213
PHOTOOXIDATION, 70
PHOTOPOLYMERISATION, 15
PHOTOREACTIVE POLYMER,
180
PHOTOSENSITIVE, 171
PHTHALATE, 17 39 61 80 188
PHTHALATE ESTER, 199
PHTHALOCYANINE, 127 188
PHTHALOCYANINE GREEN,
132
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, 12 14
31 60 69 92 93 106
PIGMENT, 2 3 6 8 12 16 26 49 50
51 52 53 61 65 67 70 71 74 85
86 87 89 95 96 97 98 107 119
122 127 128 132 133 134 135
137 141 148 150 157 168 182
185 188 216
PIGMENTED, 131
PIPE, 4 19 22 32 76 102 125 164
182 189
PLANT CONSTRUCTION, 22 26
61 63 76 122 156 176 178
PLASMA TREATMENT, 172
PLASTICISATION, 36 181
PLASTICISER, 32 39 61 80 84 117
133 168 178 195 199 204
PLASTICS WASTE, 181
PLASTISOL, 168
PLASTOMER, 184
PLUG ASSIST, 122
POLLUTANT, 181
POLLUTION, 7 195
POLY-EPSILON-
CAPROLACTAM, 25 36 130
136
POLYACETAL, 3
POLYACRYLATE, 202
POLYACRYLONITRILE, 82
POLYALKENE, 3 9 16 22 43 59 60
76 86 89 102 112 135 148 156
183 187 188 196
POLYALPHA-OLEFIN, 156
POLYAMIDE, 3 16 35 45 59 64 66
73 82 103 104 144 158 171 188
198
POLYAMIDE-11, 3
POLYAMIDE-12, 3
POLYAMIDE-12T, 3
POLYAMIDE-4,6, 3
POLYAMIDE-6, 25 36 130 136
POLYAMIDE-6,6, 92 93
POLYAMINE, 217
POLYAMINOPOLYAMIDE, 160
POLYANILINE, 160
POLYAROMATIC
118
Subject Index
HYDROCARBON, 84
POLYBENZOPHENONE, 193
POLYBUTYLENE
TEREPHTHALATE, 3 122 175
POLYCAPROAMIDE, 25 36 130
136
POLYCAPROLACTAM, 25 36 130
136
POLYCAPROLACTONE, 2 48
POLYCARBONATE, 3 16 25 35
139 175 183 190 194
POLYCHLOROPRENE, 32 84
POLYCONDENSATION, 150
POLYDIMETHYL SILOXANE, 14
29 88 201
POLYDIMETHYLSILOXANE, 14
29 88 201
POLYEPICHLOROHYDRIN, 160
POLYEPOXIDE, 34 173 179 194
200 209 210 211 216
POLYEPOXY ACRYLATE, 110
POLYESTER POLYOL, 35
POLYESTER RESIN, 214
POLYETHER POLYOL, 35
POLYETHER SULFONE, 17 140
POLYETHYLENE, 7 9 10 12 16 26
31 35 40 43 49 50 51 52 53 61
64 65 68 69 74 91 95 96 99 103
104 111 113 114 129 133 143
144 161 172 176 179 184 185
187 188 189 190 192 198
POLYETHYLENE GLYCOL
DIMETHACRYLATE, 5
POLYETHYLENE IMINE, 54
POLYETHYLENE
NAPHTHALATE, 73 190
POLYETHYLENE
TEREPHTHALATE, 7 12 16 22
23 31 35 44 48 49 50 62 64 66
70 73 76 82 96 100 101 103 104
114 118 137 144 146 149 150
161 172 181 190
POLYETHYLENEIMINE, 54
POLYETHYLENIMINE, 54
POLYFLUOROETHYLENE, 17
POLYGLYCOLIC ACID, 12
POLYHYDROXYALKANOATE,
81 116 166
POLYHYDROXYBUTYRATE, 12
POLYISOCYANATE, 55
POLYLACTIC ACID, 12 16 48 56
81 99 116 117 124 166
POLYLAUROLACTAM, 3
POLYLAURYLLACTAM, 3
POLYMER BEAD, 77
POLYMER CEMENT, 55
POLYMERIC CATALYST, 109
POLYMERIC MODIFIER, 199
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
POLYMERIC PHOTOINITIATOR,
13
POLYMERIC PLASTICISER, 204
POLYMERIC RELEASE AGENT,
65 133
POLYMERIC SURFACE ACTIVE
AGENT, 106
POLYMERIC SURFACTANT, 106
POLYMERISATION, 5 15 22 54
68 75 102 110 129 150 160 179
POLYMERISATION CATALYSTS,
32 43 68 91 102
POLYMERISATION INITIATOR,
153
POLYMERISATION KINETICS
216
POLYMERISATION
MECHANISM, 153
POLYMERISATION RATE, 21
POLYMERISATION TIME, 5
POLYMETHACRYLIC ACID, 5
POLYMETHYL
METHACRYLATE, 175
POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE,
175
POLYOL, 34 35 42 55
POLYOLEFIN, 3 9 16 22 43 59 60
76 86 89 102 112 135 148 156
183 187 188 196
POLYOLEFIN ELASTOMER, 3 156
POLYORGANOSILOXANE, 14 28
29 88 201 202
POLYPHENYLENE SULFIDE, 3
POLYPROPENE, 16 21 22 31 35
38 39 40 53 60 61 64 65 66 70
74 76 96 97 99 102 103 104 110
114 123 129 133 144 145 156
159 170 172 175 179 182 184
187 190
POLYPROPYLENE, 16 21 22 31
35 38 39 40 53 60 61 64 65 66
70 74 76 96 97 99 102 103 104
110 114 123 129 133 144 145
156 159 170 172 175 179 182
184 187 190
POLYSACCHARIDE, 2 78 160
POLYSILICONE, 14 28 29 88 202
POLYSILOXANE, 14 28 29 88 201
202
POLYSTYRENE, 3 16 25 31 52 66
82 90 96 144 164 165 175 179 188
POLYSULFONE, 140
POLYTETRAFLUORO-
ETHYLENE, 17
POLYTETRAMETHYLENE
ADIPAMIDE, 3
POLYTRIMETHYLENE
NAPHTHALATE, 73

POLYTRIMETHYLENE
TEREPHTHALATE, 12
POLYURETHANE, 3 16 34 35 42
66 76 105 110 131 133 143 151
169 172 175 186 202
POLYVINYL ACETATE, 66 149
POLYVINYL ALCOHOL, 12 24
71 98
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE, 3 4 31
41 51 61 66 74 75 76 82 96 102
104 116 126 133 144 164 168
179 182 184 187 188 199
POLYVINYL CYANIDE, 82
POLYVINYL HALIDE, 3 31 51
116 126 133 144
POLYVINYLBENZENE, 3 31 52
144 179
POLYVINYLCHLORIDE, 3 4 31
41 51 61 66 74 75 76 82 96 102
104 116 126 133 144 164 168
179 182 184 187 188 199
POLYVINYLIDENE CHLORIDE,
35 42 66 104 149 184
POST CURING, 15
POTABLE WATER, 19 23 109 210
POTATO, 12
POUCH, 31 64 103 114 120 184
POWDER, 85 157
POWDER COATING, 122 131 180
PRE-GELLING, 110
PRE-TREATMENT, 140
PREFORM, 73
PRESSURE, 24 26 121
PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE, 99
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
ADHESIVE, 27 34 57 147 196
202
PRETREATMENT, 140 216
PRIMER, 44 80 172
PRINCIPAL COMPONENTS
ANALYSIS, 10
PRINTED CIRCUIT, 136
PRINTED WIRING BOARD, 136
PRINTING, 3 14 18 26 33 60 99
103 110 159 177 186
PRINTING INK, 14 28 33 39 46 80
106 110 115 136 172 205 207
PROBE, 91
PROBLEM PREVENTION, 201
PROCESS, 9 13 19 27 28 32 38 42
43 44 45 47 56 60 73 91 92 93
101 107 125 157 164 168 182
187 188 189
PROCESS CAPABILITY, 58
PROCESS CONTROL, 75 202
PROCESSIBILITY, 47 68 69 76 86
102 119 127 148 175 189
PROCESSING, 9 13 19 27 28 32
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
Subject Index
38 42 43 44 45 47 56 60 73 91
92 93 101 107 125 157 164 168
182 187 188 189
PROCESSING AID, 16 22 29 30
31 32 65 164 196
PROCESSING CONDITIONS, 92
93 182
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT, 20
64 122 124 166 173 177 180
PRODUCTION, 12 144 164 168
PRODUCTION CAPACITY, 7 22
23 26 61 63 66 76 81 99 102
103 104 114 122 123 150 156
166 176 178 184
PRODUCTION COST, 85 99 150
PRODUCTIVITY, 26 152 180 197
PROFILE, 164
PROPANEDIAMINE, 215
PROPANEDIOL, 12
PROPAZINE, 5
PROPENE, 145
PROPENE COPOLYMER, 182
PROPENE POLYMER, 31 35 39
53 96 110 114 123 129 133 144
145 156
PROPERTY MODIFIER, 168
PROPYLENE, 145
PROPYLENE COPOLYMER, 182
PROPYLENE GLYCOL, 178
PROPYLENE POLYMER, 31 35
39 53 96 110 114 123 129 133
144 145 156
PROPYLENE THIOUREA, 138
PROPYLENE-ETHYLENE
COPOLYMER, 38
PROTEASE, 160
PROTECTIVE FILM, 156
PROTECTIVE PACKAGING, 31
PROTEIN, 160
PROTEIN ADSORPTION, 2
PROTON MAGNETIC
RESONANCE, 206
PROTOTYPE, 20
PUNCTURE RESISTANCE, 26 72
102 129
PURGING, 26
PURIFICATION, 6 109
PURITY, 7 23 29 46 157
PYROLYSIS, 6
PYROMELLITIC GLYCEROL
DIMETHACRYLATE
COPOLYMER, 15
Q RENEWABLE RESOURCE, 7 12
QUALITY ASSURANCE, 6 28 144
151
QUALITY CONTROL, 6 26 28
144 151 206
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS, 17
95 173
QUENCHING, 100
R
RADIATION CURING, 105 197
RADICAL POLYMERISATION,
54 160
RADICAL SCAVENGER, 135
RANDOM COPOLYMER, 102
RATE CONSTANT, 210 215
RATE OF POLYMERISATION, 21
RAW MATERIAL, 28 29 63 128
178 197
REACTION CONDITIONS, 78
REACTION INJECTION
MOULDING, 16
REACTION MECHANISM, 54
110
REACTION MOULDING, 16
REACTION PRODUCT, 37 191
REACTIVE ADHESIVE, 34 162
163
REACTIVE POLYMER, 180
REACTIVITY, 5 147 216
REACTOR, 68
RECORDING MEDIA, 114
RECOVERY, 6 7 9 96
RECYCLATE, 16 62 73 181
RECYCLED, 16 62 73 181
RECYCLED CONTENT, 150
RECYCLING, 6 7 9 16 39 49 50 51
52 53 62 73 82 94 96 119 133
150 168 179 181 212
RECYCLING RATE, 7
REDOX INITIATOR, 8
REFLECTIVITY, 137
REFRACTIVE INDEX, 38 88 107
REFRIGERATOR, 155
REFUSE BAG, 26
REGENERATED CELLULOSE,
28 179
REGIOSELECTIVITY, 160
REGRANULATION, 12
REGRIND, 12
REINFORCED PLASTICS, 16 36
67 93 122 125 133 183 195
RELATIVE HUMIDITY, 79
RELEASE AGENT, 65 133
RELEASE COATING, 202
RELEASE FILM, 71
RELEASE LINER, 169
81 96 120 128 166 182
RESEARCH, 32 37 56 84 120 158
RESIDENCE TIME, 12
119

RESIDUAL ADDITIVE, 29
RESIDUAL MONOMER, 75 110
130 139 191 216 217
RESIDUAL SOLVENT, 10 66 151
152
RESIDUAL STYRENE, 125
RESIN, 1 12 25 26 72 73 74 144
145 183 189
RESPONSE CHARACTERISTICS,
161
RETORT POUCH, 100 129
RETORT RESISTANCE, 48
REVIEW, 6 28 29 31 32 35 39 58
84 109 115 168 179 186 212
216
RHEOLOGICAL PROPERTIES,
18 26 44 54 78 92 93 111 147
164 192 198
RHEOLOGY, 44 92 93 111 147 164
RIGIDITY, 12 69 102 164 188
RING-OPENING
POLYMERISATION, 160
RISK ASSESSMENT, 13 29 30 41
141 179
RISK MANAGEMENT, 30
ROLL COATING, 44
ROSIN, 94
ROTATIONAL MOULDING, 111
122 129
ROTOMOLDING, 111 122 129
ROTOMOULDING, 111 122 129
RUBBER, 3 6 16 19 28 32 34 37
42 57 67 72 84 85 108 121 123
137 138 142 145 148 156 175
179 194 195 200 201 203 212
213 218
RUBBER-MODIFIED, 218
RUTILE, 141
S SIDING, 164
SACCHARIDE COPOLYMER, 8
153
SAFETY, 13 30 31 32 33 34 35 75
82 84 90 121 128 157 161 179
196 205 206 208
SAFETY GOGGLES, 25
SAGGING, 12
SANITARY APPLICATION, 71
SATURATED POLYESTER, 12 16
20 27 44 48 101 118 149 166
175 183
SCAFFOLD POLYMER, 160
SCANNING ELECTRON
MICROGRAPH, 36 78 112 117
153
SCANNING ELECTRON
MICROSCOPY, 15 36 68 78
120
Subject Index
112 117 153
SCRAP, 6 96
SCRAP POLYMER, 7 12
SCRAP REDUCTION, 137
SCRAP TYRES, 6
SCRATCH RESISTANCE, 65 102
156 159 201
SCREENING FACTOR, 29
SCUFF RESISTANCE, 65 159
SEAL, 32 39 81 96 149
SEALANT, 149
SEALING, 26 129 156
SECANT MODULUS, 93
SELF-ADHESIVE, 27 34
SELF-COOLING, 167
SELF-DRYING, 12 33 80 92 93
SELF-HEALING, 20
SEMI-SOLID, 88
SENSOR, 10 158 167 177
SERVICE LIFE, 85
SERVICE TEMPERATURE, 86
SHEAR MODULUS, 218
SHEAR PROPERTIES, 27
SHEAR STRENGTH, 27
SHEET, 12 124 164 165 169 183
SHEET MOULDING
COMPOUND, 125
SHEETING, 125
SHELF LIFE, 35 70 73 81 82 98
113 149 150 158 161 171 177
190
SHIPMENT, 104
SHORE HARDNESS, 72
SHORT CHAIN BRANCHING, 68
SHRINK, 176
SHRINK FILM, 66 159 189
SHRINK HOOD, 43
SHRINKAGE, 12 68 92 93 102 107
110 111
SIDE CHAIN, 15
SILANE, 189
SILICA, 5 26 160
SILICON COPOLYMER, 14 106
SILICON DIOXIDE, 5 26 160
SILICON ELASTOMER, 19 32 84
108
SILICON POLYMER, 14 28 29 88
202
SILICON RUBBER, 19 32 84 108
SILICON-CONTAINING
COPOLYMER, 14 106
SILICON-CONTAINING
POLYMER, 14 28 29 88 202
SILICONE, 201
SILICONE COPOLYMER, 14 106
SILICONE ELASTOMER, 19 32
84 108
Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology
SILICONE POLYMER, 14 28 29
88 201 202
SILICONE RUBBER, 19 32 84 108
SILOXANE COPOLYMER, 14 106
SILOXANE ELASTOMER, 19
SILOXANE OLIGOMER, 108
SILOXANE POLYMER, 201
SILOXANE RUBBER, 19
SILVER, 101 155 157
SILVER ION, 131
SINGLE SITE CATALYSIS, 69
111 189
SIZE EXCLUSION
CHROMATOGRAPHY, 214
SKID RESISTANCE, 72
SLIP AGENT, 133
SLIP PROPERTIES, 201
SMALL ANGLE X-RAY
SCATTERING, 68 112
SMART MATERIAL, 160
SODIUM CARBONATE, 128 138
SODIUM SULFATE, 138
SODIUM
TETRAETHYLBORATE, 4
SOFT DRINK BOTTLE, 73 189
SOFT-TOUCH, 72 137
SOFTENING POINT, 204
SOFTWARE, 74 95 144
SOIL REMEDIATION, 6
SOLID PHASE, 5
SOLID STATE, 38 68 150
SOLIDIFICATION, 56
SOLIDS CONTENT, 57 180 192
198
SOLUBILITY, 12 71 78 98 107 153
160 181 188
SOLUTION CASTING, 71
SOLVENT, 4 5 9 10 25 33 39 59
66 72 83 88 94 118 120 130 138
139 140 146 149 151 152 173
178 181 195 215
SOLVENT EMISSION, 152
SOLVENT EVAPORATION, 24
138
SOLVENT EXTRACTION, 17 37
62 82 90 130 191 214 217
SOLVENT PERMEABILITY, 40
SOLVENT RECOVERY, 7 152
SOLVENT RELEASE, 169
SOLVENT RESISTANCE, 48
SOLVENT RETENTION, 204
SOLVENT WASHING, 7
SOLVENT-BASED, 34 42 66 100
162 163
SOLVENT-BASED ADHESIVE,
186
SOLVENT-BORNE, 27
SOLVENT-FREE, 149 186 187
 Subject Index

SOLVENTLESS, 35 55 100 121 STYRENE-BUTADIENE TENSILE STRENGTH, 12 26 60

151 159 172 COPOLYMER, 164 92 93
SOYABEAN OIL, 39 STYRENE-DIVINYL BENZENE TENSILE YIELD, 26
SOYBEAN OIL, 39 COPOLYMER, 90 TEREPHTHALIC ACID, 12
SPECIAL EFFECTS, 16 137 175 STYRENE-DIVINYLBENZENE TERMONOMER, 25 29 30 31 32
SPECIFIC GRAVITY, 26 COPOLYMER, 90 TEST EQUIPMENT, 32 88 95 108
SPECTACLES, 25 SUGAR, 166 146 197
SPECTROPHOTOMETER, 74 85 SULFONE POLYMER, 140 TEST METHOD, 18 29 30 31 32
131 SULFUR, 128 33 34 35 38 39 40 65 69 73 82
SPECTROSCOPY, 2 8 24 37 40 54 SUNFLOWER OIL, 126 83 84 88 92 93 95 108 125 131
78 79 90 94 95 108 126 142 153 SUNGLASSES, 25 143 144 146 168 179 181 191
173 174 182 206 207 SURFACE ACTIVE AGENT, 39 195 197 200 202 211 212
SPORTS SHOE, 175 106 TESTING, 18 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
SPORTS STADIUM, 73 SURFACE AREA, 34 90 38 39 40 65 69 73 82 83 84 88
SPORTS SURFACE, 169 SURFACE COATING, 32 84 179 92 93 95 108 125 131 143 144
SPORTS UTILITY VEHICLE, 183 SURFACE FINISH, 16 85 116 137 146 168 179 181 191 195 197
SPRAY DRYING, 12 33 80 92 93 201 200 202 211 212 217
STABILISER, 4 16 22 31 37 39 41 SURFACE MODIFICATION, 32 TETRAETHOXYSILANE, 24
61 67 70 76 95 118 126 133 146 168 TETRAFLUOROETHYLENE
164 168 187 195 SURFACE PROPERTIES, 65 POLYMER, 17
STABILITY, 26 47 48 65 76 102 SURFACE TENSION, 40 99 110 TEXTILE, 162
120 129 137 156 164 182 187 140 TEXTILE APPLICATION, 8
188 SURFACE TREATMENT, 26 32 40 THERMAL ANALYSIS, 78 112
STAMPING, 101 44 60 99 110 168 172 117 153
STANDARD, 19 31 33 92 93 95 SURFACTANT, 39 106 THERMAL DEGRADATION, 3
130 164 212 SURGICAL APPLICATION, 6 12 214
STARCH, 2 56 116 117 160 166 SURGICAL GOWN, 6 THERMAL GRAVIMETRIC
STARCH POLYMER, 81 SUSPENSION ANALYSIS, 3 24 54 78 91
STATIC DISSIPATION, 183 POLYMERISATION, 75 THERMAL HISTORY, 97
STEARIC ACID, 214 SUSTAINABILITY, 81 128 166 THERMAL INSULATION, 101
STEEL FIBRE 22 SYNTHETIC FIBRE, 107 THERMAL MECHANICAL
STEERING WHEEL, 169 SYNTHETIC RUBBER, 121 123 ANALYSIS, 181
STERILISABILITY, 102 137 138 142 145 148 156 THERMAL PROPERTIES, 72 92
STERILISATION, 155 SYRINGE, 184 93
STIFFNESS, 21 38 68 69 102 111 THERMAL RESISTANCE, 12 74
122 129 184 127 149 188
STORAGE, 14 145 209 T THERMAL STABILITY, 47 48 65
STORAGE CONTAINER, 32 T-PEEL, 147 76 102 120 129 137 156 164
STORAGE STABILITY, 209 TABLEWARE, 116 166 185 182 187 188
STORAGE TIME, 190 TACK, 27 THERMODYNAMIC
STRAIN, 92 93 TAINT, 115 PROPERTIES, 60
STRENGTH, 98 121 127 129 188 TAPE, 27 148 THERMOFORMING, 12 16 116
STRESS-STRAIN PROPERTIES, TARGET, 5 25 73 74 101 164 122 137 149 164 168 184
38 93 TASTE, 70 THERMOGRAVIMETRIC
STRETCH, 12 TATTOO, 77 ANALYSIS, 3 24 54 78 91
STRETCH BLOW MOULDING, TEAR RESISTANCE, 26 68 69 72 THERMOMECHANICAL
12 73 TEAR STRENGTH, 26 68 69 72 ANALYSIS, 181
STRETCH FILM, 43 68 176 189 TEAT, 32 108 THERMOPLASTIC
STRETCH HOOD, 43 TEMPERATURE CONTROL, 169 ELASTOMER, 32 72 76 84 123
STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE, 164 175
RELATIONSHIP, 30 9 60 92 93 THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER, 32
STRUCTURE-PROPERTY TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE, 72 76 84 123 164 175
RELATIONSHIP, 38 19 THIN FILM, 45 158 190
STYRENE, 125 214 TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY, THIOESTER, 187
STYRENE DIVINYLBENZENE 161 THIOUREA, 138
COPOLYMER, 90 TENSILE MODULUS, 12 92 93 THIOXANTHONE, 13
STYRENE POLYMER, 3 31 52 82 TENSILE PROPERTIES, 12 26 60 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE, 30
96 144 179 92 93 117 149 THRESHOLD VALUE, 30 196

Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology 121

 Subject Index

TIE LAYER, 34 35 ULTRAMARINE BLUE, 128 VINYL CHLORIDE

TIE MOLECULE, 38
TIME-TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR, 167 177
TIN, 164
TIN COMPOUND, 4 41
TIN OXIDE, 3
TIN PLATE, 173
TISSUE ENGINEERING, 2
TITANATE FIBRE, 22
TITANIA, 141
TITANIUM DIOXIDE, 141
TITANIUM OXIDE, 26
TITRATION, 83
TOILET SEAT, 61
TOLUENE, 9 10 39
TOOLING, 73
TOPCOAT, 164
TORQUE, 65
TORSION PENDULUM, 218
TORSIONAL BRAID ANALYSIS,
218
TOXICITY, 13 30 46 56 82 94 128
139 141 195 199 208 217
TOXICOLOGY, 29 30 134 179 200
TOYS, 16 61 164 175 199
TRACEABILITY, 28 39
TRANSFER MOULDING, 19
TRANSISTOR, 136
TRANSLUCENCY, 12 74 137
TRANSMISSION ELECTRON
MICROSCOPY, 36 68 78 112
117 153
TRANSPARENCY, 12 21 25 70
76 97 102 107 149 156 164 165
175 183
TRANSPORT PROPERTIES, 79
TRANSPORTATION, 128 145 183
TRIAZINE, 5
TRIBOLOGICAL PROPERTIES, 36
TRICHLOROETHANE, 9
TRIETHYLENE GLYCOL
DIMETHACRYLATE
COPOLYMER, 15
TRIETHYLENETETRAMINE, 217
TRIMMING, 12
TROPOLONE, 4
TROUBLESHOOTING, 201
TRUCK, 175
TUBING, 199
TURBINE, 122
TYRE, 6 74
TYRE DERIVED FUEL, 6
U VINYL ALCOHOL POLYMER,
ULTRA LOW-DENSITY
POLYETHYLENE, 190
ULTRASONIC, 217 COPOLYMER, 168
ULTRAVIOLET CURING, 11 13 VINYL CHLORIDE POLYMER, 3
27 42 46 57 60 110 147 172 174 31 51 82 116 126 133 144
180 201 202 205 207 VINYL CHLORIDE
ULTRAVIOLET IRRADIATION, 1 TERPOLYMER, 168
101 146 148 173 203 VINYL HALIDE, 75 168 179
ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT, 146 148 VINYL HALIDE POLYMER, 3 31
ULTRAVIOLET 51 116 126 133 144
SPECTROSCOPY, 2 VINYL PYRROLIDINONE
UNDERGROUND PIPE, 182 COPOLYMER, 54
UNIVERSAL CALIBRATION, 88 VINYL PYRROLIDONE
UNSATURATED POLYESTER, 12 COPOLYMER, 54
63 125 178 183 214 VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE
URETHANE POLYMER, 42 149
DIMETHACRYLATE VINYLPYRROLIDONE
COPOLYMER, 15 COPOLYMER, 54
URETHANE POLYMER, 3 34 35 VIRGIN POLYMER, 26 181
110 131 133 143 151 186 VISCOELASTIC PROPERTIES,
UV COATING, 1 88
UV CURING, 11 13 27 34 35 3942 VISCOMETRY, 88
46 57 60 110 147 172 174 180 VISCOSITY, 18 26 54 78 111 147
201 202 205 207 213 216 192 198
UV DEGRADATION, 60 VISCOSITY MODIFIER, 168
UV LIGHT, 146 148 173 203 VISIBLE SPECTRA, 182
UV POLYMERISATION, 110 VISIBLE SPECTROSCOPY, 182
UV RADIATION, 101 146 148 VOC-FREE, 80 202
UV RESISTANCE, 70 85 148 183 VOLATILE CONTENT, 39
UV SCREENING, 76 VOLATILE ORGANIC
UV SPECTROSCOPY, 2 182 COMPOUND, 10 57 76 120
UV SPECTRUM, 2 180 201
UV STABILISER, 16 22 70 76 118 VOLATILE REMOVAL, 29
133 146 158 187 VOLATILITY, 90 199 206
UV STABILITY, 25 127 175 182 VULCANISATE, 32
UV VIS SPECTROSCOPY, 182 VULCANISATION, 195
VULCANISATION TIME, 57
V
VACUUM PACKAGING, 35 64
W
VAPOUR, 12 195 WALL COVERING, 41
VAPOUR DEPOSITION, 73 WALL THICKNESS, 102 122
VARNISH, 14 28 33 101 106 216 WARPAGE, 61 86 107 111 188
VEGETABLE OIL, 209 WASHING, 7
VEHICLE EXTERIOR, 157 WASTE, 49 50 51 52 53 96 161
VEHICLE WIRING, 76 181
VIBRATION DAMPING, 88 WASTE DISPOSAL, 12 107 128
VIBRATIONAL 179
SPECTROSCOPY, 40 54 78 79 WASTE MANAGEMENT, 6 81
126 153 128 152 168
VIDEO TAPE, 114 WASTE SORTING, 7
VINYL ACETATE POLYMER, 149 WASTE WATER, 8
VINYL ACETATE-ETHYLENE WATER, 4 12 36 73 79 90 94 118
COPOLYMER, 35 130 138 140 146 148 149 181
VINYL ALCOHOL COPOLYMER, 189
47 79 WATER ABSORPTION, 36 76 79
92 117
12 24 WATER CONSUMPTION, 7
VINYL CHLORIDE, 75 168 179 WATER PERMEABILITY, 48 79

122 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology

 Subject Index

WATER PIPE, 4 19 22 125 182 WET-OUT, 26 X-RAY SCATTERING, 24 36 48

WATER REMOVAL, 76 WETTABILITY, 110 68 112 153
WATER RESISTANCE, 55 WETTING, 40 67 X-RAY SPECTRA, 95
WATER SOLUBLE, 71 78 98 160 WHEEL COVER, 92 X-RAY SPECTROSCOPY, 95
WATER TREATMENT, 6 75 109 WIDE ANGLE, 6
WATER VAPOUR WIDE TYRE, 6
TRANSMISSION, 98 184 WIND TURBINE, 122 Y
WAX, 28 29 WINDOW, 164
WINE, 108 YELLOW DYE, 107
WEAR, 26 YELLOWING, 73 175
WIRE, 158
WEAR RESISTANCE, 36 175 183
WOLLASTONITE, 61 YTTRIUUM ALUMINUM
WEATHER RESISTANCE, 16 74
WOOD FIBRE-REINFORCED GARNET, 3
107 127 PLASTIC, 16 133
WEATHERABILITY, 76 119 164 WOOD FIBRE 22
183 WOOD FINISH, 180 Z
WEATHERING, 16 74 107 127 WOODWORKING, 162 163
WEATHERING RESISTANCE, 16 ZIEGLER CATALYST, 38 68 69
WORK FORCE, 165
74 107 127 129 145
WORLD WIDE WEB, 74 144
WEATHEROMETER, 131 ZIEGLER-NATTA CATALYST, 38
WEBSITE, 74 144 68 69 129 145
WEIGHT LOSS, 29 X ZINC STEARATE, 126
WEIGHT REDUCTION, 16 66 102 X-RAY DIFFRACTION, 24 36 48 ZIRCONIA, 15 140
WELDABILITY, 25 68 112 153 ZIRCONIUM OXIDE, 15 140
WELDING, 175 183 X-RAY FLUORESCENCE ZIRCONYL DIMETHACRYLATE
WET BONDING, 35 SPECTROSCOPY, 95 COPOLYMER, 15

Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology 123

 Subject Index

124 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology

 Company Index

Company Index

A C E
ACCO BRANDS CORP., 101 CARGILL, 12 EASTMAN CHEMICAL CO., 12
ADEKA CORP., 21 55 CASE WESTERN RESERVE ECO2, 7
ADVANCED PLASTICS UNIVERSITY, 38 EDLON MACHINERY LTD., 159
TECHNOLOGIES, 73 CASTELLON,UNIVERSITY, 48 ENERGY SCIENCES INC., 45 159
AGROTECHNOLOGY & FOOD CEFIC, 125 EUROPEAN COMMISSION, 209
INNOVATIONS BV, 182 CEREPLAST INC., 12 EUROPEAN PLASTICS
ALGIERS,ECOLE NATIONALE CHEMICAL MARKET CONVERTERS ASSN., 28
POLYTECHNIQUE, 126 ASSOCIATES INC., 26 EVAL AMERICAS (USA), 47
AMCOR PET PACKAGING, 73 CIBA SPECIALTY CHEMICALS, EX-TECH PLASTICS INC., 12
150 74 107 118 131 187 188 EXCEL POLYMERS LLC, 85
AMERICAN PLASTICS COCA-COLA CO., 73 EXXONMOBIL CHEMICAL CO.,
COUNCIL, 91 COLORMATRIX CORP., 73 43 149 170
AMPACET CORP., 26 CONAIR, 12
ANHEUSER-BUSCH, 73
ANSON PACKAGING, 12
COOP BOX, 12 F
COORS BREWING CO., 73
APME, 125 COUNCIL OF EUROPE, 106 FABES GMBH, 118 144
ARCHER DANIELS MIDLAND CRODA POLYMER ADDITIVES, FABRI-KAL CORP., 12
CO., 12 65 FAR WEST TECHNOLOGIES, 45
ASAHI KASEI CORP., 165 CROMPTON CORP., 187 FORMOSA PLASTICS GROUP,
ASAHI KASEI LIFE & LIVING 26
CSIC, 48 79
CORP., 165 FOROYA BJOR, 73
CYCLICS CORP., 122
ASHLAND, 1 FREEDOM-2, 77
CYTEC, 57
ATHENS,GENERAL FREISING,FRAUNHOFER
CZECHOSLOVAK ACADEMY
CHEMISTRY STATE INSTITUT
OF SCIENCES, 215
LABORATORY, 4 VERFAHRENSTECHNIK &
ATHENS,NATIONAL VERPACKUNG IVV, 18
TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY, 9 D FRIENDS OF THE EARTH, 194
ATHENS,UNIVERSITY, 4 FROST & SULLIVAN, 64
ATOFINA CHEMICALS INC., 164 DAINICHISEIKA COLOR & FULLER H.B., 162 163
CHEMICALS MFG.CO., 124 FUTURA POLYESTERS, 73
DAINIPPON INK & CHEMICALS
B INC., 165
BASELL, 129 DEGUSSA AG, 216 G
BASF, 12 86 89 127 132 135 141 DENMARK-VETERINARY & GAIRESA, 210
148 157 188 FOOD ADMINISTRATION, GALACTIC SA, 12
BATTENFELD GLOUCESTER 206 GBC FILMS GROUP EUROPE,
ENGINEERING CO., 26 DEUTSCHER VERBAND DER 101
BAYER AG, 188 INERALFARBENINDUSTRIE, GE SPECIALTY CHEMICALS,
BAYSHORE INDUSTRIAL INC., 141 187
26 DEVTECH LABS, 73 GERMANY,INSTITUTE OF
BCC RESEARCH, 12 DOW CHEMICAL, 12 38 91 PLASTICS PROCESSING, 73
BIOBAG, 12 DOW CORNING LTD., 14 106 GEROSA, 152
BLACK CLAWSON DRESDEN,TECHNISCHE GRAHAM PACKAGING, 73
CONVERTING MACHINERY UNIVERSITAT, 173 GREAT LAKES CHEMICAL
INC., 44 DUBLIN,CITY UNIVERSITY, 83 CORP., 187
BLOOM PACKAGING PVT.LTD., DUNDEE,UNIVERSITY, 143
40 DUPONT, 12
BOOTS CO.PLC, 194 DUPONT ENGINEERING H
BOREALIS 102 189 POLYMERS, 92 93 HACETTEPE,UNIVERSITY, 54
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT DUPONT TITANIUM HAMBURG,UNIVERSITY, 173
ASSOCIATES, 73 TECHNOLOGIES, 74 HENKEL KGAA, 186

Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology 125

 Company Index

HERITAGE BAG, 26
HERITAGE PLASTICS INC., 26
KEURINGDIENTS VAN WAREN,
206
O
HILEX POLY CO., 26 KIEFEL INC., 26 OMYA INC., 26
HITE BREWERY CO., 73 KINGS COLLEGE, 2 ORIENTAL BREWING, 73
HOLLIDAY PIGMENTS LTD., KOREA,UNIVERSITY, 192 OSAKA,CITY INSTITUTE
128 KORTEC INC., 73 OF PUBLIC HEALTH
HONEYWELL PERFORMANCE KOSA, 73 AND ENVIRONMENTAL
PRODUCTS, 73 KYUNGNAM,UNIVERSITY, 192 SCIENCES, 94
HONEYWELL SPECIALTY 198 OVIEDO,UNIVERSITY, 140
POLYMERS, 73
HOSOKAWA ALPINE AMERICA,
26 L P
HUHTAMAKI, 12 LANXESS CORP., 188 PANALYTICAL BV, 95
HUSKY INJECTION MOLDING LASER INSTALLATIONS LTD., PARIS II,UNIVERSITE, 206
SYSTEMS LTD., 73 143 PARKINSON TECHNOLOGIES
HYOSONG CORP., 73 LEEDS,UNIVERSITY, 214 INC., 12
LIMERICK,UNIVERSITY, 83 PIRA INTERNATIONAL, 31 70
125 105 144 212
I PISA,UNIVERSITY, 20
IATA, 48 M PLANTIC TECHNOLOGIES
IMERYS PERFORMANCE LTD., 12
M AND G POLYMERS, 73
MINERALS, 26 PLASTIC ENGINEERING
MARSHALL & WILLIAMS, 12 ASSOCIATES INC., 12
INDIAN INSTITUTE OF MARTENS, 73 PLASTIC SUPPLIERS INC., 12
TECHNOLOGY, 36 MATCHMYCOLOR.COM, 74 PLASTICS TOUCHPOINT
INDIAN PETROCHEMICAL METABOLIX, 12 GROUP INC., 26
CORP.LTD., 113 MICA CORP., 44 POLYMER LABORATORIES
INDITHERM, 169 MICHIGAN,STATE LTD., 88
INGENIA POLYMERS GROUP, UNIVERSITY, 10 POLYMER PROCESS
26 MINHO,UNIVERSIDADE, 2 COMMUNICATIONS, 12
INRA, 87 MITSUBISHI CHEMICAL, 165 POLYONE, 97
INSTITUT NATIONAL MITSUBISHI GAS CHEMICAL POLYVAL PLC, 98
DE LA RECHERCHE AMERICA INC., 73 PORTUGAL,INSTITUTE FOR
AGRONOMIQUE, 191 206 MITSUI CHEMICALS, 12, 123 BIOTECHNOLOGY AND
INSTITUTO DE CIENCIA 145 156 BIOENGINEERING, 2
Y TECNOLOGIA DE MOMENTIVE PERFORMANCE PRINCETON,UNIVERSITY, 218
POLIMEROS, 112 MATERIALS INC., 19 PROBOS SA, 162 163
INTEPLAST GROUP, 26
PURAC AMERICA, 12
INTERTECH-PIRA, 12
INVISTA, 73 N
NAKAMOTO PACKS CO.LTD., R
J 121 RADTECH FOOD PACKAGING
NANOBIOMATTERS LTD., 48 ALLIANCE, 46
JAUME I,UNIVERSITAT, 79 NANOCOR INC., 73 RADTECH INTERNATIONAL
JUNIPER, 6 NATUREWORKS LLC, 12 NORTH AMERICA, 46 57
NELLI RODI TRENDLAB, 74 RAHN USA CORP., 147
NESTLE WATERS, 96
K NEXANT CHEM SYSTEMS, 176
RAPRA TECHNOLOGY LTD., 32
35 37 39 84 90 108 133 142
KANEKA, 12 NISSEI CHEMICAL CO.LTD., 121 RECKITT BENCKISER, 49 50 51
KANPUR,CHHATRAPATI NORWEGIAN FOOD SAFETY 52 53 96
SHAHU JI MAHARAJ AUTHORITY, 59 REIFENHAUSER INC., 26
UNIVERSITY, 8 78 153 NORWEGIAN INSTITUTE OF REIMS,INSTITUT NATIONAL
KANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY, PUBLIC HEALTH, 59 DE LA RECHERCHES
117 NOVA CHEMICALS, 111 AGRONOMIQUES, 181
KARNATAK UNIVERSITY, 24 NOVAMONT NORTH AMERICA REIMS,UNIVERSITY, 206
KCL FINLAND, 33 INC., 12 REXAM, 73
KELLER & HECKMAN LLP, 46 NYLON CORP.OF AMERICA ROCHESTER,INSTITUTE OF
154 196 211 INC., 25 TECHNOLOGY, 60

126 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology

 Company Index

ROHM & HAAS CO., 42 100 120 SUN CHEMICAL LTD., 115 US,NATIONAL INSTITUTE
152 SURFACE SPECIALTIES, 46 OF STANDARDS &
ROHM & HAAS FRANCE SAS, SWINBURNE,UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY, 15
109 TECHNOLOGY, 62
SZCZECIN,UNIVERSITY OF
TECHNOLOGY, 27 V
S VALENCIA,POLYTECHNICAL
SABERT CORP., 12 UNIVERSITY, 140
SABREEN GROUP INC., 3 58
T VALSPAR CORP., 73
SAFEPHARM LABORATORIES TATE AND LYLE VISY TECHNICAL CENTRE, 62
LTD., 179 BIOPOLYMERS, 12
SAINSBURY, 12 TICONA, 72
SANITIZED AG, 155 TNO NUTRITION & FOOD W
SBA-CCI WORLDPET, 73 RESEARCH, 37 200 203 WACKER SILICONES CORP.,
SCHOENWALD CONSULTING, TNO QUALITY OF LIFE, 29 201
73 TOKYO,INSTITUTE OF WACKER-CHEMIE GMBH, 201
SCHOTT HICOTEC, 73 TECHNOLOGY, 56 WAL-MART, 12
SEALED AIR CORP., 28 TORAY PLASTICS (AMERICA) WASHINGTON,EARTH POLICY
SHELL CHEMICAL, 73 INC., 114 INSTITUTE, 12
SHEPHERD COLOR CO., 119 185 TREOFAN GROUP, 12 WASTE & RESOURCES ACTION
SHIMADZU CHEMICAL, 12 TURKU REGIONAL INSTITUTE PROGRAMME, 6
SICPA, 110 OF OCCUPATIONAL WELLMAN INC., 73
SICPA PRINTING INKS, 207 HEALTH, 217 WENTUS, 12
SIDEL INC., 73 WILD OATS MARKETS, 12
SIG CORPOPLAST, 73
SINGAPORE,AGRI-FOOD AND
U WILKINSON INDUSTRIES INC.,
12
VETERINARY AUTHORITY, UK,CENTRAL SCIENCE WROCLAW,ACADEMY OF
139 LABORATORY, 34 138 ECONOMICS, 109
SIPA INC., 73 UK,DEPT.FOR THE
SOVEREIGN SPECIALTY ENVIRONMENT,FOOD &
CHEMICALS INC., 174 197 RURAL AFFAIRS, 17 34 130 X
202 143 193 X-RITE, 74
SPAIN,INSTITUTO NACIONAL UK,FOOD STANDARDS XALOY INC., 12
DE INVESTIGACION Y AGENCY, 37
TECNOLOGIA AGRARIA Y, 5 UNION CARBIDE CORP., 213
SPARTECH CORP., 12 183 UNIVATION TECHNOLOGIES, Z
SPECIALCHEM, 74 144 68
SPI, 96 211 US,ENVIRONMENTAL ZURICH CANTON,OFFICIAL
SPLIT,UNIVERSITY, 75 PROTECTION AGENCY, 139 FOOD CONTROL
SRI CONSULTING, 12 US,FOOD & DRUG AUTHORITY, 208
STANELCO PLC, 12 ADMINISTRATION, 30 46 72
STARNA INDUSTRIES, 80 73 91 106 118 127 139 146 148
STUTTGART,CHEMISCHES 174
UND VETERINARUNTERSU US,NATIONAL FOOD
CHUNGSAMT, 11 PROCESSORS ASSN., 211

Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology 127

 Company Index

128 Copyright 2007 Smithers Rapra Technology

 DOCUMENTS DIRECT
(Document Delivery Service)
The Polymer Library (www.polymerlibrary.com) is the worlds most comprehensive collection of information on
the rubber, plastics, composites and adhesives industries. The fully searchable database covers approximately 500
regular journals as well as conference proceedings, reports, books, company brochures and data sheets.

Almost all the articles selected for the database can be ordered in full text through our document delivery department.
Non-patent requests are usually despatched within 24 hours of receipt (Monday to Friday).

We have a large collection of literature directly related to the industries we serve and can offer a personal service
with minimal bureaucracy, based on detailed knowledge of our stock.

Many of the documents held at Smithers Rapra are not available via other services. This is particularly the case
for our extensive and unique collection of company literature and data sheets.

We offer a fast turnaround service (within one working day) combined with a range of delivery options. Some
full text documents are available as PDF files which can be downloaded immediately

SPEED OF DELIVERY
Non-patent documents are despatched from Smithers Rapra within 24 hours of receipt (Monday - Friday) of request
using first class mail within the UK, and airmail for the rest of the world. If you request e-mail or fax service, delivery
will be within hours anywhere in the world.

HOW TO ORDER
Orders can be made by post, fax, telephone, e-mail, on-line via the website database (http://www.polymerlibrary.
com), or through an online host.

When ordering please include your full company details and which documents you require, quoting one of the
following:

1. Accession Number or Copyquest number or,

2. Full Bibliographic Details

Please include which payment method you wish to use and how you wish to receive the article (i.e. e-mail,
post, fax, etc.)

Documents can be ordered from Smithers Rapra online using the appropriate command of your online host. In this
case we will issue you with an invoice and statement every three months.

For further information, please see www.rapra.net/absdocs/copyquest.htm or contact Sheila Cheese or Jackie McCarthy
on +44 (0)1939 250383 or e-mail documents@rapra.net.